Fix typo

Updating Docyfile for manpages
Missing parameter definition
2015-11-15 21:29:03 +00:00 · 2015-11-15 21:07:31 +00:00 · 2015-11-15 21:06:49 +00:00 · 2015-11-15 20:33:40 +00:00 · 2015-11-15 19:19:56 +00:00 · 2015-11-15 19:17:09 +00:00
7309 changed files with 1029682 additions and 1448692 deletions
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+add_subdirectory(SRC)
+if(BUILD_TESTING)
+add_subdirectory(TESTING)
+endif(BUILD_TESTING)
+configure_file(${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/blas.pc.in ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/blas.pc)
+install(FILES
+  ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/blas.pc
+  DESTINATION ${PKG_CONFIG_DIR}
+  )
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+#######################################################################
+#  This is the makefile to create a library for the BLAS.
+#  The files are grouped as follows:
+#
+#       SBLAS1 -- Single precision real BLAS routines
+#       CBLAS1 -- Single precision complex BLAS routines
+#       DBLAS1 -- Double precision real BLAS routines
+#       ZBLAS1 -- Double precision complex BLAS routines
+#
+#       CB1AUX -- Real BLAS routines called by complex routines
+#       ZB1AUX -- D.P. real BLAS routines called by d.p. complex
+#                 routines
+#
+#      ALLBLAS -- Auxiliary routines for Level 2 and 3 BLAS
+#
+#       SBLAS2 -- Single precision real BLAS2 routines
+#       CBLAS2 -- Single precision complex BLAS2 routines
+#       DBLAS2 -- Double precision real BLAS2 routines
+#       ZBLAS2 -- Double precision complex BLAS2 routines
+#
+#       SBLAS3 -- Single precision real BLAS3 routines
+#       CBLAS3 -- Single precision complex BLAS3 routines
+#       DBLAS3 -- Double precision real BLAS3 routines
+#       ZBLAS3 -- Double precision complex BLAS3 routines
+#
+#  The library can be set up to include routines for any combination
+#  of the four precisions.  To create or add to the library, enter make
+#  followed by one or more of the precisions desired.  Some examples:
+#       make single
+#       make single complex
+#       make single double complex complex16
+#  Note that these commands are not safe for parallel builds.
+#
+#  Alternatively, the commands
+#       make all
+#  or
+#       make
+#  without any arguments creates a library of all four precisions.
+#  The name of the library is held in BLASLIB, which is set in the
+#  top-level make.inc
+#
+#  To remove the object files after the library is created, enter
+#       make clean
+#  To force the source files to be recompiled, enter, for example,
+#       make single FRC=FRC
+#
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#  Edward Anderson, University of Tennessee
+#  March 26, 1990
+#  Susan Ostrouchov, Last updated September 30, 1994
+#  ejr, May 2006.
+#
+#######################################################################
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------
+#  Comment out the next 6 definitions if you already have
+#  the Level 1 BLAS.
+#---------------------------------------------------------
+set(SBLAS1 isamax.f sasum.f saxpy.f scopy.f sdot.f snrm2.f 
+	srot.f srotg.f sscal.f sswap.f sdsdot.f srotmg.f srotm.f)
+
+set(CBLAS1 scabs1.f scasum.f scnrm2.f icamax.f caxpy.f ccopy.f 
+	cdotc.f cdotu.f csscal.f crotg.f cscal.f cswap.f csrot.f)
+
+set(DBLAS1 idamax.f dasum.f daxpy.f dcopy.f ddot.f dnrm2.f 
+	drot.f drotg.f dscal.f dsdot.f dswap.f drotmg.f drotm.f)
+
+set(ZBLAS1 dcabs1.f dzasum.f dznrm2.f izamax.f zaxpy.f zcopy.f 
+	zdotc.f zdotu.f zdscal.f zrotg.f zscal.f zswap.f zdrot.f)
+
+set(CB1AUX  isamax.f sasum.f saxpy.f scopy.f snrm2.f sscal.f)
+
+set(ZB1AUX idamax.f dasum.f daxpy.f dcopy.f dnrm2.f dscal.f)
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------
+#  The following line defines auxiliary routines needed by both the
+#  Level 2 and Level 3 BLAS.  Comment it out only if you already have
+#  both the Level 2 and 3 BLAS.
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------
+set(ALLBLAS  lsame.f xerbla.f xerbla_array.f)
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------
+#  Comment out the next 4 definitions if you already have
+#  the Level 2 BLAS.
+#---------------------------------------------------------
+set(SBLAS2 sgemv.f sgbmv.f ssymv.f ssbmv.f sspmv.f 
+	strmv.f stbmv.f stpmv.f strsv.f stbsv.f stpsv.f 
+	sger.f ssyr.f sspr.f ssyr2.f sspr2.f)
+
+set(CBLAS2 cgemv.f cgbmv.f chemv.f chbmv.f chpmv.f 
+	ctrmv.f ctbmv.f ctpmv.f ctrsv.f ctbsv.f ctpsv.f 
+	cgerc.f cgeru.f cher.f chpr.f cher2.f chpr2.f)
+
+set(DBLAS2 dgemv.f dgbmv.f dsymv.f dsbmv.f dspmv.f 
+	dtrmv.f dtbmv.f dtpmv.f dtrsv.f dtbsv.f dtpsv.f 
+	dger.f dsyr.f dspr.f dsyr2.f dspr2.f)
+
+set(ZBLAS2 zgemv.f zgbmv.f zhemv.f zhbmv.f zhpmv.f 
+	ztrmv.f ztbmv.f ztpmv.f ztrsv.f ztbsv.f ztpsv.f 
+	zgerc.f zgeru.f zher.f zhpr.f zher2.f zhpr2.f)
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------
+#  Comment out the next 4 definitions if you already have
+#  the Level 3 BLAS.
+#---------------------------------------------------------
+set(SBLAS3 sgemm.f ssymm.f ssyrk.f ssyr2k.f strmm.f strsm.f )
+
+set(CBLAS3 cgemm.f csymm.f csyrk.f csyr2k.f ctrmm.f ctrsm.f 
+	chemm.f cherk.f cher2k.f)
+
+set(DBLAS3 dgemm.f dsymm.f dsyrk.f dsyr2k.f dtrmm.f dtrsm.f)
+
+set(ZBLAS3 zgemm.f zsymm.f zsyrk.f zsyr2k.f ztrmm.f ztrsm.f 
+	zhemm.f zherk.f zher2k.f)
+# default build all of it
+set(ALLOBJ ${SBLAS1} ${SBLAS2} ${SBLAS3} ${DBLAS1} ${DBLAS2} ${DBLAS3}	
+	${CBLAS1} ${CBLAS2} ${CBLAS3} ${ZBLAS1} 
+	${ZBLAS2} ${ZBLAS3} ${ALLBLAS})
+
+if(BLAS_SINGLE)
+  set(ALLOBJ ${SBLAS1} ${ALLBLAS} 
+	${SBLAS2} ${SBLAS3})
+endif()
+if(BLAS_DOUBLE)
+  set(ALLOBJ ${DBLAS1} ${ALLBLAS} 
+	${DBLAS2} ${DBLAS3})
+endif()
+if(BLAS_COMPLEX)
+  set(ALLOBJ  ${BLASLIB} ${CBLAS1} ${CB1AUX} 
+	${ALLBLAS} ${CBLAS2})
+endif()
+if(BLAS_COMPLEX16)
+  set(ALLOBJ  ${BLASLIB} ${ZBLAS1} ${ZB1AUX} 
+	${ALLBLAS} ${ZBLAS2} ${ZBLAS3})
+endif()
+  
+  
+add_library(blas ${ALLOBJ})
+#if(UNIX)
+#  target_link_libraries(blas m)
+#endif()
+set_target_properties(
+  blas PROPERTIES
+  VERSION ${LAPACK_VERSION}
+  SOVERSION ${LAPACK_MAJOR_VERSION}
+  )
+target_link_libraries(blas)
+lapack_install_library(blas)
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ CBLAS1 = scabs1.o scasum.o scnrm2.o icamax.o caxpy.o ccopy.o \
 $(CBLAS1): $(FRC)

 DBLAS1 = idamax.o dasum.o daxpy.o dcopy.o ddot.o dnrm2.o \
-	drot.o drotg.o dscal.o dswap.o drotmg.o drotm.o
+	drot.o drotg.o dscal.o dsdot.o dswap.o drotmg.o drotm.o
 $(DBLAS1): $(FRC)

 ZBLAS1 = dcabs1.o dzasum.o dznrm2.o izamax.o zaxpy.o zcopy.o \
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ $(ZB1AUX): $(FRC)
 #  Level 2 and Level 3 BLAS.  Comment it out only if you already have
 #  both the Level 2 and 3 BLAS.
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------
-ALLBLAS  = lsame.o xerbla.o xerbla_array.o ila_len_trim.o
+ALLBLAS  = lsame.o xerbla.o xerbla_array.o
 $(ALLBLAS) : $(FRC)

 #---------------------------------------------------------
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ ZBLAS3 = zgemm.o zsymm.o zsyrk.o zsyr2k.o ztrmm.o ztrsm.o \
 $(ZBLAS3): $(FRC)

 ALLOBJ=$(SBLAS1) $(SBLAS2) $(SBLAS3) $(DBLAS1) $(DBLAS2) $(DBLAS3)	\
-	$(CBLAS1) $(CB1AUX) $(CBLAS2) $(CBLAS3) $(ZBLAS1) $(ZB1AUX)	\
+	$(CBLAS1) $(CBLAS2) $(CBLAS3) $(ZBLAS1) \
 	$(ZBLAS2) $(ZBLAS3) $(ALLBLAS)

 $(BLASLIB): $(ALLOBJ)
@@ -1,4 +1,61 @@
+*> \brief \b CAXPY
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE CAXPY(N,CA,CX,INCX,CY,INCY)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX CA
+*       INTEGER INCX,INCY,N
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX CX(*),CY(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>    CAXPY constant times a vector plus a vector.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup complex_blas_level1
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
+*>     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE CAXPY(N,CA,CX,INCX,CY,INCY)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level1 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      COMPLEX CA
      INTEGER INCX,INCY,N
@@ -7,16 +64,7 @@
      COMPLEX CX(*),CY(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*     CAXPY constant times a vector plus a vector.
-*
-*  Further Details
-*  ===============
-*
-*     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
-*     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Local Scalars ..
      INTEGER I,IX,IY
@@ -27,26 +75,28 @@
 *     ..
      IF (N.LE.0) RETURN
      IF (SCABS1(CA).EQ.0.0E+0) RETURN
-      IF (INCX.EQ.1 .AND. INCY.EQ.1) GO TO 20
+      IF (INCX.EQ.1 .AND. INCY.EQ.1) THEN
+*
+*        code for both increments equal to 1
+*
+         DO I = 1,N
+            CY(I) = CY(I) + CA*CX(I)
+         END DO
+      ELSE
 *
 *        code for unequal increments or equal increments
 *          not equal to 1
 *
-      IX = 1
-      IY = 1
-      IF (INCX.LT.0) IX = (-N+1)*INCX + 1
-      IF (INCY.LT.0) IY = (-N+1)*INCY + 1
-      DO 10 I = 1,N
-          CY(IY) = CY(IY) + CA*CX(IX)
-          IX = IX + INCX
-          IY = IY + INCY
-   10 CONTINUE
-      RETURN
+         IX = 1
+         IY = 1
+         IF (INCX.LT.0) IX = (-N+1)*INCX + 1
+         IF (INCY.LT.0) IY = (-N+1)*INCY + 1
+         DO I = 1,N
+            CY(IY) = CY(IY) + CA*CX(IX)
+            IX = IX + INCX
+            IY = IY + INCY
+         END DO
+      END IF
 *
-*        code for both increments equal to 1
-*
-   20 DO 30 I = 1,N
-          CY(I) = CY(I) + CA*CX(I)
-   30 CONTINUE
      RETURN
      END
@@ -1,4 +1,60 @@
+*> \brief \b CCOPY
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE CCOPY(N,CX,INCX,CY,INCY)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       INTEGER INCX,INCY,N
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX CX(*),CY(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>    CCOPY copies a vector x to a vector y.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup complex_blas_level1
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
+*>     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE CCOPY(N,CX,INCX,CY,INCY)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level1 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      INTEGER INCX,INCY,N
 *     ..
@@ -6,41 +62,33 @@
      COMPLEX CX(*),CY(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*     CCOPY copies a vector x to a vector y.
-*
-*  Further Details
-*  ===============
-*
-*     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
-*     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Local Scalars ..
      INTEGER I,IX,IY
 *     ..
      IF (N.LE.0) RETURN
-      IF (INCX.EQ.1 .AND. INCY.EQ.1) GO TO 20
+      IF (INCX.EQ.1 .AND. INCY.EQ.1) THEN
+*
+*        code for both increments equal to 1
+*
+         DO I = 1,N
+            CY(I) = CX(I)
+         END DO
+      ELSE
 *
 *        code for unequal increments or equal increments
 *          not equal to 1
 *
-      IX = 1
-      IY = 1
-      IF (INCX.LT.0) IX = (-N+1)*INCX + 1
-      IF (INCY.LT.0) IY = (-N+1)*INCY + 1
-      DO 10 I = 1,N
-          CY(IY) = CX(IX)
-          IX = IX + INCX
-          IY = IY + INCY
-   10 CONTINUE
-      RETURN
-*
-*        code for both increments equal to 1
-*
-   20 DO 30 I = 1,N
-          CY(I) = CX(I)
-   30 CONTINUE
+         IX = 1
+         IY = 1
+         IF (INCX.LT.0) IX = (-N+1)*INCX + 1
+         IF (INCY.LT.0) IY = (-N+1)*INCY + 1
+         DO I = 1,N
+            CY(IY) = CX(IX)
+            IX = IX + INCX
+            IY = IY + INCY
+         END DO
+      END IF
      RETURN
      END
@@ -1,4 +1,62 @@
+*> \brief \b CDOTC
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       COMPLEX FUNCTION CDOTC(N,CX,INCX,CY,INCY)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       INTEGER INCX,INCY,N
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX CX(*),CY(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> CDOTC forms the dot product of two complex vectors
+*>      CDOTC = X^H * Y
+*>
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2015
+*
+*> \ingroup complex_blas_level1
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>     jack dongarra, linpack,  3/11/78.
+*>     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      COMPLEX FUNCTION CDOTC(N,CX,INCX,CY,INCY)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level1 routine (version 3.6.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2015
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      INTEGER INCX,INCY,N
 *     ..
@@ -6,17 +64,7 @@
      COMPLEX CX(*),CY(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*     forms the dot product of two vectors, conjugating the first
-*     vector.
-*
-*  Further Details
-*  ===============
-*
-*     jack dongarra, linpack,  3/11/78.
-*     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Local Scalars ..
      COMPLEX CTEMP
@@ -28,28 +76,28 @@
      CTEMP = (0.0,0.0)
      CDOTC = (0.0,0.0)
      IF (N.LE.0) RETURN
-      IF (INCX.EQ.1 .AND. INCY.EQ.1) GO TO 20
+      IF (INCX.EQ.1 .AND. INCY.EQ.1) THEN
+*
+*        code for both increments equal to 1
+*
+         DO I = 1,N
+            CTEMP = CTEMP + CONJG(CX(I))*CY(I)
+         END DO
+      ELSE
 *
 *        code for unequal increments or equal increments
 *          not equal to 1
 *
-      IX = 1
-      IY = 1
-      IF (INCX.LT.0) IX = (-N+1)*INCX + 1
-      IF (INCY.LT.0) IY = (-N+1)*INCY + 1
-      DO 10 I = 1,N
-          CTEMP = CTEMP + CONJG(CX(IX))*CY(IY)
-          IX = IX + INCX
-          IY = IY + INCY
-   10 CONTINUE
-      CDOTC = CTEMP
-      RETURN
-*
-*        code for both increments equal to 1
-*
-   20 DO 30 I = 1,N
-          CTEMP = CTEMP + CONJG(CX(I))*CY(I)
-   30 CONTINUE
+         IX = 1
+         IY = 1
+         IF (INCX.LT.0) IX = (-N+1)*INCX + 1
+         IF (INCY.LT.0) IY = (-N+1)*INCY + 1
+         DO I = 1,N
+            CTEMP = CTEMP + CONJG(CX(IX))*CY(IY)
+            IX = IX + INCX
+            IY = IY + INCY
+         END DO
+      END IF
      CDOTC = CTEMP
      RETURN
      END
@@ -1,4 +1,62 @@
+*> \brief \b CDOTU
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       COMPLEX FUNCTION CDOTU(N,CX,INCX,CY,INCY)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       INTEGER INCX,INCY,N
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX CX(*),CY(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> CDOTU forms the dot product of two complex vectors
+*>      CDOTU = X^T * Y
+*>
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2015
+*
+*> \ingroup complex_blas_level1
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
+*>     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      COMPLEX FUNCTION CDOTU(N,CX,INCX,CY,INCY)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level1 routine (version 3.6.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2015
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      INTEGER INCX,INCY,N
 *     ..
@@ -6,16 +64,7 @@
      COMPLEX CX(*),CY(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*     CDOTU forms the dot product of two vectors.
-*
-*  Further Details
-*  ===============
-*
-*     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
-*     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Local Scalars ..
      COMPLEX CTEMP
@@ -24,28 +73,28 @@
      CTEMP = (0.0,0.0)
      CDOTU = (0.0,0.0)
      IF (N.LE.0) RETURN
-      IF (INCX.EQ.1 .AND. INCY.EQ.1) GO TO 20
+      IF (INCX.EQ.1 .AND. INCY.EQ.1) THEN
+*
+*        code for both increments equal to 1
+*
+         DO I = 1,N
+            CTEMP = CTEMP + CX(I)*CY(I)
+         END DO
+      ELSE
 *
 *        code for unequal increments or equal increments
 *          not equal to 1
 *
-      IX = 1
-      IY = 1
-      IF (INCX.LT.0) IX = (-N+1)*INCX + 1
-      IF (INCY.LT.0) IY = (-N+1)*INCY + 1
-      DO 10 I = 1,N
-          CTEMP = CTEMP + CX(IX)*CY(IY)
-          IX = IX + INCX
-          IY = IY + INCY
-   10 CONTINUE
-      CDOTU = CTEMP
-      RETURN
-*
-*        code for both increments equal to 1
-*
-   20 DO 30 I = 1,N
-          CTEMP = CTEMP + CX(I)*CY(I)
-   30 CONTINUE
+         IX = 1
+         IY = 1
+         IF (INCX.LT.0) IX = (-N+1)*INCX + 1
+         IF (INCY.LT.0) IY = (-N+1)*INCY + 1
+         DO I = 1,N
+            CTEMP = CTEMP + CX(IX)*CY(IY)
+            IX = IX + INCX
+            IY = IY + INCY
+         END DO
+      END IF
      CDOTU = CTEMP
      RETURN
      END
@@ -1,4 +1,197 @@
+*> \brief \b CGBMV
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE CGBMV(TRANS,M,N,KL,KU,ALPHA,A,LDA,X,INCX,BETA,Y,INCY)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX ALPHA,BETA
+*       INTEGER INCX,INCY,KL,KU,LDA,M,N
+*       CHARACTER TRANS
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX A(LDA,*),X(*),Y(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> CGBMV  performs one of the matrix-vector operations
+*>
+*>    y := alpha*A*x + beta*y,   or   y := alpha*A**T*x + beta*y,   or
+*>
+*>    y := alpha*A**H*x + beta*y,
+*>
+*> where alpha and beta are scalars, x and y are vectors and A is an
+*> m by n band matrix, with kl sub-diagonals and ku super-diagonals.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] TRANS
+*> \verbatim
+*>          TRANS is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as
+*>           follows:
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'   y := alpha*A*x + beta*y.
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'T' or 't'   y := alpha*A**T*x + beta*y.
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'C' or 'c'   y := alpha*A**H*x + beta*y.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] M
+*> \verbatim
+*>          M is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, M specifies the number of rows of the matrix A.
+*>           M must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix A.
+*>           N must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] KL
+*> \verbatim
+*>          KL is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, KL specifies the number of sub-diagonals of the
+*>           matrix A. KL must satisfy  0 .le. KL.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] KU
+*> \verbatim
+*>          KU is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, KU specifies the number of super-diagonals of the
+*>           matrix A. KU must satisfy  0 .le. KU.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] ALPHA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          ALPHA is COMPLEX
+*>           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] A
+*> \verbatim
+*>          A is COMPLEX array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
+*>           Before entry, the leading ( kl + ku + 1 ) by n part of the
+*>           array A must contain the matrix of coefficients, supplied
+*>           column by column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in
+*>           row ( ku + 1 ) of the array, the first super-diagonal
+*>           starting at position 2 in row ku, the first sub-diagonal
+*>           starting at position 1 in row ( ku + 2 ), and so on.
+*>           Elements in the array A that do not correspond to elements
+*>           in the band matrix (such as the top left ku by ku triangle)
+*>           are not referenced.
+*>           The following program segment will transfer a band matrix
+*>           from conventional full matrix storage to band storage:
+*>
+*>                 DO 20, J = 1, N
+*>                    K = KU + 1 - J
+*>                    DO 10, I = MAX( 1, J - KU ), MIN( M, J + KL )
+*>                       A( K + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
+*>              10    CONTINUE
+*>              20 CONTINUE
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDA is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
+*>           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
+*>           ( kl + ku + 1 ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] X
+*> \verbatim
+*>          X is COMPLEX array of DIMENSION at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ) when TRANS = 'N' or 'n'
+*>           and at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ) otherwise.
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the
+*>           vector x.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCX
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCX is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           X. INCX must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] BETA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          BETA is COMPLEX
+*>           On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta. When BETA is
+*>           supplied as zero then Y need not be set on input.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] Y
+*> \verbatim
+*>          Y is COMPLEX array of DIMENSION at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ) when TRANS = 'N' or 'n'
+*>           and at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ) otherwise.
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the
+*>           vector y. On exit, Y is overwritten by the updated vector y.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCY
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCY is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           Y. INCY must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2015
+*
+*> \ingroup complex_blas_level2
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 2 Blas routine.
+*>  The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE CGBMV(TRANS,M,N,KL,KU,ALPHA,A,LDA,X,INCX,BETA,Y,INCY)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level2 routine (version 3.6.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2015
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      COMPLEX ALPHA,BETA
      INTEGER INCX,INCY,KL,KU,LDA,M,N
@@ -8,125 +201,7 @@
      COMPLEX A(LDA,*),X(*),Y(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  CGBMV  performs one of the matrix-vector operations
-*
-*     y := alpha*A*x + beta*y,   or   y := alpha*A'*x + beta*y,   or
-*
-*     y := alpha*conjg( A' )*x + beta*y,
-*
-*  where alpha and beta are scalars, x and y are vectors and A is an
-*  m by n band matrix, with kl sub-diagonals and ku super-diagonals.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  TRANS  - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as
-*           follows:
-*
-*              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'   y := alpha*A*x + beta*y.
-*
-*              TRANS = 'T' or 't'   y := alpha*A'*x + beta*y.
-*
-*              TRANS = 'C' or 'c'   y := alpha*conjg( A' )*x + beta*y.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  M      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, M specifies the number of rows of the matrix A.
-*           M must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix A.
-*           N must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  KL     - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, KL specifies the number of sub-diagonals of the
-*           matrix A. KL must satisfy  0 .le. KL.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  KU     - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, KU specifies the number of super-diagonals of the
-*           matrix A. KU must satisfy  0 .le. KU.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  ALPHA  - COMPLEX         .
-*           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  A      - COMPLEX          array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
-*           Before entry, the leading ( kl + ku + 1 ) by n part of the
-*           array A must contain the matrix of coefficients, supplied
-*           column by column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in
-*           row ( ku + 1 ) of the array, the first super-diagonal
-*           starting at position 2 in row ku, the first sub-diagonal
-*           starting at position 1 in row ( ku + 2 ), and so on.
-*           Elements in the array A that do not correspond to elements
-*           in the band matrix (such as the top left ku by ku triangle)
-*           are not referenced.
-*           The following program segment will transfer a band matrix
-*           from conventional full matrix storage to band storage:
-*
-*                 DO 20, J = 1, N
-*                    K = KU + 1 - J
-*                    DO 10, I = MAX( 1, J - KU ), MIN( M, J + KL )
-*                       A( K + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
-*              10    CONTINUE
-*              20 CONTINUE
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  LDA    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
-*           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
-*           ( kl + ku + 1 ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  X      - COMPLEX          array of DIMENSION at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ) when TRANS = 'N' or 'n'
-*           and at least
-*           ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ) otherwise.
-*           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the
-*           vector x.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  INCX   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           X. INCX must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  BETA   - COMPLEX         .
-*           On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta. When BETA is
-*           supplied as zero then Y need not be set on input.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  Y      - COMPLEX          array of DIMENSION at least
-*           ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ) when TRANS = 'N' or 'n'
-*           and at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ) otherwise.
-*           Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the
-*           vector y. On exit, Y is overwritten by the updated vector y.
-*
-*
-*  INCY   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           Y. INCY must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 2 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
-*     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Parameters ..
      COMPLEX ONE
@@ -244,33 +319,29 @@
          JX = KX
          IF (INCY.EQ.1) THEN
              DO 60 J = 1,N
-                  IF (X(JX).NE.ZERO) THEN
-                      TEMP = ALPHA*X(JX)
-                      K = KUP1 - J
-                      DO 50 I = MAX(1,J-KU),MIN(M,J+KL)
-                          Y(I) = Y(I) + TEMP*A(K+I,J)
-   50                 CONTINUE
-                  END IF
+                  TEMP = ALPHA*X(JX)
+                  K = KUP1 - J
+                  DO 50 I = MAX(1,J-KU),MIN(M,J+KL)
+                      Y(I) = Y(I) + TEMP*A(K+I,J)
+   50             CONTINUE
                  JX = JX + INCX
   60         CONTINUE
          ELSE
              DO 80 J = 1,N
-                  IF (X(JX).NE.ZERO) THEN
-                      TEMP = ALPHA*X(JX)
-                      IY = KY
-                      K = KUP1 - J
-                      DO 70 I = MAX(1,J-KU),MIN(M,J+KL)
-                          Y(IY) = Y(IY) + TEMP*A(K+I,J)
-                          IY = IY + INCY
-   70                 CONTINUE
-                  END IF
+                  TEMP = ALPHA*X(JX)
+                  IY = KY
+                  K = KUP1 - J
+                  DO 70 I = MAX(1,J-KU),MIN(M,J+KL)
+                      Y(IY) = Y(IY) + TEMP*A(K+I,J)
+                      IY = IY + INCY
+   70             CONTINUE
                  JX = JX + INCX
                  IF (J.GT.KU) KY = KY + INCY
   80         CONTINUE
          END IF
      ELSE
 *
-*        Form  y := alpha*A'*x + y  or  y := alpha*conjg( A' )*x + y.
+*        Form  y := alpha*A**T*x + y  or  y := alpha*A**H*x + y.
 *
          JY = KY
          IF (INCX.EQ.1) THEN
@@ -1,4 +1,197 @@
+*> \brief \b CGEMM
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE CGEMM(TRANSA,TRANSB,M,N,K,ALPHA,A,LDA,B,LDB,BETA,C,LDC)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX ALPHA,BETA
+*       INTEGER K,LDA,LDB,LDC,M,N
+*       CHARACTER TRANSA,TRANSB
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX A(LDA,*),B(LDB,*),C(LDC,*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> CGEMM  performs one of the matrix-matrix operations
+*>
+*>    C := alpha*op( A )*op( B ) + beta*C,
+*>
+*> where  op( X ) is one of
+*>
+*>    op( X ) = X   or   op( X ) = X**T   or   op( X ) = X**H,
+*>
+*> alpha and beta are scalars, and A, B and C are matrices, with op( A )
+*> an m by k matrix,  op( B )  a  k by n matrix and  C an m by n matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] TRANSA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          TRANSA is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, TRANSA specifies the form of op( A ) to be used in
+*>           the matrix multiplication as follows:
+*>
+*>              TRANSA = 'N' or 'n',  op( A ) = A.
+*>
+*>              TRANSA = 'T' or 't',  op( A ) = A**T.
+*>
+*>              TRANSA = 'C' or 'c',  op( A ) = A**H.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] TRANSB
+*> \verbatim
+*>          TRANSB is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, TRANSB specifies the form of op( B ) to be used in
+*>           the matrix multiplication as follows:
+*>
+*>              TRANSB = 'N' or 'n',  op( B ) = B.
+*>
+*>              TRANSB = 'T' or 't',  op( B ) = B**T.
+*>
+*>              TRANSB = 'C' or 'c',  op( B ) = B**H.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] M
+*> \verbatim
+*>          M is INTEGER
+*>           On entry,  M  specifies  the number  of rows  of the  matrix
+*>           op( A )  and of the  matrix  C.  M  must  be at least  zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry,  N  specifies the number  of columns of the matrix
+*>           op( B ) and the number of columns of the matrix C. N must be
+*>           at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] K
+*> \verbatim
+*>          K is INTEGER
+*>           On entry,  K  specifies  the number of columns of the matrix
+*>           op( A ) and the number of rows of the matrix op( B ). K must
+*>           be at least  zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] ALPHA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          ALPHA is COMPLEX
+*>           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] A
+*> \verbatim
+*>          A is COMPLEX array of DIMENSION ( LDA, ka ), where ka is
+*>           k  when  TRANSA = 'N' or 'n',  and is  m  otherwise.
+*>           Before entry with  TRANSA = 'N' or 'n',  the leading  m by k
+*>           part of the array  A  must contain the matrix  A,  otherwise
+*>           the leading  k by m  part of the array  A  must contain  the
+*>           matrix A.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDA is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
+*>           in the calling (sub) program. When  TRANSA = 'N' or 'n' then
+*>           LDA must be at least  max( 1, m ), otherwise  LDA must be at
+*>           least  max( 1, k ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] B
+*> \verbatim
+*>          B is COMPLEX array of DIMENSION ( LDB, kb ), where kb is
+*>           n  when  TRANSB = 'N' or 'n',  and is  k  otherwise.
+*>           Before entry with  TRANSB = 'N' or 'n',  the leading  k by n
+*>           part of the array  B  must contain the matrix  B,  otherwise
+*>           the leading  n by k  part of the array  B  must contain  the
+*>           matrix B.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDB
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDB is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared
+*>           in the calling (sub) program. When  TRANSB = 'N' or 'n' then
+*>           LDB must be at least  max( 1, k ), otherwise  LDB must be at
+*>           least  max( 1, n ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] BETA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          BETA is COMPLEX
+*>           On entry,  BETA  specifies the scalar  beta.  When  BETA  is
+*>           supplied as zero then C need not be set on input.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] C
+*> \verbatim
+*>          C is COMPLEX array of DIMENSION ( LDC, n ).
+*>           Before entry, the leading  m by n  part of the array  C must
+*>           contain the matrix  C,  except when  beta  is zero, in which
+*>           case C need not be set on entry.
+*>           On exit, the array  C  is overwritten by the  m by n  matrix
+*>           ( alpha*op( A )*op( B ) + beta*C ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDC
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDC is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDC specifies the first dimension of C as declared
+*>           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   LDC  must  be  at  least
+*>           max( 1, m ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2015
+*
+*> \ingroup complex_blas_level3
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 3 Blas routine.
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 8-February-1989.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory.
+*>     Iain Duff, AERE Harwell.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE CGEMM(TRANSA,TRANSB,M,N,K,ALPHA,A,LDA,B,LDB,BETA,C,LDC)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level3 routine (version 3.6.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2015
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      COMPLEX ALPHA,BETA
      INTEGER K,LDA,LDB,LDC,M,N
@@ -8,125 +201,7 @@
      COMPLEX A(LDA,*),B(LDB,*),C(LDC,*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  CGEMM  performs one of the matrix-matrix operations
-*
-*     C := alpha*op( A )*op( B ) + beta*C,
-*
-*  where  op( X ) is one of
-*
-*     op( X ) = X   or   op( X ) = X'   or   op( X ) = conjg( X' ),
-*
-*  alpha and beta are scalars, and A, B and C are matrices, with op( A )
-*  an m by k matrix,  op( B )  a  k by n matrix and  C an m by n matrix.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  TRANSA - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, TRANSA specifies the form of op( A ) to be used in
-*           the matrix multiplication as follows:
-*
-*              TRANSA = 'N' or 'n',  op( A ) = A.
-*
-*              TRANSA = 'T' or 't',  op( A ) = A'.
-*
-*              TRANSA = 'C' or 'c',  op( A ) = conjg( A' ).
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  TRANSB - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, TRANSB specifies the form of op( B ) to be used in
-*           the matrix multiplication as follows:
-*
-*              TRANSB = 'N' or 'n',  op( B ) = B.
-*
-*              TRANSB = 'T' or 't',  op( B ) = B'.
-*
-*              TRANSB = 'C' or 'c',  op( B ) = conjg( B' ).
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  M      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry,  M  specifies  the number  of rows  of the  matrix
-*           op( A )  and of the  matrix  C.  M  must  be at least  zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry,  N  specifies the number  of columns of the matrix
-*           op( B ) and the number of columns of the matrix C. N must be
-*           at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  K      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry,  K  specifies  the number of columns of the matrix
-*           op( A ) and the number of rows of the matrix op( B ). K must
-*           be at least  zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  ALPHA  - COMPLEX         .
-*           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  A      - COMPLEX          array of DIMENSION ( LDA, ka ), where ka is
-*           k  when  TRANSA = 'N' or 'n',  and is  m  otherwise.
-*           Before entry with  TRANSA = 'N' or 'n',  the leading  m by k
-*           part of the array  A  must contain the matrix  A,  otherwise
-*           the leading  k by m  part of the array  A  must contain  the
-*           matrix A.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  LDA    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
-*           in the calling (sub) program. When  TRANSA = 'N' or 'n' then
-*           LDA must be at least  max( 1, m ), otherwise  LDA must be at
-*           least  max( 1, k ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  B      - COMPLEX          array of DIMENSION ( LDB, kb ), where kb is
-*           n  when  TRANSB = 'N' or 'n',  and is  k  otherwise.
-*           Before entry with  TRANSB = 'N' or 'n',  the leading  k by n
-*           part of the array  B  must contain the matrix  B,  otherwise
-*           the leading  n by k  part of the array  B  must contain  the
-*           matrix B.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  LDB    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared
-*           in the calling (sub) program. When  TRANSB = 'N' or 'n' then
-*           LDB must be at least  max( 1, k ), otherwise  LDB must be at
-*           least  max( 1, n ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  BETA   - COMPLEX         .
-*           On entry,  BETA  specifies the scalar  beta.  When  BETA  is
-*           supplied as zero then C need not be set on input.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  C      - COMPLEX          array of DIMENSION ( LDC, n ).
-*           Before entry, the leading  m by n  part of the array  C must
-*           contain the matrix  C,  except when  beta  is zero, in which
-*           case C need not be set on entry.
-*           On exit, the array  C  is overwritten by the  m by n  matrix
-*           ( alpha*op( A )*op( B ) + beta*C ).
-*
-*  LDC    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDC specifies the first dimension of C as declared
-*           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   LDC  must  be  at  least
-*           max( 1, m ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 3 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 8-February-1989.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory.
-*     Iain Duff, AERE Harwell.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. External Functions ..
      LOGICAL LSAME
@@ -242,17 +317,15 @@
   60                 CONTINUE
                  END IF
                  DO 80 L = 1,K
-                      IF (B(L,J).NE.ZERO) THEN
-                          TEMP = ALPHA*B(L,J)
-                          DO 70 I = 1,M
-                              C(I,J) = C(I,J) + TEMP*A(I,L)
-   70                     CONTINUE
-                      END IF
+                      TEMP = ALPHA*B(L,J)
+                      DO 70 I = 1,M
+                          C(I,J) = C(I,J) + TEMP*A(I,L)
+   70                 CONTINUE
   80             CONTINUE
   90         CONTINUE
          ELSE IF (CONJA) THEN
 *
-*           Form  C := alpha*conjg( A' )*B + beta*C.
+*           Form  C := alpha*A**H*B + beta*C.
 *
              DO 120 J = 1,N
                  DO 110 I = 1,M
@@ -269,7 +342,7 @@
  120         CONTINUE
          ELSE
 *
-*           Form  C := alpha*A'*B + beta*C
+*           Form  C := alpha*A**T*B + beta*C
 *
              DO 150 J = 1,N
                  DO 140 I = 1,M
@@ -288,7 +361,7 @@
      ELSE IF (NOTA) THEN
          IF (CONJB) THEN
 *
-*           Form  C := alpha*A*conjg( B' ) + beta*C.
+*           Form  C := alpha*A*B**H + beta*C.
 *
              DO 200 J = 1,N
                  IF (BETA.EQ.ZERO) THEN
@@ -301,17 +374,15 @@
  170                 CONTINUE
                  END IF
                  DO 190 L = 1,K
-                      IF (B(J,L).NE.ZERO) THEN
-                          TEMP = ALPHA*CONJG(B(J,L))
-                          DO 180 I = 1,M
-                              C(I,J) = C(I,J) + TEMP*A(I,L)
-  180                     CONTINUE
-                      END IF
+                      TEMP = ALPHA*CONJG(B(J,L))
+                      DO 180 I = 1,M
+                          C(I,J) = C(I,J) + TEMP*A(I,L)
+  180                 CONTINUE
  190             CONTINUE
  200         CONTINUE
          ELSE
 *
-*           Form  C := alpha*A*B'          + beta*C
+*           Form  C := alpha*A*B**T + beta*C
 *
              DO 250 J = 1,N
                  IF (BETA.EQ.ZERO) THEN
@@ -324,19 +395,17 @@
  220                 CONTINUE
                  END IF
                  DO 240 L = 1,K
-                      IF (B(J,L).NE.ZERO) THEN
-                          TEMP = ALPHA*B(J,L)
-                          DO 230 I = 1,M
-                              C(I,J) = C(I,J) + TEMP*A(I,L)
-  230                     CONTINUE
-                      END IF
+                      TEMP = ALPHA*B(J,L)
+                      DO 230 I = 1,M
+                          C(I,J) = C(I,J) + TEMP*A(I,L)
+  230                 CONTINUE
  240             CONTINUE
  250         CONTINUE
          END IF
      ELSE IF (CONJA) THEN
          IF (CONJB) THEN
 *
-*           Form  C := alpha*conjg( A' )*conjg( B' ) + beta*C.
+*           Form  C := alpha*A**H*B**H + beta*C.
 *
              DO 280 J = 1,N
                  DO 270 I = 1,M
@@ -353,7 +422,7 @@
  280         CONTINUE
          ELSE
 *
-*           Form  C := alpha*conjg( A' )*B' + beta*C
+*           Form  C := alpha*A**H*B**T + beta*C
 *
              DO 310 J = 1,N
                  DO 300 I = 1,M
@@ -372,7 +441,7 @@
      ELSE
          IF (CONJB) THEN
 *
-*           Form  C := alpha*A'*conjg( B' ) + beta*C
+*           Form  C := alpha*A**T*B**H + beta*C
 *
              DO 340 J = 1,N
                  DO 330 I = 1,M
@@ -389,7 +458,7 @@
  340         CONTINUE
          ELSE
 *
-*           Form  C := alpha*A'*B' + beta*C
+*           Form  C := alpha*A**T*B**T + beta*C
 *
              DO 370 J = 1,N
                  DO 360 I = 1,M
@@ -1,4 +1,168 @@
+*> \brief \b CGEMV
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE CGEMV(TRANS,M,N,ALPHA,A,LDA,X,INCX,BETA,Y,INCY)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX ALPHA,BETA
+*       INTEGER INCX,INCY,LDA,M,N
+*       CHARACTER TRANS
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX A(LDA,*),X(*),Y(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> CGEMV performs one of the matrix-vector operations
+*>
+*>    y := alpha*A*x + beta*y,   or   y := alpha*A**T*x + beta*y,   or
+*>
+*>    y := alpha*A**H*x + beta*y,
+*>
+*> where alpha and beta are scalars, x and y are vectors and A is an
+*> m by n matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] TRANS
+*> \verbatim
+*>          TRANS is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as
+*>           follows:
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'   y := alpha*A*x + beta*y.
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'T' or 't'   y := alpha*A**T*x + beta*y.
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'C' or 'c'   y := alpha*A**H*x + beta*y.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] M
+*> \verbatim
+*>          M is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, M specifies the number of rows of the matrix A.
+*>           M must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix A.
+*>           N must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] ALPHA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          ALPHA is COMPLEX
+*>           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] A
+*> \verbatim
+*>          A is COMPLEX array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
+*>           Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array A must
+*>           contain the matrix of coefficients.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDA is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
+*>           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
+*>           max( 1, m ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] X
+*> \verbatim
+*>          X is COMPLEX array of DIMENSION at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ) when TRANS = 'N' or 'n'
+*>           and at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ) otherwise.
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the
+*>           vector x.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCX
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCX is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           X. INCX must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] BETA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          BETA is COMPLEX
+*>           On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta. When BETA is
+*>           supplied as zero then Y need not be set on input.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] Y
+*> \verbatim
+*>          Y is COMPLEX array of DIMENSION at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ) when TRANS = 'N' or 'n'
+*>           and at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ) otherwise.
+*>           Before entry with BETA non-zero, the incremented array Y
+*>           must contain the vector y. On exit, Y is overwritten by the
+*>           updated vector y.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCY
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCY is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           Y. INCY must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2015
+*
+*> \ingroup complex_blas_level2
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 2 Blas routine.
+*>  The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE CGEMV(TRANS,M,N,ALPHA,A,LDA,X,INCX,BETA,Y,INCY)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level2 routine (version 3.6.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2015
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      COMPLEX ALPHA,BETA
      INTEGER INCX,INCY,LDA,M,N
@@ -8,98 +172,7 @@
      COMPLEX A(LDA,*),X(*),Y(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  CGEMV performs one of the matrix-vector operations
-*
-*     y := alpha*A*x + beta*y,   or   y := alpha*A'*x + beta*y,   or
-*
-*     y := alpha*conjg( A' )*x + beta*y,
-*
-*  where alpha and beta are scalars, x and y are vectors and A is an
-*  m by n matrix.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  TRANS  - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as
-*           follows:
-*
-*              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'   y := alpha*A*x + beta*y.
-*
-*              TRANS = 'T' or 't'   y := alpha*A'*x + beta*y.
-*
-*              TRANS = 'C' or 'c'   y := alpha*conjg( A' )*x + beta*y.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  M      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, M specifies the number of rows of the matrix A.
-*           M must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix A.
-*           N must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  ALPHA  - COMPLEX         .
-*           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  A      - COMPLEX          array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
-*           Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array A must
-*           contain the matrix of coefficients.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  LDA    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
-*           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
-*           max( 1, m ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  X      - COMPLEX          array of DIMENSION at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ) when TRANS = 'N' or 'n'
-*           and at least
-*           ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ) otherwise.
-*           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the
-*           vector x.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  INCX   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           X. INCX must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  BETA   - COMPLEX         .
-*           On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta. When BETA is
-*           supplied as zero then Y need not be set on input.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  Y      - COMPLEX          array of DIMENSION at least
-*           ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ) when TRANS = 'N' or 'n'
-*           and at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ) otherwise.
-*           Before entry with BETA non-zero, the incremented array Y
-*           must contain the vector y. On exit, Y is overwritten by the
-*           updated vector y.
-*
-*  INCY   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           Y. INCY must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 2 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
-*     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Parameters ..
      COMPLEX ONE
@@ -212,30 +285,26 @@
          JX = KX
          IF (INCY.EQ.1) THEN
              DO 60 J = 1,N
-                  IF (X(JX).NE.ZERO) THEN
-                      TEMP = ALPHA*X(JX)
-                      DO 50 I = 1,M
-                          Y(I) = Y(I) + TEMP*A(I,J)
-   50                 CONTINUE
-                  END IF
+                  TEMP = ALPHA*X(JX)
+                  DO 50 I = 1,M
+                      Y(I) = Y(I) + TEMP*A(I,J)
+   50             CONTINUE
                  JX = JX + INCX
   60         CONTINUE
          ELSE
              DO 80 J = 1,N
-                  IF (X(JX).NE.ZERO) THEN
-                      TEMP = ALPHA*X(JX)
-                      IY = KY
-                      DO 70 I = 1,M
-                          Y(IY) = Y(IY) + TEMP*A(I,J)
-                          IY = IY + INCY
-   70                 CONTINUE
-                  END IF
+                  TEMP = ALPHA*X(JX)
+                  IY = KY
+                  DO 70 I = 1,M
+                      Y(IY) = Y(IY) + TEMP*A(I,J)
+                      IY = IY + INCY
+   70             CONTINUE
                  JX = JX + INCX
   80         CONTINUE
          END IF
      ELSE
 *
-*        Form  y := alpha*A'*x + y  or  y := alpha*conjg( A' )*x + y.
+*        Form  y := alpha*A**T*x + y  or  y := alpha*A**H*x + y.
 *
          JY = KY
          IF (INCX.EQ.1) THEN
@@ -1,4 +1,140 @@
+*> \brief \b CGERC
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE CGERC(M,N,ALPHA,X,INCX,Y,INCY,A,LDA)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX ALPHA
+*       INTEGER INCX,INCY,LDA,M,N
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX A(LDA,*),X(*),Y(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> CGERC  performs the rank 1 operation
+*>
+*>    A := alpha*x*y**H + A,
+*>
+*> where alpha is a scalar, x is an m element vector, y is an n element
+*> vector and A is an m by n matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] M
+*> \verbatim
+*>          M is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, M specifies the number of rows of the matrix A.
+*>           M must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix A.
+*>           N must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] ALPHA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          ALPHA is COMPLEX
+*>           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] X
+*> \verbatim
+*>          X is COMPLEX array of dimension at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the m
+*>           element vector x.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCX
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCX is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           X. INCX must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] Y
+*> \verbatim
+*>          Y is COMPLEX array of dimension at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the n
+*>           element vector y.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCY
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCY is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           Y. INCY must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] A
+*> \verbatim
+*>          A is COMPLEX array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
+*>           Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array A must
+*>           contain the matrix of coefficients. On exit, A is
+*>           overwritten by the updated matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDA is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
+*>           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
+*>           max( 1, m ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup complex_blas_level2
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 2 Blas routine.
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE CGERC(M,N,ALPHA,X,INCX,Y,INCY,A,LDA)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level2 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      COMPLEX ALPHA
      INTEGER INCX,INCY,LDA,M,N
@@ -7,75 +143,7 @@
      COMPLEX A(LDA,*),X(*),Y(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  CGERC  performs the rank 1 operation
-*
-*     A := alpha*x*conjg( y' ) + A,
-*
-*  where alpha is a scalar, x is an m element vector, y is an n element
-*  vector and A is an m by n matrix.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  M      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, M specifies the number of rows of the matrix A.
-*           M must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix A.
-*           N must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  ALPHA  - COMPLEX         .
-*           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  X      - COMPLEX          array of dimension at least
-*           ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the m
-*           element vector x.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  INCX   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           X. INCX must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  Y      - COMPLEX          array of dimension at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the n
-*           element vector y.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  INCY   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           Y. INCY must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  A      - COMPLEX          array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
-*           Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array A must
-*           contain the matrix of coefficients. On exit, A is
-*           overwritten by the updated matrix.
-*
-*  LDA    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
-*           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
-*           max( 1, m ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 2 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
-*     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Parameters ..
      COMPLEX ZERO
@@ -1,4 +1,140 @@
+*> \brief \b CGERU
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE CGERU(M,N,ALPHA,X,INCX,Y,INCY,A,LDA)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX ALPHA
+*       INTEGER INCX,INCY,LDA,M,N
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX A(LDA,*),X(*),Y(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> CGERU  performs the rank 1 operation
+*>
+*>    A := alpha*x*y**T + A,
+*>
+*> where alpha is a scalar, x is an m element vector, y is an n element
+*> vector and A is an m by n matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] M
+*> \verbatim
+*>          M is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, M specifies the number of rows of the matrix A.
+*>           M must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix A.
+*>           N must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] ALPHA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          ALPHA is COMPLEX
+*>           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] X
+*> \verbatim
+*>          X is COMPLEX array of dimension at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the m
+*>           element vector x.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCX
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCX is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           X. INCX must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] Y
+*> \verbatim
+*>          Y is COMPLEX array of dimension at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the n
+*>           element vector y.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCY
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCY is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           Y. INCY must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] A
+*> \verbatim
+*>          A is COMPLEX array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
+*>           Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array A must
+*>           contain the matrix of coefficients. On exit, A is
+*>           overwritten by the updated matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDA is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
+*>           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
+*>           max( 1, m ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup complex_blas_level2
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 2 Blas routine.
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE CGERU(M,N,ALPHA,X,INCX,Y,INCY,A,LDA)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level2 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      COMPLEX ALPHA
      INTEGER INCX,INCY,LDA,M,N
@@ -7,75 +143,7 @@
      COMPLEX A(LDA,*),X(*),Y(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  CGERU  performs the rank 1 operation
-*
-*     A := alpha*x*y' + A,
-*
-*  where alpha is a scalar, x is an m element vector, y is an n element
-*  vector and A is an m by n matrix.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  M      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, M specifies the number of rows of the matrix A.
-*           M must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix A.
-*           N must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  ALPHA  - COMPLEX         .
-*           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  X      - COMPLEX          array of dimension at least
-*           ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the m
-*           element vector x.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  INCX   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           X. INCX must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  Y      - COMPLEX          array of dimension at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the n
-*           element vector y.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  INCY   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           Y. INCY must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  A      - COMPLEX          array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
-*           Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array A must
-*           contain the matrix of coefficients. On exit, A is
-*           overwritten by the updated matrix.
-*
-*  LDA    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
-*           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
-*           max( 1, m ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 2 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
-*     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Parameters ..
      COMPLEX ZERO
@@ -1,4 +1,197 @@
+*> \brief \b CHBMV
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE CHBMV(UPLO,N,K,ALPHA,A,LDA,X,INCX,BETA,Y,INCY)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX ALPHA,BETA
+*       INTEGER INCX,INCY,K,LDA,N
+*       CHARACTER UPLO
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX A(LDA,*),X(*),Y(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> CHBMV  performs the matrix-vector  operation
+*>
+*>    y := alpha*A*x + beta*y,
+*>
+*> where alpha and beta are scalars, x and y are n element vectors and
+*> A is an n by n hermitian band matrix, with k super-diagonals.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] UPLO
+*> \verbatim
+*>          UPLO is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower
+*>           triangular part of the band matrix A is being supplied as
+*>           follows:
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   The upper triangular part of A is
+*>                                  being supplied.
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   The lower triangular part of A is
+*>                                  being supplied.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
+*>           N must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] K
+*> \verbatim
+*>          K is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, K specifies the number of super-diagonals of the
+*>           matrix A. K must satisfy  0 .le. K.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] ALPHA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          ALPHA is COMPLEX
+*>           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] A
+*> \verbatim
+*>          A is COMPLEX array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
+*>           Before entry with UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the leading ( k + 1 )
+*>           by n part of the array A must contain the upper triangular
+*>           band part of the hermitian matrix, supplied column by
+*>           column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row
+*>           ( k + 1 ) of the array, the first super-diagonal starting at
+*>           position 2 in row k, and so on. The top left k by k triangle
+*>           of the array A is not referenced.
+*>           The following program segment will transfer the upper
+*>           triangular part of a hermitian band matrix from conventional
+*>           full matrix storage to band storage:
+*>
+*>                 DO 20, J = 1, N
+*>                    M = K + 1 - J
+*>                    DO 10, I = MAX( 1, J - K ), J
+*>                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
+*>              10    CONTINUE
+*>              20 CONTINUE
+*>
+*>           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the leading ( k + 1 )
+*>           by n part of the array A must contain the lower triangular
+*>           band part of the hermitian matrix, supplied column by
+*>           column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row 1 of
+*>           the array, the first sub-diagonal starting at position 1 in
+*>           row 2, and so on. The bottom right k by k triangle of the
+*>           array A is not referenced.
+*>           The following program segment will transfer the lower
+*>           triangular part of a hermitian band matrix from conventional
+*>           full matrix storage to band storage:
+*>
+*>                 DO 20, J = 1, N
+*>                    M = 1 - J
+*>                    DO 10, I = J, MIN( N, J + K )
+*>                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
+*>              10    CONTINUE
+*>              20 CONTINUE
+*>
+*>           Note that the imaginary parts of the diagonal elements need
+*>           not be set and are assumed to be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDA is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
+*>           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
+*>           ( k + 1 ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] X
+*> \verbatim
+*>          X is COMPLEX array of DIMENSION at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the
+*>           vector x.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCX
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCX is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           X. INCX must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] BETA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          BETA is COMPLEX
+*>           On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] Y
+*> \verbatim
+*>          Y is COMPLEX array of DIMENSION at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the
+*>           vector y. On exit, Y is overwritten by the updated vector y.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCY
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCY is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           Y. INCY must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup complex_blas_level2
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 2 Blas routine.
+*>  The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE CHBMV(UPLO,N,K,ALPHA,A,LDA,X,INCX,BETA,Y,INCY)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level2 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      COMPLEX ALPHA,BETA
      INTEGER INCX,INCY,K,LDA,N
@@ -8,127 +201,7 @@
      COMPLEX A(LDA,*),X(*),Y(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  CHBMV  performs the matrix-vector  operation
-*
-*     y := alpha*A*x + beta*y,
-*
-*  where alpha and beta are scalars, x and y are n element vectors and
-*  A is an n by n hermitian band matrix, with k super-diagonals.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  UPLO   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower
-*           triangular part of the band matrix A is being supplied as
-*           follows:
-*
-*              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   The upper triangular part of A is
-*                                  being supplied.
-*
-*              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   The lower triangular part of A is
-*                                  being supplied.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
-*           N must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  K      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, K specifies the number of super-diagonals of the
-*           matrix A. K must satisfy  0 .le. K.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  ALPHA  - COMPLEX         .
-*           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  A      - COMPLEX          array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
-*           Before entry with UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the leading ( k + 1 )
-*           by n part of the array A must contain the upper triangular
-*           band part of the hermitian matrix, supplied column by
-*           column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row
-*           ( k + 1 ) of the array, the first super-diagonal starting at
-*           position 2 in row k, and so on. The top left k by k triangle
-*           of the array A is not referenced.
-*           The following program segment will transfer the upper
-*           triangular part of a hermitian band matrix from conventional
-*           full matrix storage to band storage:
-*
-*                 DO 20, J = 1, N
-*                    M = K + 1 - J
-*                    DO 10, I = MAX( 1, J - K ), J
-*                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
-*              10    CONTINUE
-*              20 CONTINUE
-*
-*           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the leading ( k + 1 )
-*           by n part of the array A must contain the lower triangular
-*           band part of the hermitian matrix, supplied column by
-*           column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row 1 of
-*           the array, the first sub-diagonal starting at position 1 in
-*           row 2, and so on. The bottom right k by k triangle of the
-*           array A is not referenced.
-*           The following program segment will transfer the lower
-*           triangular part of a hermitian band matrix from conventional
-*           full matrix storage to band storage:
-*
-*                 DO 20, J = 1, N
-*                    M = 1 - J
-*                    DO 10, I = J, MIN( N, J + K )
-*                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
-*              10    CONTINUE
-*              20 CONTINUE
-*
-*           Note that the imaginary parts of the diagonal elements need
-*           not be set and are assumed to be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  LDA    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
-*           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
-*           ( k + 1 ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  X      - COMPLEX          array of DIMENSION at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the
-*           vector x.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  INCX   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           X. INCX must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  BETA   - COMPLEX         .
-*           On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  Y      - COMPLEX          array of DIMENSION at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the
-*           vector y. On exit, Y is overwritten by the updated vector y.
-*
-*  INCY   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           Y. INCY must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 2 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
-*     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Parameters ..
      COMPLEX ONE
@@ -1,4 +1,201 @@
+*> \brief \b CHEMM
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE CHEMM(SIDE,UPLO,M,N,ALPHA,A,LDA,B,LDB,BETA,C,LDC)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX ALPHA,BETA
+*       INTEGER LDA,LDB,LDC,M,N
+*       CHARACTER SIDE,UPLO
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX A(LDA,*),B(LDB,*),C(LDC,*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> CHEMM  performs one of the matrix-matrix operations
+*>
+*>    C := alpha*A*B + beta*C,
+*>
+*> or
+*>
+*>    C := alpha*B*A + beta*C,
+*>
+*> where alpha and beta are scalars, A is an hermitian matrix and  B and
+*> C are m by n matrices.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] SIDE
+*> \verbatim
+*>          SIDE is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry,  SIDE  specifies whether  the  hermitian matrix  A
+*>           appears on the  left or right  in the  operation as follows:
+*>
+*>              SIDE = 'L' or 'l'   C := alpha*A*B + beta*C,
+*>
+*>              SIDE = 'R' or 'r'   C := alpha*B*A + beta*C,
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] UPLO
+*> \verbatim
+*>          UPLO is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On  entry,   UPLO  specifies  whether  the  upper  or  lower
+*>           triangular  part  of  the  hermitian  matrix   A  is  to  be
+*>           referenced as follows:
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   Only the upper triangular part of the
+*>                                  hermitian matrix is to be referenced.
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   Only the lower triangular part of the
+*>                                  hermitian matrix is to be referenced.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] M
+*> \verbatim
+*>          M is INTEGER
+*>           On entry,  M  specifies the number of rows of the matrix  C.
+*>           M  must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix C.
+*>           N  must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] ALPHA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          ALPHA is COMPLEX
+*>           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] A
+*> \verbatim
+*>          A is COMPLEX array of DIMENSION ( LDA, ka ), where ka is
+*>           m  when  SIDE = 'L' or 'l'  and is n  otherwise.
+*>           Before entry  with  SIDE = 'L' or 'l',  the  m by m  part of
+*>           the array  A  must contain the  hermitian matrix,  such that
+*>           when  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the leading m by m upper triangular
+*>           part of the array  A  must contain the upper triangular part
+*>           of the  hermitian matrix and the  strictly  lower triangular
+*>           part of  A  is not referenced,  and when  UPLO = 'L' or 'l',
+*>           the leading  m by m  lower triangular part  of the  array  A
+*>           must  contain  the  lower triangular part  of the  hermitian
+*>           matrix and the  strictly upper triangular part of  A  is not
+*>           referenced.
+*>           Before entry  with  SIDE = 'R' or 'r',  the  n by n  part of
+*>           the array  A  must contain the  hermitian matrix,  such that
+*>           when  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the leading n by n upper triangular
+*>           part of the array  A  must contain the upper triangular part
+*>           of the  hermitian matrix and the  strictly  lower triangular
+*>           part of  A  is not referenced,  and when  UPLO = 'L' or 'l',
+*>           the leading  n by n  lower triangular part  of the  array  A
+*>           must  contain  the  lower triangular part  of the  hermitian
+*>           matrix and the  strictly upper triangular part of  A  is not
+*>           referenced.
+*>           Note that the imaginary parts  of the diagonal elements need
+*>           not be set, they are assumed to be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDA is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
+*>           in the  calling (sub) program. When  SIDE = 'L' or 'l'  then
+*>           LDA must be at least  max( 1, m ), otherwise  LDA must be at
+*>           least max( 1, n ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] B
+*> \verbatim
+*>          B is COMPLEX array of DIMENSION ( LDB, n ).
+*>           Before entry, the leading  m by n part of the array  B  must
+*>           contain the matrix B.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDB
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDB is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared
+*>           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   LDB  must  be  at  least
+*>           max( 1, m ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] BETA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          BETA is COMPLEX
+*>           On entry,  BETA  specifies the scalar  beta.  When  BETA  is
+*>           supplied as zero then C need not be set on input.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] C
+*> \verbatim
+*>          C is COMPLEX array of DIMENSION ( LDC, n ).
+*>           Before entry, the leading  m by n  part of the array  C must
+*>           contain the matrix  C,  except when  beta  is zero, in which
+*>           case C need not be set on entry.
+*>           On exit, the array  C  is overwritten by the  m by n updated
+*>           matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDC
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDC is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDC specifies the first dimension of C as declared
+*>           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   LDC  must  be  at  least
+*>           max( 1, m ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup complex_blas_level3
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 3 Blas routine.
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 8-February-1989.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory.
+*>     Iain Duff, AERE Harwell.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE CHEMM(SIDE,UPLO,M,N,ALPHA,A,LDA,B,LDB,BETA,C,LDC)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level3 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      COMPLEX ALPHA,BETA
      INTEGER LDA,LDB,LDC,M,N
@@ -8,131 +205,7 @@
      COMPLEX A(LDA,*),B(LDB,*),C(LDC,*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  CHEMM  performs one of the matrix-matrix operations
-*
-*     C := alpha*A*B + beta*C,
-*
-*  or
-*
-*     C := alpha*B*A + beta*C,
-*
-*  where alpha and beta are scalars, A is an hermitian matrix and  B and
-*  C are m by n matrices.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  SIDE   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry,  SIDE  specifies whether  the  hermitian matrix  A
-*           appears on the  left or right  in the  operation as follows:
-*
-*              SIDE = 'L' or 'l'   C := alpha*A*B + beta*C,
-*
-*              SIDE = 'R' or 'r'   C := alpha*B*A + beta*C,
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  UPLO   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On  entry,   UPLO  specifies  whether  the  upper  or  lower
-*           triangular  part  of  the  hermitian  matrix   A  is  to  be
-*           referenced as follows:
-*
-*              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   Only the upper triangular part of the
-*                                  hermitian matrix is to be referenced.
-*
-*              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   Only the lower triangular part of the
-*                                  hermitian matrix is to be referenced.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  M      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry,  M  specifies the number of rows of the matrix  C.
-*           M  must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix C.
-*           N  must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  ALPHA  - COMPLEX         .
-*           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  A      - COMPLEX          array of DIMENSION ( LDA, ka ), where ka is
-*           m  when  SIDE = 'L' or 'l'  and is n  otherwise.
-*           Before entry  with  SIDE = 'L' or 'l',  the  m by m  part of
-*           the array  A  must contain the  hermitian matrix,  such that
-*           when  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the leading m by m upper triangular
-*           part of the array  A  must contain the upper triangular part
-*           of the  hermitian matrix and the  strictly  lower triangular
-*           part of  A  is not referenced,  and when  UPLO = 'L' or 'l',
-*           the leading  m by m  lower triangular part  of the  array  A
-*           must  contain  the  lower triangular part  of the  hermitian
-*           matrix and the  strictly upper triangular part of  A  is not
-*           referenced.
-*           Before entry  with  SIDE = 'R' or 'r',  the  n by n  part of
-*           the array  A  must contain the  hermitian matrix,  such that
-*           when  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the leading n by n upper triangular
-*           part of the array  A  must contain the upper triangular part
-*           of the  hermitian matrix and the  strictly  lower triangular
-*           part of  A  is not referenced,  and when  UPLO = 'L' or 'l',
-*           the leading  n by n  lower triangular part  of the  array  A
-*           must  contain  the  lower triangular part  of the  hermitian
-*           matrix and the  strictly upper triangular part of  A  is not
-*           referenced.
-*           Note that the imaginary parts  of the diagonal elements need
-*           not be set, they are assumed to be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  LDA    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
-*           in the  calling (sub) program. When  SIDE = 'L' or 'l'  then
-*           LDA must be at least  max( 1, m ), otherwise  LDA must be at
-*           least max( 1, n ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  B      - COMPLEX          array of DIMENSION ( LDB, n ).
-*           Before entry, the leading  m by n part of the array  B  must
-*           contain the matrix B.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  LDB    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared
-*           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   LDB  must  be  at  least
-*           max( 1, m ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  BETA   - COMPLEX         .
-*           On entry,  BETA  specifies the scalar  beta.  When  BETA  is
-*           supplied as zero then C need not be set on input.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  C      - COMPLEX          array of DIMENSION ( LDC, n ).
-*           Before entry, the leading  m by n  part of the array  C must
-*           contain the matrix  C,  except when  beta  is zero, in which
-*           case C need not be set on entry.
-*           On exit, the array  C  is overwritten by the  m by n updated
-*           matrix.
-*
-*  LDC    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDC specifies the first dimension of C as declared
-*           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   LDC  must  be  at  least
-*           max( 1, m ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 3 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 8-February-1989.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory.
-*     Iain Duff, AERE Harwell.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. External Functions ..
      LOGICAL LSAME
@@ -1,4 +1,164 @@
+*> \brief \b CHEMV
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE CHEMV(UPLO,N,ALPHA,A,LDA,X,INCX,BETA,Y,INCY)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX ALPHA,BETA
+*       INTEGER INCX,INCY,LDA,N
+*       CHARACTER UPLO
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX A(LDA,*),X(*),Y(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> CHEMV  performs the matrix-vector  operation
+*>
+*>    y := alpha*A*x + beta*y,
+*>
+*> where alpha and beta are scalars, x and y are n element vectors and
+*> A is an n by n hermitian matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] UPLO
+*> \verbatim
+*>          UPLO is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower
+*>           triangular part of the array A is to be referenced as
+*>           follows:
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   Only the upper triangular part of A
+*>                                  is to be referenced.
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   Only the lower triangular part of A
+*>                                  is to be referenced.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
+*>           N must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] ALPHA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          ALPHA is COMPLEX
+*>           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] A
+*> \verbatim
+*>          A is COMPLEX array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
+*>           Before entry with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the leading n by n
+*>           upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper
+*>           triangular part of the hermitian matrix and the strictly
+*>           lower triangular part of A is not referenced.
+*>           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the leading n by n
+*>           lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower
+*>           triangular part of the hermitian matrix and the strictly
+*>           upper triangular part of A is not referenced.
+*>           Note that the imaginary parts of the diagonal elements need
+*>           not be set and are assumed to be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDA is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
+*>           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
+*>           max( 1, n ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] X
+*> \verbatim
+*>          X is COMPLEX array of dimension at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
+*>           element vector x.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCX
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCX is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           X. INCX must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] BETA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          BETA is COMPLEX
+*>           On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta. When BETA is
+*>           supplied as zero then Y need not be set on input.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] Y
+*> \verbatim
+*>          Y is COMPLEX array of dimension at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the n
+*>           element vector y. On exit, Y is overwritten by the updated
+*>           vector y.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCY
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCY is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           Y. INCY must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup complex_blas_level2
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 2 Blas routine.
+*>  The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE CHEMV(UPLO,N,ALPHA,A,LDA,X,INCX,BETA,Y,INCY)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level2 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      COMPLEX ALPHA,BETA
      INTEGER INCX,INCY,LDA,N
@@ -8,96 +168,7 @@
      COMPLEX A(LDA,*),X(*),Y(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  CHEMV  performs the matrix-vector  operation
-*
-*     y := alpha*A*x + beta*y,
-*
-*  where alpha and beta are scalars, x and y are n element vectors and
-*  A is an n by n hermitian matrix.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  UPLO   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower
-*           triangular part of the array A is to be referenced as
-*           follows:
-*
-*              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   Only the upper triangular part of A
-*                                  is to be referenced.
-*
-*              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   Only the lower triangular part of A
-*                                  is to be referenced.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
-*           N must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  ALPHA  - COMPLEX         .
-*           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  A      - COMPLEX          array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
-*           Before entry with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the leading n by n
-*           upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper
-*           triangular part of the hermitian matrix and the strictly
-*           lower triangular part of A is not referenced.
-*           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the leading n by n
-*           lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower
-*           triangular part of the hermitian matrix and the strictly
-*           upper triangular part of A is not referenced.
-*           Note that the imaginary parts of the diagonal elements need
-*           not be set and are assumed to be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  LDA    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
-*           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
-*           max( 1, n ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  X      - COMPLEX          array of dimension at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
-*           element vector x.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  INCX   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           X. INCX must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  BETA   - COMPLEX         .
-*           On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta. When BETA is
-*           supplied as zero then Y need not be set on input.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  Y      - COMPLEX          array of dimension at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the n
-*           element vector y. On exit, Y is overwritten by the updated
-*           vector y.
-*
-*  INCY   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           Y. INCY must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 2 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
-*     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Parameters ..
      COMPLEX ONE
@@ -1,4 +1,145 @@
+*> \brief \b CHER
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE CHER(UPLO,N,ALPHA,X,INCX,A,LDA)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       REAL ALPHA
+*       INTEGER INCX,LDA,N
+*       CHARACTER UPLO
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX A(LDA,*),X(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> CHER   performs the hermitian rank 1 operation
+*>
+*>    A := alpha*x*x**H + A,
+*>
+*> where alpha is a real scalar, x is an n element vector and A is an
+*> n by n hermitian matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] UPLO
+*> \verbatim
+*>          UPLO is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower
+*>           triangular part of the array A is to be referenced as
+*>           follows:
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   Only the upper triangular part of A
+*>                                  is to be referenced.
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   Only the lower triangular part of A
+*>                                  is to be referenced.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
+*>           N must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] ALPHA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          ALPHA is REAL
+*>           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] X
+*> \verbatim
+*>          X is COMPLEX array of dimension at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
+*>           element vector x.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCX
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCX is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           X. INCX must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] A
+*> \verbatim
+*>          A is COMPLEX array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
+*>           Before entry with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the leading n by n
+*>           upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper
+*>           triangular part of the hermitian matrix and the strictly
+*>           lower triangular part of A is not referenced. On exit, the
+*>           upper triangular part of the array A is overwritten by the
+*>           upper triangular part of the updated matrix.
+*>           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the leading n by n
+*>           lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower
+*>           triangular part of the hermitian matrix and the strictly
+*>           upper triangular part of A is not referenced. On exit, the
+*>           lower triangular part of the array A is overwritten by the
+*>           lower triangular part of the updated matrix.
+*>           Note that the imaginary parts of the diagonal elements need
+*>           not be set, they are assumed to be zero, and on exit they
+*>           are set to zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDA is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
+*>           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
+*>           max( 1, n ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup complex_blas_level2
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 2 Blas routine.
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE CHER(UPLO,N,ALPHA,X,INCX,A,LDA)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level2 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      REAL ALPHA
      INTEGER INCX,LDA,N
@@ -8,84 +149,7 @@
      COMPLEX A(LDA,*),X(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  CHER   performs the hermitian rank 1 operation
-*
-*     A := alpha*x*conjg( x' ) + A,
-*
-*  where alpha is a real scalar, x is an n element vector and A is an
-*  n by n hermitian matrix.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  UPLO   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower
-*           triangular part of the array A is to be referenced as
-*           follows:
-*
-*              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   Only the upper triangular part of A
-*                                  is to be referenced.
-*
-*              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   Only the lower triangular part of A
-*                                  is to be referenced.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
-*           N must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  ALPHA  - REAL            .
-*           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  X      - COMPLEX          array of dimension at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
-*           element vector x.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  INCX   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           X. INCX must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  A      - COMPLEX          array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
-*           Before entry with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the leading n by n
-*           upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper
-*           triangular part of the hermitian matrix and the strictly
-*           lower triangular part of A is not referenced. On exit, the
-*           upper triangular part of the array A is overwritten by the
-*           upper triangular part of the updated matrix.
-*           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the leading n by n
-*           lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower
-*           triangular part of the hermitian matrix and the strictly
-*           upper triangular part of A is not referenced. On exit, the
-*           lower triangular part of the array A is overwritten by the
-*           lower triangular part of the updated matrix.
-*           Note that the imaginary parts of the diagonal elements need
-*           not be set, they are assumed to be zero, and on exit they
-*           are set to zero.
-*
-*  LDA    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
-*           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
-*           max( 1, n ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 2 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
-*     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Parameters ..
      COMPLEX ZERO
@@ -1,4 +1,160 @@
+*> \brief \b CHER2
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE CHER2(UPLO,N,ALPHA,X,INCX,Y,INCY,A,LDA)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX ALPHA
+*       INTEGER INCX,INCY,LDA,N
+*       CHARACTER UPLO
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX A(LDA,*),X(*),Y(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> CHER2  performs the hermitian rank 2 operation
+*>
+*>    A := alpha*x*y**H + conjg( alpha )*y*x**H + A,
+*>
+*> where alpha is a scalar, x and y are n element vectors and A is an n
+*> by n hermitian matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] UPLO
+*> \verbatim
+*>          UPLO is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower
+*>           triangular part of the array A is to be referenced as
+*>           follows:
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   Only the upper triangular part of A
+*>                                  is to be referenced.
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   Only the lower triangular part of A
+*>                                  is to be referenced.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
+*>           N must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] ALPHA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          ALPHA is COMPLEX
+*>           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] X
+*> \verbatim
+*>          X is COMPLEX array of dimension at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
+*>           element vector x.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCX
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCX is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           X. INCX must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] Y
+*> \verbatim
+*>          Y is COMPLEX array of dimension at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the n
+*>           element vector y.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCY
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCY is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           Y. INCY must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] A
+*> \verbatim
+*>          A is COMPLEX array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
+*>           Before entry with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the leading n by n
+*>           upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper
+*>           triangular part of the hermitian matrix and the strictly
+*>           lower triangular part of A is not referenced. On exit, the
+*>           upper triangular part of the array A is overwritten by the
+*>           upper triangular part of the updated matrix.
+*>           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the leading n by n
+*>           lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower
+*>           triangular part of the hermitian matrix and the strictly
+*>           upper triangular part of A is not referenced. On exit, the
+*>           lower triangular part of the array A is overwritten by the
+*>           lower triangular part of the updated matrix.
+*>           Note that the imaginary parts of the diagonal elements need
+*>           not be set, they are assumed to be zero, and on exit they
+*>           are set to zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDA is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
+*>           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
+*>           max( 1, n ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup complex_blas_level2
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 2 Blas routine.
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE CHER2(UPLO,N,ALPHA,X,INCX,Y,INCY,A,LDA)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level2 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      COMPLEX ALPHA
      INTEGER INCX,INCY,LDA,N
@@ -8,95 +164,7 @@
      COMPLEX A(LDA,*),X(*),Y(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  CHER2  performs the hermitian rank 2 operation
-*
-*     A := alpha*x*conjg( y' ) + conjg( alpha )*y*conjg( x' ) + A,
-*
-*  where alpha is a scalar, x and y are n element vectors and A is an n
-*  by n hermitian matrix.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  UPLO   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower
-*           triangular part of the array A is to be referenced as
-*           follows:
-*
-*              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   Only the upper triangular part of A
-*                                  is to be referenced.
-*
-*              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   Only the lower triangular part of A
-*                                  is to be referenced.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
-*           N must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  ALPHA  - COMPLEX         .
-*           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  X      - COMPLEX          array of dimension at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
-*           element vector x.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  INCX   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           X. INCX must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  Y      - COMPLEX          array of dimension at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the n
-*           element vector y.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  INCY   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           Y. INCY must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  A      - COMPLEX          array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
-*           Before entry with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the leading n by n
-*           upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper
-*           triangular part of the hermitian matrix and the strictly
-*           lower triangular part of A is not referenced. On exit, the
-*           upper triangular part of the array A is overwritten by the
-*           upper triangular part of the updated matrix.
-*           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the leading n by n
-*           lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower
-*           triangular part of the hermitian matrix and the strictly
-*           upper triangular part of A is not referenced. On exit, the
-*           lower triangular part of the array A is overwritten by the
-*           lower triangular part of the updated matrix.
-*           Note that the imaginary parts of the diagonal elements need
-*           not be set, they are assumed to be zero, and on exit they
-*           are set to zero.
-*
-*  LDA    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
-*           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
-*           max( 1, n ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 2 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
-*     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Parameters ..
      COMPLEX ZERO
@@ -1,4 +1,207 @@
+*> \brief \b CHER2K
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE CHER2K(UPLO,TRANS,N,K,ALPHA,A,LDA,B,LDB,BETA,C,LDC)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX ALPHA
+*       REAL BETA
+*       INTEGER K,LDA,LDB,LDC,N
+*       CHARACTER TRANS,UPLO
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX A(LDA,*),B(LDB,*),C(LDC,*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> CHER2K  performs one of the hermitian rank 2k operations
+*>
+*>    C := alpha*A*B**H + conjg( alpha )*B*A**H + beta*C,
+*>
+*> or
+*>
+*>    C := alpha*A**H*B + conjg( alpha )*B**H*A + beta*C,
+*>
+*> where  alpha and beta  are scalars with  beta  real,  C is an  n by n
+*> hermitian matrix and  A and B  are  n by k matrices in the first case
+*> and  k by n  matrices in the second case.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] UPLO
+*> \verbatim
+*>          UPLO is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On  entry,   UPLO  specifies  whether  the  upper  or  lower
+*>           triangular  part  of the  array  C  is to be  referenced  as
+*>           follows:
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   Only the  upper triangular part of  C
+*>                                  is to be referenced.
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   Only the  lower triangular part of  C
+*>                                  is to be referenced.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] TRANS
+*> \verbatim
+*>          TRANS is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry,  TRANS  specifies the operation to be performed as
+*>           follows:
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'    C := alpha*A*B**H          +
+*>                                         conjg( alpha )*B*A**H +
+*>                                         beta*C.
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'C' or 'c'    C := alpha*A**H*B          +
+*>                                         conjg( alpha )*B**H*A +
+*>                                         beta*C.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry,  N specifies the order of the matrix C.  N must be
+*>           at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] K
+*> \verbatim
+*>          K is INTEGER
+*>           On entry with  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  K  specifies  the number
+*>           of  columns  of the  matrices  A and B,  and on  entry  with
+*>           TRANS = 'C' or 'c',  K  specifies  the number of rows of the
+*>           matrices  A and B.  K must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] ALPHA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          ALPHA is COMPLEX
+*>           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] A
+*> \verbatim
+*>          A is COMPLEX array of DIMENSION ( LDA, ka ), where ka is
+*>           k  when  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  and is  n  otherwise.
+*>           Before entry with  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  the  leading  n by k
+*>           part of the array  A  must contain the matrix  A,  otherwise
+*>           the leading  k by n  part of the array  A  must contain  the
+*>           matrix A.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDA is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
+*>           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   When  TRANS = 'N' or 'n'
+*>           then  LDA must be at least  max( 1, n ), otherwise  LDA must
+*>           be at least  max( 1, k ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] B
+*> \verbatim
+*>          B is COMPLEX array of DIMENSION ( LDB, kb ), where kb is
+*>           k  when  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  and is  n  otherwise.
+*>           Before entry with  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  the  leading  n by k
+*>           part of the array  B  must contain the matrix  B,  otherwise
+*>           the leading  k by n  part of the array  B  must contain  the
+*>           matrix B.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDB
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDB is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared
+*>           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   When  TRANS = 'N' or 'n'
+*>           then  LDB must be at least  max( 1, n ), otherwise  LDB must
+*>           be at least  max( 1, k ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] BETA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          BETA is REAL
+*>           On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] C
+*> \verbatim
+*>          C is COMPLEX array of DIMENSION ( LDC, n ).
+*>           Before entry  with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u',  the leading  n by n
+*>           upper triangular part of the array C must contain the upper
+*>           triangular part  of the  hermitian matrix  and the strictly
+*>           lower triangular part of C is not referenced.  On exit, the
+*>           upper triangular part of the array  C is overwritten by the
+*>           upper triangular part of the updated matrix.
+*>           Before entry  with  UPLO = 'L' or 'l',  the leading  n by n
+*>           lower triangular part of the array C must contain the lower
+*>           triangular part  of the  hermitian matrix  and the strictly
+*>           upper triangular part of C is not referenced.  On exit, the
+*>           lower triangular part of the array  C is overwritten by the
+*>           lower triangular part of the updated matrix.
+*>           Note that the imaginary parts of the diagonal elements need
+*>           not be set,  they are assumed to be zero,  and on exit they
+*>           are set to zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDC
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDC is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDC specifies the first dimension of C as declared
+*>           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   LDC  must  be  at  least
+*>           max( 1, n ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup complex_blas_level3
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 3 Blas routine.
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 8-February-1989.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory.
+*>     Iain Duff, AERE Harwell.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
+*>
+*>  -- Modified 8-Nov-93 to set C(J,J) to REAL( C(J,J) ) when BETA = 1.
+*>     Ed Anderson, Cray Research Inc.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE CHER2K(UPLO,TRANS,N,K,ALPHA,A,LDA,B,LDB,BETA,C,LDC)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level3 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      COMPLEX ALPHA
      REAL BETA
@@ -9,136 +212,7 @@
      COMPLEX A(LDA,*),B(LDB,*),C(LDC,*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  CHER2K  performs one of the hermitian rank 2k operations
-*
-*     C := alpha*A*conjg( B' ) + conjg( alpha )*B*conjg( A' ) + beta*C,
-*
-*  or
-*
-*     C := alpha*conjg( A' )*B + conjg( alpha )*conjg( B' )*A + beta*C,
-*
-*  where  alpha and beta  are scalars with  beta  real,  C is an  n by n
-*  hermitian matrix and  A and B  are  n by k matrices in the first case
-*  and  k by n  matrices in the second case.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  UPLO   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On  entry,   UPLO  specifies  whether  the  upper  or  lower
-*           triangular  part  of the  array  C  is to be  referenced  as
-*           follows:
-*
-*              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   Only the  upper triangular part of  C
-*                                  is to be referenced.
-*
-*              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   Only the  lower triangular part of  C
-*                                  is to be referenced.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  TRANS  - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry,  TRANS  specifies the operation to be performed as
-*           follows:
-*
-*              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'    C := alpha*A*conjg( B' )          +
-*                                         conjg( alpha )*B*conjg( A' ) +
-*                                         beta*C.
-*
-*              TRANS = 'C' or 'c'    C := alpha*conjg( A' )*B          +
-*                                         conjg( alpha )*conjg( B' )*A +
-*                                         beta*C.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry,  N specifies the order of the matrix C.  N must be
-*           at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  K      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry with  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  K  specifies  the number
-*           of  columns  of the  matrices  A and B,  and on  entry  with
-*           TRANS = 'C' or 'c',  K  specifies  the number of rows of the
-*           matrices  A and B.  K must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  ALPHA  - COMPLEX         .
-*           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  A      - COMPLEX          array of DIMENSION ( LDA, ka ), where ka is
-*           k  when  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  and is  n  otherwise.
-*           Before entry with  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  the  leading  n by k
-*           part of the array  A  must contain the matrix  A,  otherwise
-*           the leading  k by n  part of the array  A  must contain  the
-*           matrix A.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  LDA    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
-*           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   When  TRANS = 'N' or 'n'
-*           then  LDA must be at least  max( 1, n ), otherwise  LDA must
-*           be at least  max( 1, k ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  B      - COMPLEX          array of DIMENSION ( LDB, kb ), where kb is
-*           k  when  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  and is  n  otherwise.
-*           Before entry with  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  the  leading  n by k
-*           part of the array  B  must contain the matrix  B,  otherwise
-*           the leading  k by n  part of the array  B  must contain  the
-*           matrix B.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  LDB    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared
-*           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   When  TRANS = 'N' or 'n'
-*           then  LDB must be at least  max( 1, n ), otherwise  LDB must
-*           be at least  max( 1, k ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  BETA   - REAL            .
-*           On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  C      - COMPLEX          array of DIMENSION ( LDC, n ).
-*           Before entry  with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u',  the leading  n by n
-*           upper triangular part of the array C must contain the upper
-*           triangular part  of the  hermitian matrix  and the strictly
-*           lower triangular part of C is not referenced.  On exit, the
-*           upper triangular part of the array  C is overwritten by the
-*           upper triangular part of the updated matrix.
-*           Before entry  with  UPLO = 'L' or 'l',  the leading  n by n
-*           lower triangular part of the array C must contain the lower
-*           triangular part  of the  hermitian matrix  and the strictly
-*           upper triangular part of C is not referenced.  On exit, the
-*           lower triangular part of the array  C is overwritten by the
-*           lower triangular part of the updated matrix.
-*           Note that the imaginary parts of the diagonal elements need
-*           not be set,  they are assumed to be zero,  and on exit they
-*           are set to zero.
-*
-*  LDC    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDC specifies the first dimension of C as declared
-*           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   LDC  must  be  at  least
-*           max( 1, n ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 3 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 8-February-1989.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory.
-*     Iain Duff, AERE Harwell.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
-*
-*  -- Modified 8-Nov-93 to set C(J,J) to REAL( C(J,J) ) when BETA = 1.
-*     Ed Anderson, Cray Research Inc.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. External Functions ..
      LOGICAL LSAME
@@ -239,7 +313,7 @@
 *
      IF (LSAME(TRANS,'N')) THEN
 *
-*        Form  C := alpha*A*conjg( B' ) + conjg( alpha )*B*conjg( A' ) +
+*        Form  C := alpha*A*B**H + conjg( alpha )*B*A**H +
 *                   C.
 *
          IF (UPPER) THEN
@@ -299,7 +373,7 @@
          END IF
      ELSE
 *
-*        Form  C := alpha*conjg( A' )*B + conjg( alpha )*conjg( B' )*A +
+*        Form  C := alpha*A**H*B + conjg( alpha )*B**H*A +
 *                   C.
 *
          IF (UPPER) THEN
@@ -1,4 +1,183 @@
+*> \brief \b CHERK
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE CHERK(UPLO,TRANS,N,K,ALPHA,A,LDA,BETA,C,LDC)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       REAL ALPHA,BETA
+*       INTEGER K,LDA,LDC,N
+*       CHARACTER TRANS,UPLO
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX A(LDA,*),C(LDC,*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> CHERK  performs one of the hermitian rank k operations
+*>
+*>    C := alpha*A*A**H + beta*C,
+*>
+*> or
+*>
+*>    C := alpha*A**H*A + beta*C,
+*>
+*> where  alpha and beta  are  real scalars,  C is an  n by n  hermitian
+*> matrix and  A  is an  n by k  matrix in the  first case and a  k by n
+*> matrix in the second case.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] UPLO
+*> \verbatim
+*>          UPLO is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On  entry,   UPLO  specifies  whether  the  upper  or  lower
+*>           triangular  part  of the  array  C  is to be  referenced  as
+*>           follows:
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   Only the  upper triangular part of  C
+*>                                  is to be referenced.
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   Only the  lower triangular part of  C
+*>                                  is to be referenced.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] TRANS
+*> \verbatim
+*>          TRANS is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry,  TRANS  specifies the operation to be performed as
+*>           follows:
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'   C := alpha*A*A**H + beta*C.
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'C' or 'c'   C := alpha*A**H*A + beta*C.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry,  N specifies the order of the matrix C.  N must be
+*>           at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] K
+*> \verbatim
+*>          K is INTEGER
+*>           On entry with  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  K  specifies  the number
+*>           of  columns   of  the   matrix   A,   and  on   entry   with
+*>           TRANS = 'C' or 'c',  K  specifies  the number of rows of the
+*>           matrix A.  K must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] ALPHA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          ALPHA is REAL
+*>           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] A
+*> \verbatim
+*>          A is COMPLEX array of DIMENSION ( LDA, ka ), where ka is
+*>           k  when  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  and is  n  otherwise.
+*>           Before entry with  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  the  leading  n by k
+*>           part of the array  A  must contain the matrix  A,  otherwise
+*>           the leading  k by n  part of the array  A  must contain  the
+*>           matrix A.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDA is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
+*>           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   When  TRANS = 'N' or 'n'
+*>           then  LDA must be at least  max( 1, n ), otherwise  LDA must
+*>           be at least  max( 1, k ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] BETA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          BETA is REAL
+*>           On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] C
+*> \verbatim
+*>          C is COMPLEX array of DIMENSION ( LDC, n ).
+*>           Before entry  with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u',  the leading  n by n
+*>           upper triangular part of the array C must contain the upper
+*>           triangular part  of the  hermitian matrix  and the strictly
+*>           lower triangular part of C is not referenced.  On exit, the
+*>           upper triangular part of the array  C is overwritten by the
+*>           upper triangular part of the updated matrix.
+*>           Before entry  with  UPLO = 'L' or 'l',  the leading  n by n
+*>           lower triangular part of the array C must contain the lower
+*>           triangular part  of the  hermitian matrix  and the strictly
+*>           upper triangular part of C is not referenced.  On exit, the
+*>           lower triangular part of the array  C is overwritten by the
+*>           lower triangular part of the updated matrix.
+*>           Note that the imaginary parts of the diagonal elements need
+*>           not be set,  they are assumed to be zero,  and on exit they
+*>           are set to zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDC
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDC is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDC specifies the first dimension of C as declared
+*>           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   LDC  must  be  at  least
+*>           max( 1, n ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup complex_blas_level3
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 3 Blas routine.
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 8-February-1989.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory.
+*>     Iain Duff, AERE Harwell.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
+*>
+*>  -- Modified 8-Nov-93 to set C(J,J) to REAL( C(J,J) ) when BETA = 1.
+*>     Ed Anderson, Cray Research Inc.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE CHERK(UPLO,TRANS,N,K,ALPHA,A,LDA,BETA,C,LDC)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level3 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      REAL ALPHA,BETA
      INTEGER K,LDA,LDC,N
@@ -8,117 +187,7 @@
      COMPLEX A(LDA,*),C(LDC,*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  CHERK  performs one of the hermitian rank k operations
-*
-*     C := alpha*A*conjg( A' ) + beta*C,
-*
-*  or
-*
-*     C := alpha*conjg( A' )*A + beta*C,
-*
-*  where  alpha and beta  are  real scalars,  C is an  n by n  hermitian
-*  matrix and  A  is an  n by k  matrix in the  first case and a  k by n
-*  matrix in the second case.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  UPLO   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On  entry,   UPLO  specifies  whether  the  upper  or  lower
-*           triangular  part  of the  array  C  is to be  referenced  as
-*           follows:
-*
-*              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   Only the  upper triangular part of  C
-*                                  is to be referenced.
-*
-*              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   Only the  lower triangular part of  C
-*                                  is to be referenced.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  TRANS  - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry,  TRANS  specifies the operation to be performed as
-*           follows:
-*
-*              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'   C := alpha*A*conjg( A' ) + beta*C.
-*
-*              TRANS = 'C' or 'c'   C := alpha*conjg( A' )*A + beta*C.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry,  N specifies the order of the matrix C.  N must be
-*           at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  K      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry with  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  K  specifies  the number
-*           of  columns   of  the   matrix   A,   and  on   entry   with
-*           TRANS = 'C' or 'c',  K  specifies  the number of rows of the
-*           matrix A.  K must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  ALPHA  - REAL            .
-*           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  A      - COMPLEX          array of DIMENSION ( LDA, ka ), where ka is
-*           k  when  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  and is  n  otherwise.
-*           Before entry with  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  the  leading  n by k
-*           part of the array  A  must contain the matrix  A,  otherwise
-*           the leading  k by n  part of the array  A  must contain  the
-*           matrix A.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  LDA    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
-*           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   When  TRANS = 'N' or 'n'
-*           then  LDA must be at least  max( 1, n ), otherwise  LDA must
-*           be at least  max( 1, k ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  BETA   - REAL            .
-*           On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  C      - COMPLEX          array of DIMENSION ( LDC, n ).
-*           Before entry  with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u',  the leading  n by n
-*           upper triangular part of the array C must contain the upper
-*           triangular part  of the  hermitian matrix  and the strictly
-*           lower triangular part of C is not referenced.  On exit, the
-*           upper triangular part of the array  C is overwritten by the
-*           upper triangular part of the updated matrix.
-*           Before entry  with  UPLO = 'L' or 'l',  the leading  n by n
-*           lower triangular part of the array C must contain the lower
-*           triangular part  of the  hermitian matrix  and the strictly
-*           upper triangular part of C is not referenced.  On exit, the
-*           lower triangular part of the array  C is overwritten by the
-*           lower triangular part of the updated matrix.
-*           Note that the imaginary parts of the diagonal elements need
-*           not be set,  they are assumed to be zero,  and on exit they
-*           are set to zero.
-*
-*  LDC    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDC specifies the first dimension of C as declared
-*           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   LDC  must  be  at  least
-*           max( 1, n ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 3 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 8-February-1989.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory.
-*     Iain Duff, AERE Harwell.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
-*
-*  -- Modified 8-Nov-93 to set C(J,J) to REAL( C(J,J) ) when BETA = 1.
-*     Ed Anderson, Cray Research Inc.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. External Functions ..
      LOGICAL LSAME
@@ -216,7 +285,7 @@
 *
      IF (LSAME(TRANS,'N')) THEN
 *
-*        Form  C := alpha*A*conjg( A' ) + beta*C.
+*        Form  C := alpha*A*A**H + beta*C.
 *
          IF (UPPER) THEN
              DO 130 J = 1,N
@@ -269,7 +338,7 @@
          END IF
      ELSE
 *
-*        Form  C := alpha*conjg( A' )*A + beta*C.
+*        Form  C := alpha*A**H*A + beta*C.
 *
          IF (UPPER) THEN
              DO 220 J = 1,N
@@ -1,4 +1,159 @@
+*> \brief \b CHPMV
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE CHPMV(UPLO,N,ALPHA,AP,X,INCX,BETA,Y,INCY)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX ALPHA,BETA
+*       INTEGER INCX,INCY,N
+*       CHARACTER UPLO
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX AP(*),X(*),Y(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> CHPMV  performs the matrix-vector operation
+*>
+*>    y := alpha*A*x + beta*y,
+*>
+*> where alpha and beta are scalars, x and y are n element vectors and
+*> A is an n by n hermitian matrix, supplied in packed form.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] UPLO
+*> \verbatim
+*>          UPLO is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower
+*>           triangular part of the matrix A is supplied in the packed
+*>           array AP as follows:
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   The upper triangular part of A is
+*>                                  supplied in AP.
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   The lower triangular part of A is
+*>                                  supplied in AP.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
+*>           N must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] ALPHA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          ALPHA is COMPLEX
+*>           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] AP
+*> \verbatim
+*>          AP is COMPLEX array of DIMENSION at least
+*>           ( ( n*( n + 1 ) )/2 ).
+*>           Before entry with UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the array AP must
+*>           contain the upper triangular part of the hermitian matrix
+*>           packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 )
+*>           contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 1, 2 )
+*>           and a( 2, 2 ) respectively, and so on.
+*>           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the array AP must
+*>           contain the lower triangular part of the hermitian matrix
+*>           packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 )
+*>           contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 2, 1 )
+*>           and a( 3, 1 ) respectively, and so on.
+*>           Note that the imaginary parts of the diagonal elements need
+*>           not be set and are assumed to be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] X
+*> \verbatim
+*>          X is COMPLEX array of dimension at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
+*>           element vector x.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCX
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCX is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           X. INCX must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] BETA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          BETA is COMPLEX
+*>           On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta. When BETA is
+*>           supplied as zero then Y need not be set on input.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] Y
+*> \verbatim
+*>          Y is COMPLEX array of dimension at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the n
+*>           element vector y. On exit, Y is overwritten by the updated
+*>           vector y.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCY
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCY is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           Y. INCY must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup complex_blas_level2
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 2 Blas routine.
+*>  The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE CHPMV(UPLO,N,ALPHA,AP,X,INCX,BETA,Y,INCY)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level2 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      COMPLEX ALPHA,BETA
      INTEGER INCX,INCY,N
@@ -8,93 +163,7 @@
      COMPLEX AP(*),X(*),Y(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  CHPMV  performs the matrix-vector operation
-*
-*     y := alpha*A*x + beta*y,
-*
-*  where alpha and beta are scalars, x and y are n element vectors and
-*  A is an n by n hermitian matrix, supplied in packed form.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  UPLO   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower
-*           triangular part of the matrix A is supplied in the packed
-*           array AP as follows:
-*
-*              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   The upper triangular part of A is
-*                                  supplied in AP.
-*
-*              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   The lower triangular part of A is
-*                                  supplied in AP.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
-*           N must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  ALPHA  - COMPLEX         .
-*           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  AP     - COMPLEX          array of DIMENSION at least
-*           ( ( n*( n + 1 ) )/2 ).
-*           Before entry with UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the array AP must
-*           contain the upper triangular part of the hermitian matrix
-*           packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 )
-*           contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 1, 2 )
-*           and a( 2, 2 ) respectively, and so on.
-*           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the array AP must
-*           contain the lower triangular part of the hermitian matrix
-*           packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 )
-*           contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 2, 1 )
-*           and a( 3, 1 ) respectively, and so on.
-*           Note that the imaginary parts of the diagonal elements need
-*           not be set and are assumed to be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  X      - COMPLEX          array of dimension at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
-*           element vector x.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  INCX   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           X. INCX must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  BETA   - COMPLEX         .
-*           On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta. When BETA is
-*           supplied as zero then Y need not be set on input.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  Y      - COMPLEX          array of dimension at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the n
-*           element vector y. On exit, Y is overwritten by the updated
-*           vector y.
-*
-*  INCY   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           Y. INCY must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 2 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
-*     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Parameters ..
      COMPLEX ONE
@@ -1,4 +1,140 @@
+*> \brief \b CHPR
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE CHPR(UPLO,N,ALPHA,X,INCX,AP)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       REAL ALPHA
+*       INTEGER INCX,N
+*       CHARACTER UPLO
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX AP(*),X(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> CHPR    performs the hermitian rank 1 operation
+*>
+*>    A := alpha*x*x**H + A,
+*>
+*> where alpha is a real scalar, x is an n element vector and A is an
+*> n by n hermitian matrix, supplied in packed form.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] UPLO
+*> \verbatim
+*>          UPLO is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower
+*>           triangular part of the matrix A is supplied in the packed
+*>           array AP as follows:
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   The upper triangular part of A is
+*>                                  supplied in AP.
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   The lower triangular part of A is
+*>                                  supplied in AP.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
+*>           N must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] ALPHA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          ALPHA is REAL
+*>           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] X
+*> \verbatim
+*>          X is COMPLEX array of dimension at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
+*>           element vector x.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCX
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCX is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           X. INCX must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] AP
+*> \verbatim
+*>          AP is COMPLEX array of DIMENSION at least
+*>           ( ( n*( n + 1 ) )/2 ).
+*>           Before entry with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the array AP must
+*>           contain the upper triangular part of the hermitian matrix
+*>           packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 )
+*>           contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 1, 2 )
+*>           and a( 2, 2 ) respectively, and so on. On exit, the array
+*>           AP is overwritten by the upper triangular part of the
+*>           updated matrix.
+*>           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the array AP must
+*>           contain the lower triangular part of the hermitian matrix
+*>           packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 )
+*>           contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 2, 1 )
+*>           and a( 3, 1 ) respectively, and so on. On exit, the array
+*>           AP is overwritten by the lower triangular part of the
+*>           updated matrix.
+*>           Note that the imaginary parts of the diagonal elements need
+*>           not be set, they are assumed to be zero, and on exit they
+*>           are set to zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup complex_blas_level2
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 2 Blas routine.
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE CHPR(UPLO,N,ALPHA,X,INCX,AP)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level2 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      REAL ALPHA
      INTEGER INCX,N
@@ -8,81 +144,7 @@
      COMPLEX AP(*),X(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  CHPR    performs the hermitian rank 1 operation
-*
-*     A := alpha*x*conjg( x' ) + A,
-*
-*  where alpha is a real scalar, x is an n element vector and A is an
-*  n by n hermitian matrix, supplied in packed form.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  UPLO   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower
-*           triangular part of the matrix A is supplied in the packed
-*           array AP as follows:
-*
-*              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   The upper triangular part of A is
-*                                  supplied in AP.
-*
-*              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   The lower triangular part of A is
-*                                  supplied in AP.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
-*           N must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  ALPHA  - REAL            .
-*           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  X      - COMPLEX          array of dimension at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
-*           element vector x.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  INCX   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           X. INCX must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  AP     - COMPLEX          array of DIMENSION at least
-*           ( ( n*( n + 1 ) )/2 ).
-*           Before entry with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the array AP must
-*           contain the upper triangular part of the hermitian matrix
-*           packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 )
-*           contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 1, 2 )
-*           and a( 2, 2 ) respectively, and so on. On exit, the array
-*           AP is overwritten by the upper triangular part of the
-*           updated matrix.
-*           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the array AP must
-*           contain the lower triangular part of the hermitian matrix
-*           packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 )
-*           contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 2, 1 )
-*           and a( 3, 1 ) respectively, and so on. On exit, the array
-*           AP is overwritten by the lower triangular part of the
-*           updated matrix.
-*           Note that the imaginary parts of the diagonal elements need
-*           not be set, they are assumed to be zero, and on exit they
-*           are set to zero.
-*
-*
-*  Level 2 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
-*     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Parameters ..
      COMPLEX ZERO
@@ -1,4 +1,155 @@
+*> \brief \b CHPR2
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE CHPR2(UPLO,N,ALPHA,X,INCX,Y,INCY,AP)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX ALPHA
+*       INTEGER INCX,INCY,N
+*       CHARACTER UPLO
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX AP(*),X(*),Y(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> CHPR2  performs the hermitian rank 2 operation
+*>
+*>    A := alpha*x*y**H + conjg( alpha )*y*x**H + A,
+*>
+*> where alpha is a scalar, x and y are n element vectors and A is an
+*> n by n hermitian matrix, supplied in packed form.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] UPLO
+*> \verbatim
+*>          UPLO is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower
+*>           triangular part of the matrix A is supplied in the packed
+*>           array AP as follows:
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   The upper triangular part of A is
+*>                                  supplied in AP.
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   The lower triangular part of A is
+*>                                  supplied in AP.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
+*>           N must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] ALPHA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          ALPHA is COMPLEX
+*>           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] X
+*> \verbatim
+*>          X is COMPLEX array of dimension at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
+*>           element vector x.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCX
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCX is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           X. INCX must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] Y
+*> \verbatim
+*>          Y is COMPLEX array of dimension at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the n
+*>           element vector y.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCY
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCY is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           Y. INCY must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] AP
+*> \verbatim
+*>          AP is COMPLEX array of DIMENSION at least
+*>           ( ( n*( n + 1 ) )/2 ).
+*>           Before entry with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the array AP must
+*>           contain the upper triangular part of the hermitian matrix
+*>           packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 )
+*>           contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 1, 2 )
+*>           and a( 2, 2 ) respectively, and so on. On exit, the array
+*>           AP is overwritten by the upper triangular part of the
+*>           updated matrix.
+*>           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the array AP must
+*>           contain the lower triangular part of the hermitian matrix
+*>           packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 )
+*>           contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 2, 1 )
+*>           and a( 3, 1 ) respectively, and so on. On exit, the array
+*>           AP is overwritten by the lower triangular part of the
+*>           updated matrix.
+*>           Note that the imaginary parts of the diagonal elements need
+*>           not be set, they are assumed to be zero, and on exit they
+*>           are set to zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup complex_blas_level2
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 2 Blas routine.
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE CHPR2(UPLO,N,ALPHA,X,INCX,Y,INCY,AP)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level2 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      COMPLEX ALPHA
      INTEGER INCX,INCY,N
@@ -8,92 +159,7 @@
      COMPLEX AP(*),X(*),Y(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  CHPR2  performs the hermitian rank 2 operation
-*
-*     A := alpha*x*conjg( y' ) + conjg( alpha )*y*conjg( x' ) + A,
-*
-*  where alpha is a scalar, x and y are n element vectors and A is an
-*  n by n hermitian matrix, supplied in packed form.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  UPLO   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower
-*           triangular part of the matrix A is supplied in the packed
-*           array AP as follows:
-*
-*              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   The upper triangular part of A is
-*                                  supplied in AP.
-*
-*              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   The lower triangular part of A is
-*                                  supplied in AP.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
-*           N must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  ALPHA  - COMPLEX         .
-*           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  X      - COMPLEX          array of dimension at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
-*           element vector x.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  INCX   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           X. INCX must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  Y      - COMPLEX          array of dimension at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the n
-*           element vector y.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  INCY   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           Y. INCY must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  AP     - COMPLEX          array of DIMENSION at least
-*           ( ( n*( n + 1 ) )/2 ).
-*           Before entry with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the array AP must
-*           contain the upper triangular part of the hermitian matrix
-*           packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 )
-*           contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 1, 2 )
-*           and a( 2, 2 ) respectively, and so on. On exit, the array
-*           AP is overwritten by the upper triangular part of the
-*           updated matrix.
-*           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the array AP must
-*           contain the lower triangular part of the hermitian matrix
-*           packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 )
-*           contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 2, 1 )
-*           and a( 3, 1 ) respectively, and so on. On exit, the array
-*           AP is overwritten by the lower triangular part of the
-*           updated matrix.
-*           Note that the imaginary parts of the diagonal elements need
-*           not be set, they are assumed to be zero, and on exit they
-*           are set to zero.
-*
-*
-*  Level 2 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
-*     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Parameters ..
      COMPLEX ZERO
@@ -1,13 +1,55 @@
+*> \brief \b CROTG
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE CROTG(CA,CB,C,S)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX CA,CB,S
+*       REAL C
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> CROTG determines a complex Givens rotation.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup complex_blas_level1
+*
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE CROTG(CA,CB,C,S)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level1 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      COMPLEX CA,CB,S
      REAL C
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  CROTG determines a complex Givens rotation.
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Local Scalars ..
      COMPLEX ALPHA
@@ -16,18 +58,17 @@
 *     .. Intrinsic Functions ..
      INTRINSIC CABS,CONJG,SQRT
 *     ..
-      IF (CABS(CA).NE.0.) GO TO 10
-      C = 0.
-      S = (1.,0.)
-      CA = CB
-      GO TO 20
-   10 CONTINUE
-      SCALE = CABS(CA) + CABS(CB)
-      NORM = SCALE*SQRT((CABS(CA/SCALE))**2+ (CABS(CB/SCALE))**2)
-      ALPHA = CA/CABS(CA)
-      C = CABS(CA)/NORM
-      S = ALPHA*CONJG(CB)/NORM
-      CA = ALPHA*NORM
-   20 CONTINUE
+      IF (CABS(CA).EQ.0.) THEN
+         C = 0.
+         S = (1.,0.)
+         CA = CB
+      ELSE
+         SCALE = CABS(CA) + CABS(CB)
+         NORM = SCALE*SQRT((CABS(CA/SCALE))**2+ (CABS(CB/SCALE))**2)
+         ALPHA = CA/CABS(CA)
+         C = CABS(CA)/NORM
+         S = ALPHA*CONJG(CB)/NORM
+         CA = ALPHA*NORM
+      END IF
      RETURN
      END
@@ -1,4 +1,62 @@
+*> \brief \b CSCAL
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE CSCAL(N,CA,CX,INCX)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX CA
+*       INTEGER INCX,N
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX CX(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>    CSCAL scales a vector by a constant.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup complex_blas_level1
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>     jack dongarra, linpack,  3/11/78.
+*>     modified 3/93 to return if incx .le. 0.
+*>     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE CSCAL(N,CA,CX,INCX)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level1 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      COMPLEX CA
      INTEGER INCX,N
@@ -7,33 +65,27 @@
      COMPLEX CX(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*     scales a vector by a constant.
-*     jack dongarra, linpack,  3/11/78.
-*     modified 3/93 to return if incx .le. 0.
-*     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Local Scalars ..
      INTEGER I,NINCX
 *     ..
      IF (N.LE.0 .OR. INCX.LE.0) RETURN
-      IF (INCX.EQ.1) GO TO 20
-*
-*        code for increment not equal to 1
-*
-      NINCX = N*INCX
-      DO 10 I = 1,NINCX,INCX
-          CX(I) = CA*CX(I)
-   10 CONTINUE
-      RETURN
+      IF (INCX.EQ.1) THEN
 *
 *        code for increment equal to 1
 *
-   20 DO 30 I = 1,N
-          CX(I) = CA*CX(I)
-   30 CONTINUE
+         DO I = 1,N
+            CX(I) = CA*CX(I)
+         END DO
+      ELSE
+*
+*        code for increment not equal to 1
+*
+         NINCX = N*INCX
+         DO I = 1,NINCX,INCX
+            CX(I) = CA*CX(I)
+         END DO
+      END IF
      RETURN
      END
@@ -1,5 +1,108 @@
+*> \brief \b CSROT
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE CSROT( N, CX, INCX, CY, INCY, C, S )
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       INTEGER           INCX, INCY, N
+*       REAL              C, S
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX           CX( * ), CY( * )
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> CSROT applies a plane rotation, where the cos and sin (c and s) are real
+*> and the vectors cx and cy are complex.
+*> jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, N specifies the order of the vectors cx and cy.
+*>           N must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] CX
+*> \verbatim
+*>          CX is COMPLEX array, dimension at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array CX must contain the n
+*>           element vector cx. On exit, CX is overwritten by the updated
+*>           vector cx.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCX
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCX is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           CX. INCX must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] CY
+*> \verbatim
+*>          CY is COMPLEX array, dimension at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array CY must contain the n
+*>           element vector cy. On exit, CY is overwritten by the updated
+*>           vector cy.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCY
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCY is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           CY. INCY must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] C
+*> \verbatim
+*>          C is REAL
+*>           On entry, C specifies the cosine, cos.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] S
+*> \verbatim
+*>          S is REAL
+*>           On entry, S specifies the sine, sin.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup complex_blas_level1
+*
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE CSROT( N, CX, INCX, CY, INCY, C, S )
 *
+*  -- Reference BLAS level1 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      INTEGER           INCX, INCY, N
      REAL              C, S
@@ -8,51 +111,6 @@
      COMPLEX           CX( * ), CY( * )
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  Applies a plane rotation, where the cos and sin (c and s) are real
-*  and the vectors cx and cy are complex.
-*  jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  N        (input) INTEGER
-*           On entry, N specifies the order of the vectors cx and cy.
-*           N must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  CX       (input) COMPLEX array, dimension at least
-*           ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array CX must contain the n
-*           element vector cx. On exit, CX is overwritten by the updated
-*           vector cx.
-*
-*  INCX     (input) INTEGER
-*           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           CX. INCX must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  CY       (input) COMPLEX array, dimension at least
-*           ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array CY must contain the n
-*           element vector cy. On exit, CY is overwritten by the updated
-*           vector cy.
-*
-*  INCY     (input) INTEGER
-*           On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           CY. INCY must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  C        (input) REAL
-*           On entry, C specifies the cosine, cos.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  S        (input) REAL
-*           On entry, S specifies the sine, sin.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
 *  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Local Scalars ..
@@ -63,33 +121,33 @@
 *
      IF( N.LE.0 )
     $   RETURN
-      IF( INCX.EQ.1 .AND. INCY.EQ.1 )
-     $   GO TO 20
+      IF( INCX.EQ.1 .AND. INCY.EQ.1 ) THEN
+*
+*        code for both increments equal to 1
+*
+         DO I = 1, N
+            CTEMP = C*CX( I ) + S*CY( I )
+            CY( I ) = C*CY( I ) - S*CX( I )
+            CX( I ) = CTEMP
+         END DO
+      ELSE
 *
 *        code for unequal increments or equal increments not equal
 *          to 1
 *
-      IX = 1
-      IY = 1
-      IF( INCX.LT.0 )
-     $   IX = ( -N+1 )*INCX + 1
-      IF( INCY.LT.0 )
-     $   IY = ( -N+1 )*INCY + 1
-      DO 10 I = 1, N
-         CTEMP = C*CX( IX ) + S*CY( IY )
-         CY( IY ) = C*CY( IY ) - S*CX( IX )
-         CX( IX ) = CTEMP
-         IX = IX + INCX
-         IY = IY + INCY
-   10 CONTINUE
-      RETURN
-*
-*        code for both increments equal to 1
-*
-   20 DO 30 I = 1, N
-         CTEMP = C*CX( I ) + S*CY( I )
-         CY( I ) = C*CY( I ) - S*CX( I )
-         CX( I ) = CTEMP
-   30 CONTINUE
+         IX = 1
+         IY = 1
+         IF( INCX.LT.0 )
+     $      IX = ( -N+1 )*INCX + 1
+         IF( INCY.LT.0 )
+     $      IY = ( -N+1 )*INCY + 1
+         DO I = 1, N
+            CTEMP = C*CX( IX ) + S*CY( IY )
+            CY( IY ) = C*CY( IY ) - S*CX( IX )
+            CX( IX ) = CTEMP
+            IX = IX + INCX
+            IY = IY + INCY
+         END DO
+      END IF
      RETURN
      END
@@ -1,4 +1,62 @@
+*> \brief \b CSSCAL
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE CSSCAL(N,SA,CX,INCX)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       REAL SA
+*       INTEGER INCX,N
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX CX(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>    CSSCAL scales a complex vector by a real constant.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup complex_blas_level1
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
+*>     modified 3/93 to return if incx .le. 0.
+*>     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE CSSCAL(N,SA,CX,INCX)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level1 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      REAL SA
      INTEGER INCX,N
@@ -7,14 +65,7 @@
      COMPLEX CX(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*     scales a complex vector by a real constant.
-*     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
-*     modified 3/93 to return if incx .le. 0.
-*     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Local Scalars ..
      INTEGER I,NINCX
@@ -23,20 +74,21 @@
      INTRINSIC AIMAG,CMPLX,REAL
 *     ..
      IF (N.LE.0 .OR. INCX.LE.0) RETURN
-      IF (INCX.EQ.1) GO TO 20
-*
-*        code for increment not equal to 1
-*
-      NINCX = N*INCX
-      DO 10 I = 1,NINCX,INCX
-          CX(I) = CMPLX(SA*REAL(CX(I)),SA*AIMAG(CX(I)))
-   10 CONTINUE
-      RETURN
+      IF (INCX.EQ.1) THEN
 *
 *        code for increment equal to 1
 *
-   20 DO 30 I = 1,N
-          CX(I) = CMPLX(SA*REAL(CX(I)),SA*AIMAG(CX(I)))
-   30 CONTINUE
+         DO I = 1,N
+            CX(I) = CMPLX(SA*REAL(CX(I)),SA*AIMAG(CX(I)))
+         END DO
+      ELSE
+*
+*        code for increment not equal to 1
+*
+         NINCX = N*INCX
+         DO I = 1,NINCX,INCX
+            CX(I) = CMPLX(SA*REAL(CX(I)),SA*AIMAG(CX(I)))
+         END DO
+      END IF
      RETURN
      END
@@ -1,4 +1,60 @@
+*> \brief \b CSWAP
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE CSWAP(N,CX,INCX,CY,INCY)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       INTEGER INCX,INCY,N
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX CX(*),CY(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>   CSWAP interchanges two vectors.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup complex_blas_level1
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
+*>     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE CSWAP(N,CX,INCX,CY,INCY)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level1 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      INTEGER INCX,INCY,N
 *     ..
@@ -6,42 +62,37 @@
      COMPLEX CX(*),CY(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*     interchanges two vectors.
-*     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
-*     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Local Scalars ..
      COMPLEX CTEMP
      INTEGER I,IX,IY
 *     ..
      IF (N.LE.0) RETURN
-      IF (INCX.EQ.1 .AND. INCY.EQ.1) GO TO 20
+      IF (INCX.EQ.1 .AND. INCY.EQ.1) THEN
+*
+*       code for both increments equal to 1
+         DO I = 1,N
+            CTEMP = CX(I)
+            CX(I) = CY(I)
+            CY(I) = CTEMP
+         END DO
+      ELSE
 *
 *       code for unequal increments or equal increments not equal
 *         to 1
 *
-      IX = 1
-      IY = 1
-      IF (INCX.LT.0) IX = (-N+1)*INCX + 1
-      IF (INCY.LT.0) IY = (-N+1)*INCY + 1
-      DO 10 I = 1,N
-          CTEMP = CX(IX)
-          CX(IX) = CY(IY)
-          CY(IY) = CTEMP
-          IX = IX + INCX
-          IY = IY + INCY
-   10 CONTINUE
-      RETURN
-*
-*       code for both increments equal to 1
-   20 DO 30 I = 1,N
-          CTEMP = CX(I)
-          CX(I) = CY(I)
-          CY(I) = CTEMP
-   30 CONTINUE
+         IX = 1
+         IY = 1
+         IF (INCX.LT.0) IX = (-N+1)*INCX + 1
+         IF (INCY.LT.0) IY = (-N+1)*INCY + 1
+         DO I = 1,N
+            CTEMP = CX(IX)
+            CX(IX) = CY(IY)
+            CY(IY) = CTEMP
+            IX = IX + INCX
+            IY = IY + INCY
+         END DO
+      END IF
      RETURN
      END
@@ -1,4 +1,199 @@
+*> \brief \b CSYMM
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE CSYMM(SIDE,UPLO,M,N,ALPHA,A,LDA,B,LDB,BETA,C,LDC)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX ALPHA,BETA
+*       INTEGER LDA,LDB,LDC,M,N
+*       CHARACTER SIDE,UPLO
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX A(LDA,*),B(LDB,*),C(LDC,*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> CSYMM  performs one of the matrix-matrix operations
+*>
+*>    C := alpha*A*B + beta*C,
+*>
+*> or
+*>
+*>    C := alpha*B*A + beta*C,
+*>
+*> where  alpha and beta are scalars, A is a symmetric matrix and  B and
+*> C are m by n matrices.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] SIDE
+*> \verbatim
+*>          SIDE is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry,  SIDE  specifies whether  the  symmetric matrix  A
+*>           appears on the  left or right  in the  operation as follows:
+*>
+*>              SIDE = 'L' or 'l'   C := alpha*A*B + beta*C,
+*>
+*>              SIDE = 'R' or 'r'   C := alpha*B*A + beta*C,
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] UPLO
+*> \verbatim
+*>          UPLO is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On  entry,   UPLO  specifies  whether  the  upper  or  lower
+*>           triangular  part  of  the  symmetric  matrix   A  is  to  be
+*>           referenced as follows:
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   Only the upper triangular part of the
+*>                                  symmetric matrix is to be referenced.
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   Only the lower triangular part of the
+*>                                  symmetric matrix is to be referenced.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] M
+*> \verbatim
+*>          M is INTEGER
+*>           On entry,  M  specifies the number of rows of the matrix  C.
+*>           M  must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix C.
+*>           N  must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] ALPHA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          ALPHA is COMPLEX
+*>           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] A
+*> \verbatim
+*>          A is COMPLEX array of DIMENSION ( LDA, ka ), where ka is
+*>           m  when  SIDE = 'L' or 'l'  and is n  otherwise.
+*>           Before entry  with  SIDE = 'L' or 'l',  the  m by m  part of
+*>           the array  A  must contain the  symmetric matrix,  such that
+*>           when  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the leading m by m upper triangular
+*>           part of the array  A  must contain the upper triangular part
+*>           of the  symmetric matrix and the  strictly  lower triangular
+*>           part of  A  is not referenced,  and when  UPLO = 'L' or 'l',
+*>           the leading  m by m  lower triangular part  of the  array  A
+*>           must  contain  the  lower triangular part  of the  symmetric
+*>           matrix and the  strictly upper triangular part of  A  is not
+*>           referenced.
+*>           Before entry  with  SIDE = 'R' or 'r',  the  n by n  part of
+*>           the array  A  must contain the  symmetric matrix,  such that
+*>           when  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the leading n by n upper triangular
+*>           part of the array  A  must contain the upper triangular part
+*>           of the  symmetric matrix and the  strictly  lower triangular
+*>           part of  A  is not referenced,  and when  UPLO = 'L' or 'l',
+*>           the leading  n by n  lower triangular part  of the  array  A
+*>           must  contain  the  lower triangular part  of the  symmetric
+*>           matrix and the  strictly upper triangular part of  A  is not
+*>           referenced.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDA is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
+*>           in the  calling (sub) program. When  SIDE = 'L' or 'l'  then
+*>           LDA must be at least  max( 1, m ), otherwise  LDA must be at
+*>           least max( 1, n ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] B
+*> \verbatim
+*>          B is COMPLEX array of DIMENSION ( LDB, n ).
+*>           Before entry, the leading  m by n part of the array  B  must
+*>           contain the matrix B.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDB
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDB is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared
+*>           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   LDB  must  be  at  least
+*>           max( 1, m ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] BETA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          BETA is COMPLEX
+*>           On entry,  BETA  specifies the scalar  beta.  When  BETA  is
+*>           supplied as zero then C need not be set on input.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] C
+*> \verbatim
+*>          C is COMPLEX array of DIMENSION ( LDC, n ).
+*>           Before entry, the leading  m by n  part of the array  C must
+*>           contain the matrix  C,  except when  beta  is zero, in which
+*>           case C need not be set on entry.
+*>           On exit, the array  C  is overwritten by the  m by n updated
+*>           matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDC
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDC is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDC specifies the first dimension of C as declared
+*>           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   LDC  must  be  at  least
+*>           max( 1, m ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup complex_blas_level3
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 3 Blas routine.
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 8-February-1989.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory.
+*>     Iain Duff, AERE Harwell.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE CSYMM(SIDE,UPLO,M,N,ALPHA,A,LDA,B,LDB,BETA,C,LDC)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level3 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      COMPLEX ALPHA,BETA
      INTEGER LDA,LDB,LDC,M,N
@@ -8,129 +203,7 @@
      COMPLEX A(LDA,*),B(LDB,*),C(LDC,*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  CSYMM  performs one of the matrix-matrix operations
-*
-*     C := alpha*A*B + beta*C,
-*
-*  or
-*
-*     C := alpha*B*A + beta*C,
-*
-*  where  alpha and beta are scalars, A is a symmetric matrix and  B and
-*  C are m by n matrices.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  SIDE   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry,  SIDE  specifies whether  the  symmetric matrix  A
-*           appears on the  left or right  in the  operation as follows:
-*
-*              SIDE = 'L' or 'l'   C := alpha*A*B + beta*C,
-*
-*              SIDE = 'R' or 'r'   C := alpha*B*A + beta*C,
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  UPLO   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On  entry,   UPLO  specifies  whether  the  upper  or  lower
-*           triangular  part  of  the  symmetric  matrix   A  is  to  be
-*           referenced as follows:
-*
-*              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   Only the upper triangular part of the
-*                                  symmetric matrix is to be referenced.
-*
-*              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   Only the lower triangular part of the
-*                                  symmetric matrix is to be referenced.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  M      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry,  M  specifies the number of rows of the matrix  C.
-*           M  must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix C.
-*           N  must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  ALPHA  - COMPLEX         .
-*           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  A      - COMPLEX          array of DIMENSION ( LDA, ka ), where ka is
-*           m  when  SIDE = 'L' or 'l'  and is n  otherwise.
-*           Before entry  with  SIDE = 'L' or 'l',  the  m by m  part of
-*           the array  A  must contain the  symmetric matrix,  such that
-*           when  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the leading m by m upper triangular
-*           part of the array  A  must contain the upper triangular part
-*           of the  symmetric matrix and the  strictly  lower triangular
-*           part of  A  is not referenced,  and when  UPLO = 'L' or 'l',
-*           the leading  m by m  lower triangular part  of the  array  A
-*           must  contain  the  lower triangular part  of the  symmetric
-*           matrix and the  strictly upper triangular part of  A  is not
-*           referenced.
-*           Before entry  with  SIDE = 'R' or 'r',  the  n by n  part of
-*           the array  A  must contain the  symmetric matrix,  such that
-*           when  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the leading n by n upper triangular
-*           part of the array  A  must contain the upper triangular part
-*           of the  symmetric matrix and the  strictly  lower triangular
-*           part of  A  is not referenced,  and when  UPLO = 'L' or 'l',
-*           the leading  n by n  lower triangular part  of the  array  A
-*           must  contain  the  lower triangular part  of the  symmetric
-*           matrix and the  strictly upper triangular part of  A  is not
-*           referenced.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  LDA    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
-*           in the  calling (sub) program. When  SIDE = 'L' or 'l'  then
-*           LDA must be at least  max( 1, m ), otherwise  LDA must be at
-*           least max( 1, n ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  B      - COMPLEX          array of DIMENSION ( LDB, n ).
-*           Before entry, the leading  m by n part of the array  B  must
-*           contain the matrix B.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  LDB    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared
-*           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   LDB  must  be  at  least
-*           max( 1, m ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  BETA   - COMPLEX         .
-*           On entry,  BETA  specifies the scalar  beta.  When  BETA  is
-*           supplied as zero then C need not be set on input.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  C      - COMPLEX          array of DIMENSION ( LDC, n ).
-*           Before entry, the leading  m by n  part of the array  C must
-*           contain the matrix  C,  except when  beta  is zero, in which
-*           case C need not be set on entry.
-*           On exit, the array  C  is overwritten by the  m by n updated
-*           matrix.
-*
-*  LDC    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDC specifies the first dimension of C as declared
-*           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   LDC  must  be  at  least
-*           max( 1, m ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 3 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 8-February-1989.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory.
-*     Iain Duff, AERE Harwell.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. External Functions ..
      LOGICAL LSAME
@@ -1,4 +1,198 @@
+*> \brief \b CSYR2K
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE CSYR2K(UPLO,TRANS,N,K,ALPHA,A,LDA,B,LDB,BETA,C,LDC)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX ALPHA,BETA
+*       INTEGER K,LDA,LDB,LDC,N
+*       CHARACTER TRANS,UPLO
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX A(LDA,*),B(LDB,*),C(LDC,*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> CSYR2K  performs one of the symmetric rank 2k operations
+*>
+*>    C := alpha*A*B**T + alpha*B*A**T + beta*C,
+*>
+*> or
+*>
+*>    C := alpha*A**T*B + alpha*B**T*A + beta*C,
+*>
+*> where  alpha and beta  are scalars,  C is an  n by n symmetric matrix
+*> and  A and B  are  n by k  matrices  in the  first  case  and  k by n
+*> matrices in the second case.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] UPLO
+*> \verbatim
+*>          UPLO is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On  entry,   UPLO  specifies  whether  the  upper  or  lower
+*>           triangular  part  of the  array  C  is to be  referenced  as
+*>           follows:
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   Only the  upper triangular part of  C
+*>                                  is to be referenced.
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   Only the  lower triangular part of  C
+*>                                  is to be referenced.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] TRANS
+*> \verbatim
+*>          TRANS is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry,  TRANS  specifies the operation to be performed as
+*>           follows:
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'    C := alpha*A*B**T + alpha*B*A**T +
+*>                                         beta*C.
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'T' or 't'    C := alpha*A**T*B + alpha*B**T*A +
+*>                                         beta*C.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry,  N specifies the order of the matrix C.  N must be
+*>           at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] K
+*> \verbatim
+*>          K is INTEGER
+*>           On entry with  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  K  specifies  the number
+*>           of  columns  of the  matrices  A and B,  and on  entry  with
+*>           TRANS = 'T' or 't',  K  specifies  the number of rows of the
+*>           matrices  A and B.  K must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] ALPHA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          ALPHA is COMPLEX
+*>           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] A
+*> \verbatim
+*>          A is COMPLEX array of DIMENSION ( LDA, ka ), where ka is
+*>           k  when  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  and is  n  otherwise.
+*>           Before entry with  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  the  leading  n by k
+*>           part of the array  A  must contain the matrix  A,  otherwise
+*>           the leading  k by n  part of the array  A  must contain  the
+*>           matrix A.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDA is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
+*>           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   When  TRANS = 'N' or 'n'
+*>           then  LDA must be at least  max( 1, n ), otherwise  LDA must
+*>           be at least  max( 1, k ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] B
+*> \verbatim
+*>          B is COMPLEX array of DIMENSION ( LDB, kb ), where kb is
+*>           k  when  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  and is  n  otherwise.
+*>           Before entry with  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  the  leading  n by k
+*>           part of the array  B  must contain the matrix  B,  otherwise
+*>           the leading  k by n  part of the array  B  must contain  the
+*>           matrix B.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDB
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDB is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared
+*>           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   When  TRANS = 'N' or 'n'
+*>           then  LDB must be at least  max( 1, n ), otherwise  LDB must
+*>           be at least  max( 1, k ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] BETA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          BETA is COMPLEX
+*>           On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] C
+*> \verbatim
+*>          C is COMPLEX array of DIMENSION ( LDC, n ).
+*>           Before entry  with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u',  the leading  n by n
+*>           upper triangular part of the array C must contain the upper
+*>           triangular part  of the  symmetric matrix  and the strictly
+*>           lower triangular part of C is not referenced.  On exit, the
+*>           upper triangular part of the array  C is overwritten by the
+*>           upper triangular part of the updated matrix.
+*>           Before entry  with  UPLO = 'L' or 'l',  the leading  n by n
+*>           lower triangular part of the array C must contain the lower
+*>           triangular part  of the  symmetric matrix  and the strictly
+*>           upper triangular part of C is not referenced.  On exit, the
+*>           lower triangular part of the array  C is overwritten by the
+*>           lower triangular part of the updated matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDC
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDC is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDC specifies the first dimension of C as declared
+*>           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   LDC  must  be  at  least
+*>           max( 1, n ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup complex_blas_level3
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 3 Blas routine.
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 8-February-1989.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory.
+*>     Iain Duff, AERE Harwell.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE CSYR2K(UPLO,TRANS,N,K,ALPHA,A,LDA,B,LDB,BETA,C,LDC)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level3 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      COMPLEX ALPHA,BETA
      INTEGER K,LDA,LDB,LDC,N
@@ -8,128 +202,7 @@
      COMPLEX A(LDA,*),B(LDB,*),C(LDC,*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  CSYR2K  performs one of the symmetric rank 2k operations
-*
-*     C := alpha*A*B' + alpha*B*A' + beta*C,
-*
-*  or
-*
-*     C := alpha*A'*B + alpha*B'*A + beta*C,
-*
-*  where  alpha and beta  are scalars,  C is an  n by n symmetric matrix
-*  and  A and B  are  n by k  matrices  in the  first  case  and  k by n
-*  matrices in the second case.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  UPLO   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On  entry,   UPLO  specifies  whether  the  upper  or  lower
-*           triangular  part  of the  array  C  is to be  referenced  as
-*           follows:
-*
-*              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   Only the  upper triangular part of  C
-*                                  is to be referenced.
-*
-*              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   Only the  lower triangular part of  C
-*                                  is to be referenced.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  TRANS  - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry,  TRANS  specifies the operation to be performed as
-*           follows:
-*
-*              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'    C := alpha*A*B' + alpha*B*A' +
-*                                         beta*C.
-*
-*              TRANS = 'T' or 't'    C := alpha*A'*B + alpha*B'*A +
-*                                         beta*C.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry,  N specifies the order of the matrix C.  N must be
-*           at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  K      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry with  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  K  specifies  the number
-*           of  columns  of the  matrices  A and B,  and on  entry  with
-*           TRANS = 'T' or 't',  K  specifies  the number of rows of the
-*           matrices  A and B.  K must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  ALPHA  - COMPLEX         .
-*           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  A      - COMPLEX          array of DIMENSION ( LDA, ka ), where ka is
-*           k  when  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  and is  n  otherwise.
-*           Before entry with  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  the  leading  n by k
-*           part of the array  A  must contain the matrix  A,  otherwise
-*           the leading  k by n  part of the array  A  must contain  the
-*           matrix A.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  LDA    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
-*           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   When  TRANS = 'N' or 'n'
-*           then  LDA must be at least  max( 1, n ), otherwise  LDA must
-*           be at least  max( 1, k ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  B      - COMPLEX          array of DIMENSION ( LDB, kb ), where kb is
-*           k  when  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  and is  n  otherwise.
-*           Before entry with  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  the  leading  n by k
-*           part of the array  B  must contain the matrix  B,  otherwise
-*           the leading  k by n  part of the array  B  must contain  the
-*           matrix B.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  LDB    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared
-*           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   When  TRANS = 'N' or 'n'
-*           then  LDB must be at least  max( 1, n ), otherwise  LDB must
-*           be at least  max( 1, k ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  BETA   - COMPLEX         .
-*           On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  C      - COMPLEX          array of DIMENSION ( LDC, n ).
-*           Before entry  with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u',  the leading  n by n
-*           upper triangular part of the array C must contain the upper
-*           triangular part  of the  symmetric matrix  and the strictly
-*           lower triangular part of C is not referenced.  On exit, the
-*           upper triangular part of the array  C is overwritten by the
-*           upper triangular part of the updated matrix.
-*           Before entry  with  UPLO = 'L' or 'l',  the leading  n by n
-*           lower triangular part of the array C must contain the lower
-*           triangular part  of the  symmetric matrix  and the strictly
-*           upper triangular part of C is not referenced.  On exit, the
-*           lower triangular part of the array  C is overwritten by the
-*           lower triangular part of the updated matrix.
-*
-*  LDC    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDC specifies the first dimension of C as declared
-*           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   LDC  must  be  at  least
-*           max( 1, n ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 3 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 8-February-1989.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory.
-*     Iain Duff, AERE Harwell.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. External Functions ..
      LOGICAL LSAME
@@ -228,7 +301,7 @@
 *
      IF (LSAME(TRANS,'N')) THEN
 *
-*        Form  C := alpha*A*B' + alpha*B*A' + C.
+*        Form  C := alpha*A*B**T + alpha*B*A**T + C.
 *
          IF (UPPER) THEN
              DO 130 J = 1,N
@@ -277,7 +350,7 @@
          END IF
      ELSE
 *
-*        Form  C := alpha*A'*B + alpha*B'*A + C.
+*        Form  C := alpha*A**T*B + alpha*B**T*A + C.
 *
          IF (UPPER) THEN
              DO 210 J = 1,N
@@ -1,4 +1,177 @@
+*> \brief \b CSYRK
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE CSYRK(UPLO,TRANS,N,K,ALPHA,A,LDA,BETA,C,LDC)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX ALPHA,BETA
+*       INTEGER K,LDA,LDC,N
+*       CHARACTER TRANS,UPLO
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX A(LDA,*),C(LDC,*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> CSYRK  performs one of the symmetric rank k operations
+*>
+*>    C := alpha*A*A**T + beta*C,
+*>
+*> or
+*>
+*>    C := alpha*A**T*A + beta*C,
+*>
+*> where  alpha and beta  are scalars,  C is an  n by n symmetric matrix
+*> and  A  is an  n by k  matrix in the first case and a  k by n  matrix
+*> in the second case.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] UPLO
+*> \verbatim
+*>          UPLO is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On  entry,   UPLO  specifies  whether  the  upper  or  lower
+*>           triangular  part  of the  array  C  is to be  referenced  as
+*>           follows:
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   Only the  upper triangular part of  C
+*>                                  is to be referenced.
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   Only the  lower triangular part of  C
+*>                                  is to be referenced.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] TRANS
+*> \verbatim
+*>          TRANS is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry,  TRANS  specifies the operation to be performed as
+*>           follows:
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'   C := alpha*A*A**T + beta*C.
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'T' or 't'   C := alpha*A**T*A + beta*C.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry,  N specifies the order of the matrix C.  N must be
+*>           at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] K
+*> \verbatim
+*>          K is INTEGER
+*>           On entry with  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  K  specifies  the number
+*>           of  columns   of  the   matrix   A,   and  on   entry   with
+*>           TRANS = 'T' or 't',  K  specifies  the number of rows of the
+*>           matrix A.  K must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] ALPHA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          ALPHA is COMPLEX
+*>           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] A
+*> \verbatim
+*>          A is COMPLEX array of DIMENSION ( LDA, ka ), where ka is
+*>           k  when  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  and is  n  otherwise.
+*>           Before entry with  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  the  leading  n by k
+*>           part of the array  A  must contain the matrix  A,  otherwise
+*>           the leading  k by n  part of the array  A  must contain  the
+*>           matrix A.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDA is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
+*>           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   When  TRANS = 'N' or 'n'
+*>           then  LDA must be at least  max( 1, n ), otherwise  LDA must
+*>           be at least  max( 1, k ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] BETA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          BETA is COMPLEX
+*>           On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] C
+*> \verbatim
+*>          C is COMPLEX array of DIMENSION ( LDC, n ).
+*>           Before entry  with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u',  the leading  n by n
+*>           upper triangular part of the array C must contain the upper
+*>           triangular part  of the  symmetric matrix  and the strictly
+*>           lower triangular part of C is not referenced.  On exit, the
+*>           upper triangular part of the array  C is overwritten by the
+*>           upper triangular part of the updated matrix.
+*>           Before entry  with  UPLO = 'L' or 'l',  the leading  n by n
+*>           lower triangular part of the array C must contain the lower
+*>           triangular part  of the  symmetric matrix  and the strictly
+*>           upper triangular part of C is not referenced.  On exit, the
+*>           lower triangular part of the array  C is overwritten by the
+*>           lower triangular part of the updated matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDC
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDC is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDC specifies the first dimension of C as declared
+*>           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   LDC  must  be  at  least
+*>           max( 1, n ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup complex_blas_level3
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 3 Blas routine.
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 8-February-1989.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory.
+*>     Iain Duff, AERE Harwell.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE CSYRK(UPLO,TRANS,N,K,ALPHA,A,LDA,BETA,C,LDC)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level3 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      COMPLEX ALPHA,BETA
      INTEGER K,LDA,LDC,N
@@ -8,111 +181,7 @@
      COMPLEX A(LDA,*),C(LDC,*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  CSYRK  performs one of the symmetric rank k operations
-*
-*     C := alpha*A*A' + beta*C,
-*
-*  or
-*
-*     C := alpha*A'*A + beta*C,
-*
-*  where  alpha and beta  are scalars,  C is an  n by n symmetric matrix
-*  and  A  is an  n by k  matrix in the first case and a  k by n  matrix
-*  in the second case.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  UPLO   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On  entry,   UPLO  specifies  whether  the  upper  or  lower
-*           triangular  part  of the  array  C  is to be  referenced  as
-*           follows:
-*
-*              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   Only the  upper triangular part of  C
-*                                  is to be referenced.
-*
-*              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   Only the  lower triangular part of  C
-*                                  is to be referenced.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  TRANS  - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry,  TRANS  specifies the operation to be performed as
-*           follows:
-*
-*              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'   C := alpha*A*A' + beta*C.
-*
-*              TRANS = 'T' or 't'   C := alpha*A'*A + beta*C.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry,  N specifies the order of the matrix C.  N must be
-*           at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  K      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry with  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  K  specifies  the number
-*           of  columns   of  the   matrix   A,   and  on   entry   with
-*           TRANS = 'T' or 't',  K  specifies  the number of rows of the
-*           matrix A.  K must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  ALPHA  - COMPLEX         .
-*           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  A      - COMPLEX          array of DIMENSION ( LDA, ka ), where ka is
-*           k  when  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  and is  n  otherwise.
-*           Before entry with  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  the  leading  n by k
-*           part of the array  A  must contain the matrix  A,  otherwise
-*           the leading  k by n  part of the array  A  must contain  the
-*           matrix A.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  LDA    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
-*           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   When  TRANS = 'N' or 'n'
-*           then  LDA must be at least  max( 1, n ), otherwise  LDA must
-*           be at least  max( 1, k ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  BETA   - COMPLEX         .
-*           On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  C      - COMPLEX          array of DIMENSION ( LDC, n ).
-*           Before entry  with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u',  the leading  n by n
-*           upper triangular part of the array C must contain the upper
-*           triangular part  of the  symmetric matrix  and the strictly
-*           lower triangular part of C is not referenced.  On exit, the
-*           upper triangular part of the array  C is overwritten by the
-*           upper triangular part of the updated matrix.
-*           Before entry  with  UPLO = 'L' or 'l',  the leading  n by n
-*           lower triangular part of the array C must contain the lower
-*           triangular part  of the  symmetric matrix  and the strictly
-*           upper triangular part of C is not referenced.  On exit, the
-*           lower triangular part of the array  C is overwritten by the
-*           lower triangular part of the updated matrix.
-*
-*  LDC    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDC specifies the first dimension of C as declared
-*           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   LDC  must  be  at  least
-*           max( 1, n ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 3 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 8-February-1989.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory.
-*     Iain Duff, AERE Harwell.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. External Functions ..
      LOGICAL LSAME
@@ -209,7 +278,7 @@
 *
      IF (LSAME(TRANS,'N')) THEN
 *
-*        Form  C := alpha*A*A' + beta*C.
+*        Form  C := alpha*A*A**T + beta*C.
 *
          IF (UPPER) THEN
              DO 130 J = 1,N
@@ -254,7 +323,7 @@
          END IF
      ELSE
 *
-*        Form  C := alpha*A'*A + beta*C.
+*        Form  C := alpha*A**T*A + beta*C.
 *
          IF (UPPER) THEN
              DO 210 J = 1,N
@@ -1,4 +1,196 @@
+*> \brief \b CTBMV
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE CTBMV(UPLO,TRANS,DIAG,N,K,A,LDA,X,INCX)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       INTEGER INCX,K,LDA,N
+*       CHARACTER DIAG,TRANS,UPLO
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX A(LDA,*),X(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> CTBMV  performs one of the matrix-vector operations
+*>
+*>    x := A*x,   or   x := A**T*x,   or   x := A**H*x,
+*>
+*> where x is an n element vector and  A is an n by n unit, or non-unit,
+*> upper or lower triangular band matrix, with ( k + 1 ) diagonals.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] UPLO
+*> \verbatim
+*>          UPLO is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or
+*>           lower triangular matrix as follows:
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   A is an upper triangular matrix.
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   A is a lower triangular matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] TRANS
+*> \verbatim
+*>          TRANS is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as
+*>           follows:
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'   x := A*x.
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'T' or 't'   x := A**T*x.
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'C' or 'c'   x := A**H*x.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] DIAG
+*> \verbatim
+*>          DIAG is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit
+*>           triangular as follows:
+*>
+*>              DIAG = 'U' or 'u'   A is assumed to be unit triangular.
+*>
+*>              DIAG = 'N' or 'n'   A is not assumed to be unit
+*>                                  triangular.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
+*>           N must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] K
+*> \verbatim
+*>          K is INTEGER
+*>           On entry with UPLO = 'U' or 'u', K specifies the number of
+*>           super-diagonals of the matrix A.
+*>           On entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', K specifies the number of
+*>           sub-diagonals of the matrix A.
+*>           K must satisfy  0 .le. K.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] A
+*> \verbatim
+*>          A is COMPLEX array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
+*>           Before entry with UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the leading ( k + 1 )
+*>           by n part of the array A must contain the upper triangular
+*>           band part of the matrix of coefficients, supplied column by
+*>           column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row
+*>           ( k + 1 ) of the array, the first super-diagonal starting at
+*>           position 2 in row k, and so on. The top left k by k triangle
+*>           of the array A is not referenced.
+*>           The following program segment will transfer an upper
+*>           triangular band matrix from conventional full matrix storage
+*>           to band storage:
+*>
+*>                 DO 20, J = 1, N
+*>                    M = K + 1 - J
+*>                    DO 10, I = MAX( 1, J - K ), J
+*>                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
+*>              10    CONTINUE
+*>              20 CONTINUE
+*>
+*>           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the leading ( k + 1 )
+*>           by n part of the array A must contain the lower triangular
+*>           band part of the matrix of coefficients, supplied column by
+*>           column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row 1 of
+*>           the array, the first sub-diagonal starting at position 1 in
+*>           row 2, and so on. The bottom right k by k triangle of the
+*>           array A is not referenced.
+*>           The following program segment will transfer a lower
+*>           triangular band matrix from conventional full matrix storage
+*>           to band storage:
+*>
+*>                 DO 20, J = 1, N
+*>                    M = 1 - J
+*>                    DO 10, I = J, MIN( N, J + K )
+*>                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
+*>              10    CONTINUE
+*>              20 CONTINUE
+*>
+*>           Note that when DIAG = 'U' or 'u' the elements of the array A
+*>           corresponding to the diagonal elements of the matrix are not
+*>           referenced, but are assumed to be unity.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDA is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
+*>           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
+*>           ( k + 1 ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] X
+*> \verbatim
+*>          X is COMPLEX array of dimension at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
+*>           element vector x. On exit, X is overwritten with the
+*>           tranformed vector x.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCX
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCX is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           X. INCX must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup complex_blas_level2
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 2 Blas routine.
+*>  The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE CTBMV(UPLO,TRANS,DIAG,N,K,A,LDA,X,INCX)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level2 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      INTEGER INCX,K,LDA,N
      CHARACTER DIAG,TRANS,UPLO
@@ -7,133 +199,7 @@
      COMPLEX A(LDA,*),X(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  CTBMV  performs one of the matrix-vector operations
-*
-*     x := A*x,   or   x := A'*x,   or   x := conjg( A' )*x,
-*
-*  where x is an n element vector and  A is an n by n unit, or non-unit,
-*  upper or lower triangular band matrix, with ( k + 1 ) diagonals.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  UPLO   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or
-*           lower triangular matrix as follows:
-*
-*              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   A is an upper triangular matrix.
-*
-*              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   A is a lower triangular matrix.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  TRANS  - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as
-*           follows:
-*
-*              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'   x := A*x.
-*
-*              TRANS = 'T' or 't'   x := A'*x.
-*
-*              TRANS = 'C' or 'c'   x := conjg( A' )*x.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  DIAG   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit
-*           triangular as follows:
-*
-*              DIAG = 'U' or 'u'   A is assumed to be unit triangular.
-*
-*              DIAG = 'N' or 'n'   A is not assumed to be unit
-*                                  triangular.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
-*           N must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  K      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry with UPLO = 'U' or 'u', K specifies the number of
-*           super-diagonals of the matrix A.
-*           On entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', K specifies the number of
-*           sub-diagonals of the matrix A.
-*           K must satisfy  0 .le. K.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  A      - COMPLEX          array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
-*           Before entry with UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the leading ( k + 1 )
-*           by n part of the array A must contain the upper triangular
-*           band part of the matrix of coefficients, supplied column by
-*           column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row
-*           ( k + 1 ) of the array, the first super-diagonal starting at
-*           position 2 in row k, and so on. The top left k by k triangle
-*           of the array A is not referenced.
-*           The following program segment will transfer an upper
-*           triangular band matrix from conventional full matrix storage
-*           to band storage:
-*
-*                 DO 20, J = 1, N
-*                    M = K + 1 - J
-*                    DO 10, I = MAX( 1, J - K ), J
-*                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
-*              10    CONTINUE
-*              20 CONTINUE
-*
-*           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the leading ( k + 1 )
-*           by n part of the array A must contain the lower triangular
-*           band part of the matrix of coefficients, supplied column by
-*           column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row 1 of
-*           the array, the first sub-diagonal starting at position 1 in
-*           row 2, and so on. The bottom right k by k triangle of the
-*           array A is not referenced.
-*           The following program segment will transfer a lower
-*           triangular band matrix from conventional full matrix storage
-*           to band storage:
-*
-*                 DO 20, J = 1, N
-*                    M = 1 - J
-*                    DO 10, I = J, MIN( N, J + K )
-*                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
-*              10    CONTINUE
-*              20 CONTINUE
-*
-*           Note that when DIAG = 'U' or 'u' the elements of the array A
-*           corresponding to the diagonal elements of the matrix are not
-*           referenced, but are assumed to be unity.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  LDA    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
-*           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
-*           ( k + 1 ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  X      - COMPLEX          array of dimension at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
-*           element vector x. On exit, X is overwritten with the
-*           tranformed vector x.
-*
-*  INCX   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           X. INCX must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 2 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
-*     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Parameters ..
      COMPLEX ZERO
@@ -265,7 +331,7 @@
          END IF
      ELSE
 *
-*        Form  x := A'*x  or  x := conjg( A' )*x.
+*        Form  x := A**T*x  or  x := A**H*x.
 *
          IF (LSAME(UPLO,'U')) THEN
              KPLUS1 = K + 1
@@ -1,4 +1,199 @@
+*> \brief \b CTBSV
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE CTBSV(UPLO,TRANS,DIAG,N,K,A,LDA,X,INCX)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       INTEGER INCX,K,LDA,N
+*       CHARACTER DIAG,TRANS,UPLO
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX A(LDA,*),X(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> CTBSV  solves one of the systems of equations
+*>
+*>    A*x = b,   or   A**T*x = b,   or   A**H*x = b,
+*>
+*> where b and x are n element vectors and A is an n by n unit, or
+*> non-unit, upper or lower triangular band matrix, with ( k + 1 )
+*> diagonals.
+*>
+*> No test for singularity or near-singularity is included in this
+*> routine. Such tests must be performed before calling this routine.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] UPLO
+*> \verbatim
+*>          UPLO is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or
+*>           lower triangular matrix as follows:
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   A is an upper triangular matrix.
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   A is a lower triangular matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] TRANS
+*> \verbatim
+*>          TRANS is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, TRANS specifies the equations to be solved as
+*>           follows:
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'   A*x = b.
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'T' or 't'   A**T*x = b.
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'C' or 'c'   A**H*x = b.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] DIAG
+*> \verbatim
+*>          DIAG is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit
+*>           triangular as follows:
+*>
+*>              DIAG = 'U' or 'u'   A is assumed to be unit triangular.
+*>
+*>              DIAG = 'N' or 'n'   A is not assumed to be unit
+*>                                  triangular.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
+*>           N must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] K
+*> \verbatim
+*>          K is INTEGER
+*>           On entry with UPLO = 'U' or 'u', K specifies the number of
+*>           super-diagonals of the matrix A.
+*>           On entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', K specifies the number of
+*>           sub-diagonals of the matrix A.
+*>           K must satisfy  0 .le. K.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] A
+*> \verbatim
+*>          A is COMPLEX array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
+*>           Before entry with UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the leading ( k + 1 )
+*>           by n part of the array A must contain the upper triangular
+*>           band part of the matrix of coefficients, supplied column by
+*>           column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row
+*>           ( k + 1 ) of the array, the first super-diagonal starting at
+*>           position 2 in row k, and so on. The top left k by k triangle
+*>           of the array A is not referenced.
+*>           The following program segment will transfer an upper
+*>           triangular band matrix from conventional full matrix storage
+*>           to band storage:
+*>
+*>                 DO 20, J = 1, N
+*>                    M = K + 1 - J
+*>                    DO 10, I = MAX( 1, J - K ), J
+*>                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
+*>              10    CONTINUE
+*>              20 CONTINUE
+*>
+*>           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the leading ( k + 1 )
+*>           by n part of the array A must contain the lower triangular
+*>           band part of the matrix of coefficients, supplied column by
+*>           column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row 1 of
+*>           the array, the first sub-diagonal starting at position 1 in
+*>           row 2, and so on. The bottom right k by k triangle of the
+*>           array A is not referenced.
+*>           The following program segment will transfer a lower
+*>           triangular band matrix from conventional full matrix storage
+*>           to band storage:
+*>
+*>                 DO 20, J = 1, N
+*>                    M = 1 - J
+*>                    DO 10, I = J, MIN( N, J + K )
+*>                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
+*>              10    CONTINUE
+*>              20 CONTINUE
+*>
+*>           Note that when DIAG = 'U' or 'u' the elements of the array A
+*>           corresponding to the diagonal elements of the matrix are not
+*>           referenced, but are assumed to be unity.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDA is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
+*>           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
+*>           ( k + 1 ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] X
+*> \verbatim
+*>          X is COMPLEX array of dimension at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
+*>           element right-hand side vector b. On exit, X is overwritten
+*>           with the solution vector x.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCX
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCX is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           X. INCX must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup complex_blas_level2
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 2 Blas routine.
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE CTBSV(UPLO,TRANS,DIAG,N,K,A,LDA,X,INCX)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level2 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      INTEGER INCX,K,LDA,N
      CHARACTER DIAG,TRANS,UPLO
@@ -7,137 +202,7 @@
      COMPLEX A(LDA,*),X(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  CTBSV  solves one of the systems of equations
-*
-*     A*x = b,   or   A'*x = b,   or   conjg( A' )*x = b,
-*
-*  where b and x are n element vectors and A is an n by n unit, or
-*  non-unit, upper or lower triangular band matrix, with ( k + 1 )
-*  diagonals.
-*
-*  No test for singularity or near-singularity is included in this
-*  routine. Such tests must be performed before calling this routine.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  UPLO   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or
-*           lower triangular matrix as follows:
-*
-*              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   A is an upper triangular matrix.
-*
-*              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   A is a lower triangular matrix.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  TRANS  - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, TRANS specifies the equations to be solved as
-*           follows:
-*
-*              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'   A*x = b.
-*
-*              TRANS = 'T' or 't'   A'*x = b.
-*
-*              TRANS = 'C' or 'c'   conjg( A' )*x = b.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  DIAG   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit
-*           triangular as follows:
-*
-*              DIAG = 'U' or 'u'   A is assumed to be unit triangular.
-*
-*              DIAG = 'N' or 'n'   A is not assumed to be unit
-*                                  triangular.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
-*           N must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  K      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry with UPLO = 'U' or 'u', K specifies the number of
-*           super-diagonals of the matrix A.
-*           On entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', K specifies the number of
-*           sub-diagonals of the matrix A.
-*           K must satisfy  0 .le. K.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  A      - COMPLEX          array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
-*           Before entry with UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the leading ( k + 1 )
-*           by n part of the array A must contain the upper triangular
-*           band part of the matrix of coefficients, supplied column by
-*           column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row
-*           ( k + 1 ) of the array, the first super-diagonal starting at
-*           position 2 in row k, and so on. The top left k by k triangle
-*           of the array A is not referenced.
-*           The following program segment will transfer an upper
-*           triangular band matrix from conventional full matrix storage
-*           to band storage:
-*
-*                 DO 20, J = 1, N
-*                    M = K + 1 - J
-*                    DO 10, I = MAX( 1, J - K ), J
-*                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
-*              10    CONTINUE
-*              20 CONTINUE
-*
-*           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the leading ( k + 1 )
-*           by n part of the array A must contain the lower triangular
-*           band part of the matrix of coefficients, supplied column by
-*           column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row 1 of
-*           the array, the first sub-diagonal starting at position 1 in
-*           row 2, and so on. The bottom right k by k triangle of the
-*           array A is not referenced.
-*           The following program segment will transfer a lower
-*           triangular band matrix from conventional full matrix storage
-*           to band storage:
-*
-*                 DO 20, J = 1, N
-*                    M = 1 - J
-*                    DO 10, I = J, MIN( N, J + K )
-*                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
-*              10    CONTINUE
-*              20 CONTINUE
-*
-*           Note that when DIAG = 'U' or 'u' the elements of the array A
-*           corresponding to the diagonal elements of the matrix are not
-*           referenced, but are assumed to be unity.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  LDA    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
-*           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
-*           ( k + 1 ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  X      - COMPLEX          array of dimension at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
-*           element right-hand side vector b. On exit, X is overwritten
-*           with the solution vector x.
-*
-*  INCX   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           X. INCX must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 2 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
-*     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Parameters ..
      COMPLEX ZERO
@@ -269,7 +334,7 @@
          END IF
      ELSE
 *
-*        Form  x := inv( A' )*x  or  x := inv( conjg( A') )*x.
+*        Form  x := inv( A**T )*x  or  x := inv( A**H )*x.
 *
          IF (LSAME(UPLO,'U')) THEN
              KPLUS1 = K + 1
@@ -1,4 +1,152 @@
+*> \brief \b CTPMV
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE CTPMV(UPLO,TRANS,DIAG,N,AP,X,INCX)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       INTEGER INCX,N
+*       CHARACTER DIAG,TRANS,UPLO
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX AP(*),X(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> CTPMV  performs one of the matrix-vector operations
+*>
+*>    x := A*x,   or   x := A**T*x,   or   x := A**H*x,
+*>
+*> where x is an n element vector and  A is an n by n unit, or non-unit,
+*> upper or lower triangular matrix, supplied in packed form.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] UPLO
+*> \verbatim
+*>          UPLO is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or
+*>           lower triangular matrix as follows:
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   A is an upper triangular matrix.
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   A is a lower triangular matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] TRANS
+*> \verbatim
+*>          TRANS is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as
+*>           follows:
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'   x := A*x.
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'T' or 't'   x := A**T*x.
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'C' or 'c'   x := A**H*x.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] DIAG
+*> \verbatim
+*>          DIAG is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit
+*>           triangular as follows:
+*>
+*>              DIAG = 'U' or 'u'   A is assumed to be unit triangular.
+*>
+*>              DIAG = 'N' or 'n'   A is not assumed to be unit
+*>                                  triangular.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
+*>           N must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] AP
+*> \verbatim
+*>          AP is COMPLEX array of DIMENSION at least
+*>           ( ( n*( n + 1 ) )/2 ).
+*>           Before entry with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the array AP must
+*>           contain the upper triangular matrix packed sequentially,
+*>           column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ),
+*>           AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 1, 2 ) and a( 2, 2 )
+*>           respectively, and so on.
+*>           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the array AP must
+*>           contain the lower triangular matrix packed sequentially,
+*>           column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ),
+*>           AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 2, 1 ) and a( 3, 1 )
+*>           respectively, and so on.
+*>           Note that when  DIAG = 'U' or 'u', the diagonal elements of
+*>           A are not referenced, but are assumed to be unity.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] X
+*> \verbatim
+*>          X is COMPLEX array of dimension at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
+*>           element vector x. On exit, X is overwritten with the
+*>           tranformed vector x.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCX
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCX is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           X. INCX must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup complex_blas_level2
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 2 Blas routine.
+*>  The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE CTPMV(UPLO,TRANS,DIAG,N,AP,X,INCX)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level2 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      INTEGER INCX,N
      CHARACTER DIAG,TRANS,UPLO
@@ -7,93 +155,7 @@
      COMPLEX AP(*),X(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  CTPMV  performs one of the matrix-vector operations
-*
-*     x := A*x,   or   x := A'*x,   or   x := conjg( A' )*x,
-*
-*  where x is an n element vector and  A is an n by n unit, or non-unit,
-*  upper or lower triangular matrix, supplied in packed form.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  UPLO   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or
-*           lower triangular matrix as follows:
-*
-*              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   A is an upper triangular matrix.
-*
-*              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   A is a lower triangular matrix.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  TRANS  - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as
-*           follows:
-*
-*              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'   x := A*x.
-*
-*              TRANS = 'T' or 't'   x := A'*x.
-*
-*              TRANS = 'C' or 'c'   x := conjg( A' )*x.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  DIAG   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit
-*           triangular as follows:
-*
-*              DIAG = 'U' or 'u'   A is assumed to be unit triangular.
-*
-*              DIAG = 'N' or 'n'   A is not assumed to be unit
-*                                  triangular.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
-*           N must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  AP     - COMPLEX          array of DIMENSION at least
-*           ( ( n*( n + 1 ) )/2 ).
-*           Before entry with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the array AP must
-*           contain the upper triangular matrix packed sequentially,
-*           column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ),
-*           AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 1, 2 ) and a( 2, 2 )
-*           respectively, and so on.
-*           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the array AP must
-*           contain the lower triangular matrix packed sequentially,
-*           column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ),
-*           AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 2, 1 ) and a( 3, 1 )
-*           respectively, and so on.
-*           Note that when  DIAG = 'U' or 'u', the diagonal elements of
-*           A are not referenced, but are assumed to be unity.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  X      - COMPLEX          array of dimension at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
-*           element vector x. On exit, X is overwritten with the
-*           tranformed vector x.
-*
-*  INCX   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           X. INCX must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 2 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
-*     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Parameters ..
      COMPLEX ZERO
@@ -224,7 +286,7 @@
          END IF
      ELSE
 *
-*        Form  x := A'*x  or  x := conjg( A' )*x.
+*        Form  x := A**T*x  or  x := A**H*x.
 *
          IF (LSAME(UPLO,'U')) THEN
              KK = (N* (N+1))/2
@@ -1,4 +1,154 @@
+*> \brief \b CTPSV
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE CTPSV(UPLO,TRANS,DIAG,N,AP,X,INCX)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       INTEGER INCX,N
+*       CHARACTER DIAG,TRANS,UPLO
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX AP(*),X(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> CTPSV  solves one of the systems of equations
+*>
+*>    A*x = b,   or   A**T*x = b,   or   A**H*x = b,
+*>
+*> where b and x are n element vectors and A is an n by n unit, or
+*> non-unit, upper or lower triangular matrix, supplied in packed form.
+*>
+*> No test for singularity or near-singularity is included in this
+*> routine. Such tests must be performed before calling this routine.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] UPLO
+*> \verbatim
+*>          UPLO is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or
+*>           lower triangular matrix as follows:
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   A is an upper triangular matrix.
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   A is a lower triangular matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] TRANS
+*> \verbatim
+*>          TRANS is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, TRANS specifies the equations to be solved as
+*>           follows:
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'   A*x = b.
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'T' or 't'   A**T*x = b.
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'C' or 'c'   A**H*x = b.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] DIAG
+*> \verbatim
+*>          DIAG is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit
+*>           triangular as follows:
+*>
+*>              DIAG = 'U' or 'u'   A is assumed to be unit triangular.
+*>
+*>              DIAG = 'N' or 'n'   A is not assumed to be unit
+*>                                  triangular.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
+*>           N must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] AP
+*> \verbatim
+*>          AP is COMPLEX array of DIMENSION at least
+*>           ( ( n*( n + 1 ) )/2 ).
+*>           Before entry with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the array AP must
+*>           contain the upper triangular matrix packed sequentially,
+*>           column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ),
+*>           AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 1, 2 ) and a( 2, 2 )
+*>           respectively, and so on.
+*>           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the array AP must
+*>           contain the lower triangular matrix packed sequentially,
+*>           column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ),
+*>           AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 2, 1 ) and a( 3, 1 )
+*>           respectively, and so on.
+*>           Note that when  DIAG = 'U' or 'u', the diagonal elements of
+*>           A are not referenced, but are assumed to be unity.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] X
+*> \verbatim
+*>          X is COMPLEX array of dimension at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
+*>           element right-hand side vector b. On exit, X is overwritten
+*>           with the solution vector x.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCX
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCX is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           X. INCX must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup complex_blas_level2
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 2 Blas routine.
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE CTPSV(UPLO,TRANS,DIAG,N,AP,X,INCX)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level2 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      INTEGER INCX,N
      CHARACTER DIAG,TRANS,UPLO
@@ -7,96 +157,7 @@
      COMPLEX AP(*),X(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  CTPSV  solves one of the systems of equations
-*
-*     A*x = b,   or   A'*x = b,   or   conjg( A' )*x = b,
-*
-*  where b and x are n element vectors and A is an n by n unit, or
-*  non-unit, upper or lower triangular matrix, supplied in packed form.
-*
-*  No test for singularity or near-singularity is included in this
-*  routine. Such tests must be performed before calling this routine.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  UPLO   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or
-*           lower triangular matrix as follows:
-*
-*              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   A is an upper triangular matrix.
-*
-*              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   A is a lower triangular matrix.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  TRANS  - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, TRANS specifies the equations to be solved as
-*           follows:
-*
-*              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'   A*x = b.
-*
-*              TRANS = 'T' or 't'   A'*x = b.
-*
-*              TRANS = 'C' or 'c'   conjg( A' )*x = b.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  DIAG   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit
-*           triangular as follows:
-*
-*              DIAG = 'U' or 'u'   A is assumed to be unit triangular.
-*
-*              DIAG = 'N' or 'n'   A is not assumed to be unit
-*                                  triangular.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
-*           N must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  AP     - COMPLEX          array of DIMENSION at least
-*           ( ( n*( n + 1 ) )/2 ).
-*           Before entry with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the array AP must
-*           contain the upper triangular matrix packed sequentially,
-*           column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ),
-*           AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 1, 2 ) and a( 2, 2 )
-*           respectively, and so on.
-*           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the array AP must
-*           contain the lower triangular matrix packed sequentially,
-*           column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ),
-*           AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 2, 1 ) and a( 3, 1 )
-*           respectively, and so on.
-*           Note that when  DIAG = 'U' or 'u', the diagonal elements of
-*           A are not referenced, but are assumed to be unity.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  X      - COMPLEX          array of dimension at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
-*           element right-hand side vector b. On exit, X is overwritten
-*           with the solution vector x.
-*
-*  INCX   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           X. INCX must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 2 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
-*     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Parameters ..
      COMPLEX ZERO
@@ -226,7 +287,7 @@
          END IF
      ELSE
 *
-*        Form  x := inv( A' )*x  or  x := inv( conjg( A' ) )*x.
+*        Form  x := inv( A**T )*x  or  x := inv( A**H )*x.
 *
          IF (LSAME(UPLO,'U')) THEN
              KK = 1
@@ -1,4 +1,187 @@
+*> \brief \b CTRMM
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE CTRMM(SIDE,UPLO,TRANSA,DIAG,M,N,ALPHA,A,LDA,B,LDB)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX ALPHA
+*       INTEGER LDA,LDB,M,N
+*       CHARACTER DIAG,SIDE,TRANSA,UPLO
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX A(LDA,*),B(LDB,*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> CTRMM  performs one of the matrix-matrix operations
+*>
+*>    B := alpha*op( A )*B,   or   B := alpha*B*op( A )
+*>
+*> where  alpha  is a scalar,  B  is an m by n matrix,  A  is a unit, or
+*> non-unit,  upper or lower triangular matrix  and  op( A )  is one  of
+*>
+*>    op( A ) = A   or   op( A ) = A**T   or   op( A ) = A**H.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] SIDE
+*> \verbatim
+*>          SIDE is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry,  SIDE specifies whether  op( A ) multiplies B from
+*>           the left or right as follows:
+*>
+*>              SIDE = 'L' or 'l'   B := alpha*op( A )*B.
+*>
+*>              SIDE = 'R' or 'r'   B := alpha*B*op( A ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] UPLO
+*> \verbatim
+*>          UPLO is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix A is an upper or
+*>           lower triangular matrix as follows:
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   A is an upper triangular matrix.
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   A is a lower triangular matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] TRANSA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          TRANSA is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, TRANSA specifies the form of op( A ) to be used in
+*>           the matrix multiplication as follows:
+*>
+*>              TRANSA = 'N' or 'n'   op( A ) = A.
+*>
+*>              TRANSA = 'T' or 't'   op( A ) = A**T.
+*>
+*>              TRANSA = 'C' or 'c'   op( A ) = A**H.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] DIAG
+*> \verbatim
+*>          DIAG is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit triangular
+*>           as follows:
+*>
+*>              DIAG = 'U' or 'u'   A is assumed to be unit triangular.
+*>
+*>              DIAG = 'N' or 'n'   A is not assumed to be unit
+*>                                  triangular.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] M
+*> \verbatim
+*>          M is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, M specifies the number of rows of B. M must be at
+*>           least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, N specifies the number of columns of B.  N must be
+*>           at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] ALPHA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          ALPHA is COMPLEX
+*>           On entry,  ALPHA specifies the scalar  alpha. When  alpha is
+*>           zero then  A is not referenced and  B need not be set before
+*>           entry.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] A
+*> \verbatim
+*>          A is COMPLEX array of DIMENSION ( LDA, k ), where k is m
+*>           when  SIDE = 'L' or 'l'  and is  n  when  SIDE = 'R' or 'r'.
+*>           Before entry  with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u',  the  leading  k by k
+*>           upper triangular part of the array  A must contain the upper
+*>           triangular matrix  and the strictly lower triangular part of
+*>           A is not referenced.
+*>           Before entry  with  UPLO = 'L' or 'l',  the  leading  k by k
+*>           lower triangular part of the array  A must contain the lower
+*>           triangular matrix  and the strictly upper triangular part of
+*>           A is not referenced.
+*>           Note that when  DIAG = 'U' or 'u',  the diagonal elements of
+*>           A  are not referenced either,  but are assumed to be  unity.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDA is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
+*>           in the calling (sub) program.  When  SIDE = 'L' or 'l'  then
+*>           LDA  must be at least  max( 1, m ),  when  SIDE = 'R' or 'r'
+*>           then LDA must be at least max( 1, n ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] B
+*> \verbatim
+*>          B is COMPLEX array of DIMENSION ( LDB, n ).
+*>           Before entry,  the leading  m by n part of the array  B must
+*>           contain the matrix  B,  and  on exit  is overwritten  by the
+*>           transformed matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDB
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDB is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared
+*>           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   LDB  must  be  at  least
+*>           max( 1, m ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup complex_blas_level3
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 3 Blas routine.
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 8-February-1989.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory.
+*>     Iain Duff, AERE Harwell.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE CTRMM(SIDE,UPLO,TRANSA,DIAG,M,N,ALPHA,A,LDA,B,LDB)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level3 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      COMPLEX ALPHA
      INTEGER LDA,LDB,M,N
@@ -8,121 +191,7 @@
      COMPLEX A(LDA,*),B(LDB,*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  CTRMM  performs one of the matrix-matrix operations
-*
-*     B := alpha*op( A )*B,   or   B := alpha*B*op( A )
-*
-*  where  alpha  is a scalar,  B  is an m by n matrix,  A  is a unit, or
-*  non-unit,  upper or lower triangular matrix  and  op( A )  is one  of
-*
-*     op( A ) = A   or   op( A ) = A'   or   op( A ) = conjg( A' ).
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  SIDE   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry,  SIDE specifies whether  op( A ) multiplies B from
-*           the left or right as follows:
-*
-*              SIDE = 'L' or 'l'   B := alpha*op( A )*B.
-*
-*              SIDE = 'R' or 'r'   B := alpha*B*op( A ).
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  UPLO   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix A is an upper or
-*           lower triangular matrix as follows:
-*
-*              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   A is an upper triangular matrix.
-*
-*              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   A is a lower triangular matrix.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  TRANSA - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, TRANSA specifies the form of op( A ) to be used in
-*           the matrix multiplication as follows:
-*
-*              TRANSA = 'N' or 'n'   op( A ) = A.
-*
-*              TRANSA = 'T' or 't'   op( A ) = A'.
-*
-*              TRANSA = 'C' or 'c'   op( A ) = conjg( A' ).
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  DIAG   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit triangular
-*           as follows:
-*
-*              DIAG = 'U' or 'u'   A is assumed to be unit triangular.
-*
-*              DIAG = 'N' or 'n'   A is not assumed to be unit
-*                                  triangular.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  M      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, M specifies the number of rows of B. M must be at
-*           least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, N specifies the number of columns of B.  N must be
-*           at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  ALPHA  - COMPLEX         .
-*           On entry,  ALPHA specifies the scalar  alpha. When  alpha is
-*           zero then  A is not referenced and  B need not be set before
-*           entry.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  A      - COMPLEX          array of DIMENSION ( LDA, k ), where k is m
-*           when  SIDE = 'L' or 'l'  and is  n  when  SIDE = 'R' or 'r'.
-*           Before entry  with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u',  the  leading  k by k
-*           upper triangular part of the array  A must contain the upper
-*           triangular matrix  and the strictly lower triangular part of
-*           A is not referenced.
-*           Before entry  with  UPLO = 'L' or 'l',  the  leading  k by k
-*           lower triangular part of the array  A must contain the lower
-*           triangular matrix  and the strictly upper triangular part of
-*           A is not referenced.
-*           Note that when  DIAG = 'U' or 'u',  the diagonal elements of
-*           A  are not referenced either,  but are assumed to be  unity.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  LDA    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
-*           in the calling (sub) program.  When  SIDE = 'L' or 'l'  then
-*           LDA  must be at least  max( 1, m ),  when  SIDE = 'R' or 'r'
-*           then LDA must be at least max( 1, n ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  B      - COMPLEX          array of DIMENSION ( LDB, n ).
-*           Before entry,  the leading  m by n part of the array  B must
-*           contain the matrix  B,  and  on exit  is overwritten  by the
-*           transformed matrix.
-*
-*  LDB    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared
-*           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   LDB  must  be  at  least
-*           max( 1, m ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 3 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 8-February-1989.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory.
-*     Iain Duff, AERE Harwell.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. External Functions ..
      LOGICAL LSAME
@@ -234,7 +303,7 @@
              END IF
          ELSE
 *
-*           Form  B := alpha*A'*B   or   B := alpha*conjg( A' )*B.
+*           Form  B := alpha*A**T*B   or   B := alpha*A**H*B.
 *
              IF (UPPER) THEN
                  DO 120 J = 1,N
@@ -314,7 +383,7 @@
              END IF
          ELSE
 *
-*           Form  B := alpha*B*A'   or   B := alpha*B*conjg( A' ).
+*           Form  B := alpha*B*A**T   or   B := alpha*B*A**H.
 *
              IF (UPPER) THEN
                  DO 280 K = 1,N
@@ -1,4 +1,157 @@
+*> \brief \b CTRMV
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE CTRMV(UPLO,TRANS,DIAG,N,A,LDA,X,INCX)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       INTEGER INCX,LDA,N
+*       CHARACTER DIAG,TRANS,UPLO
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX A(LDA,*),X(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> CTRMV  performs one of the matrix-vector operations
+*>
+*>    x := A*x,   or   x := A**T*x,   or   x := A**H*x,
+*>
+*> where x is an n element vector and  A is an n by n unit, or non-unit,
+*> upper or lower triangular matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] UPLO
+*> \verbatim
+*>          UPLO is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or
+*>           lower triangular matrix as follows:
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   A is an upper triangular matrix.
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   A is a lower triangular matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] TRANS
+*> \verbatim
+*>          TRANS is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as
+*>           follows:
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'   x := A*x.
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'T' or 't'   x := A**T*x.
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'C' or 'c'   x := A**H*x.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] DIAG
+*> \verbatim
+*>          DIAG is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit
+*>           triangular as follows:
+*>
+*>              DIAG = 'U' or 'u'   A is assumed to be unit triangular.
+*>
+*>              DIAG = 'N' or 'n'   A is not assumed to be unit
+*>                                  triangular.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
+*>           N must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] A
+*> \verbatim
+*>          A is COMPLEX array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
+*>           Before entry with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the leading n by n
+*>           upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper
+*>           triangular matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of
+*>           A is not referenced.
+*>           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the leading n by n
+*>           lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower
+*>           triangular matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of
+*>           A is not referenced.
+*>           Note that when  DIAG = 'U' or 'u', the diagonal elements of
+*>           A are not referenced either, but are assumed to be unity.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDA is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
+*>           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
+*>           max( 1, n ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] X
+*> \verbatim
+*>          X is COMPLEX array of dimension at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
+*>           element vector x. On exit, X is overwritten with the
+*>           tranformed vector x.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCX
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCX is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           X. INCX must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup complex_blas_level2
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 2 Blas routine.
+*>  The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE CTRMV(UPLO,TRANS,DIAG,N,A,LDA,X,INCX)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level2 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      INTEGER INCX,LDA,N
      CHARACTER DIAG,TRANS,UPLO
@@ -7,96 +160,7 @@
      COMPLEX A(LDA,*),X(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  CTRMV  performs one of the matrix-vector operations
-*
-*     x := A*x,   or   x := A'*x,   or   x := conjg( A' )*x,
-*
-*  where x is an n element vector and  A is an n by n unit, or non-unit,
-*  upper or lower triangular matrix.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  UPLO   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or
-*           lower triangular matrix as follows:
-*
-*              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   A is an upper triangular matrix.
-*
-*              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   A is a lower triangular matrix.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  TRANS  - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as
-*           follows:
-*
-*              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'   x := A*x.
-*
-*              TRANS = 'T' or 't'   x := A'*x.
-*
-*              TRANS = 'C' or 'c'   x := conjg( A' )*x.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  DIAG   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit
-*           triangular as follows:
-*
-*              DIAG = 'U' or 'u'   A is assumed to be unit triangular.
-*
-*              DIAG = 'N' or 'n'   A is not assumed to be unit
-*                                  triangular.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
-*           N must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  A      - COMPLEX          array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
-*           Before entry with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the leading n by n
-*           upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper
-*           triangular matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of
-*           A is not referenced.
-*           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the leading n by n
-*           lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower
-*           triangular matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of
-*           A is not referenced.
-*           Note that when  DIAG = 'U' or 'u', the diagonal elements of
-*           A are not referenced either, but are assumed to be unity.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  LDA    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
-*           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
-*           max( 1, n ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  X      - COMPLEX          array of dimension at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
-*           element vector x. On exit, X is overwritten with the
-*           tranformed vector x.
-*
-*  INCX   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           X. INCX must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 2 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
-*     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Parameters ..
      COMPLEX ZERO
@@ -219,7 +283,7 @@
          END IF
      ELSE
 *
-*        Form  x := A'*x  or  x := conjg( A' )*x.
+*        Form  x := A**T*x  or  x := A**H*x.
 *
          IF (LSAME(UPLO,'U')) THEN
              IF (INCX.EQ.1) THEN
@@ -1,4 +1,190 @@
+*> \brief \b CTRSM
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE CTRSM(SIDE,UPLO,TRANSA,DIAG,M,N,ALPHA,A,LDA,B,LDB)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX ALPHA
+*       INTEGER LDA,LDB,M,N
+*       CHARACTER DIAG,SIDE,TRANSA,UPLO
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX A(LDA,*),B(LDB,*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> CTRSM  solves one of the matrix equations
+*>
+*>    op( A )*X = alpha*B,   or   X*op( A ) = alpha*B,
+*>
+*> where alpha is a scalar, X and B are m by n matrices, A is a unit, or
+*> non-unit,  upper or lower triangular matrix  and  op( A )  is one  of
+*>
+*>    op( A ) = A   or   op( A ) = A**T   or   op( A ) = A**H.
+*>
+*> The matrix X is overwritten on B.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] SIDE
+*> \verbatim
+*>          SIDE is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, SIDE specifies whether op( A ) appears on the left
+*>           or right of X as follows:
+*>
+*>              SIDE = 'L' or 'l'   op( A )*X = alpha*B.
+*>
+*>              SIDE = 'R' or 'r'   X*op( A ) = alpha*B.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] UPLO
+*> \verbatim
+*>          UPLO is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix A is an upper or
+*>           lower triangular matrix as follows:
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   A is an upper triangular matrix.
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   A is a lower triangular matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] TRANSA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          TRANSA is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, TRANSA specifies the form of op( A ) to be used in
+*>           the matrix multiplication as follows:
+*>
+*>              TRANSA = 'N' or 'n'   op( A ) = A.
+*>
+*>              TRANSA = 'T' or 't'   op( A ) = A**T.
+*>
+*>              TRANSA = 'C' or 'c'   op( A ) = A**H.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] DIAG
+*> \verbatim
+*>          DIAG is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit triangular
+*>           as follows:
+*>
+*>              DIAG = 'U' or 'u'   A is assumed to be unit triangular.
+*>
+*>              DIAG = 'N' or 'n'   A is not assumed to be unit
+*>                                  triangular.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] M
+*> \verbatim
+*>          M is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, M specifies the number of rows of B. M must be at
+*>           least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, N specifies the number of columns of B.  N must be
+*>           at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] ALPHA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          ALPHA is COMPLEX
+*>           On entry,  ALPHA specifies the scalar  alpha. When  alpha is
+*>           zero then  A is not referenced and  B need not be set before
+*>           entry.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] A
+*> \verbatim
+*>          A is COMPLEX array of DIMENSION ( LDA, k ),
+*>           where k is m when SIDE = 'L' or 'l'  
+*>             and k is n when SIDE = 'R' or 'r'.
+*>           Before entry  with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u',  the  leading  k by k
+*>           upper triangular part of the array  A must contain the upper
+*>           triangular matrix  and the strictly lower triangular part of
+*>           A is not referenced.
+*>           Before entry  with  UPLO = 'L' or 'l',  the  leading  k by k
+*>           lower triangular part of the array  A must contain the lower
+*>           triangular matrix  and the strictly upper triangular part of
+*>           A is not referenced.
+*>           Note that when  DIAG = 'U' or 'u',  the diagonal elements of
+*>           A  are not referenced either,  but are assumed to be  unity.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDA is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
+*>           in the calling (sub) program.  When  SIDE = 'L' or 'l'  then
+*>           LDA  must be at least  max( 1, m ),  when  SIDE = 'R' or 'r'
+*>           then LDA must be at least max( 1, n ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] B
+*> \verbatim
+*>          B is COMPLEX array of DIMENSION ( LDB, n ).
+*>           Before entry,  the leading  m by n part of the array  B must
+*>           contain  the  right-hand  side  matrix  B,  and  on exit  is
+*>           overwritten by the solution matrix  X.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDB
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDB is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared
+*>           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   LDB  must  be  at  least
+*>           max( 1, m ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup complex_blas_level3
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 3 Blas routine.
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 8-February-1989.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory.
+*>     Iain Duff, AERE Harwell.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE CTRSM(SIDE,UPLO,TRANSA,DIAG,M,N,ALPHA,A,LDA,B,LDB)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level3 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      COMPLEX ALPHA
      INTEGER LDA,LDB,M,N
@@ -8,123 +194,7 @@
      COMPLEX A(LDA,*),B(LDB,*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  CTRSM  solves one of the matrix equations
-*
-*     op( A )*X = alpha*B,   or   X*op( A ) = alpha*B,
-*
-*  where alpha is a scalar, X and B are m by n matrices, A is a unit, or
-*  non-unit,  upper or lower triangular matrix  and  op( A )  is one  of
-*
-*     op( A ) = A   or   op( A ) = A'   or   op( A ) = conjg( A' ).
-*
-*  The matrix X is overwritten on B.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  SIDE   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, SIDE specifies whether op( A ) appears on the left
-*           or right of X as follows:
-*
-*              SIDE = 'L' or 'l'   op( A )*X = alpha*B.
-*
-*              SIDE = 'R' or 'r'   X*op( A ) = alpha*B.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  UPLO   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix A is an upper or
-*           lower triangular matrix as follows:
-*
-*              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   A is an upper triangular matrix.
-*
-*              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   A is a lower triangular matrix.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  TRANSA - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, TRANSA specifies the form of op( A ) to be used in
-*           the matrix multiplication as follows:
-*
-*              TRANSA = 'N' or 'n'   op( A ) = A.
-*
-*              TRANSA = 'T' or 't'   op( A ) = A'.
-*
-*              TRANSA = 'C' or 'c'   op( A ) = conjg( A' ).
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  DIAG   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit triangular
-*           as follows:
-*
-*              DIAG = 'U' or 'u'   A is assumed to be unit triangular.
-*
-*              DIAG = 'N' or 'n'   A is not assumed to be unit
-*                                  triangular.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  M      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, M specifies the number of rows of B. M must be at
-*           least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, N specifies the number of columns of B.  N must be
-*           at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  ALPHA  - COMPLEX         .
-*           On entry,  ALPHA specifies the scalar  alpha. When  alpha is
-*           zero then  A is not referenced and  B need not be set before
-*           entry.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  A      - COMPLEX          array of DIMENSION ( LDA, k ), where k is m
-*           when  SIDE = 'L' or 'l'  and is  n  when  SIDE = 'R' or 'r'.
-*           Before entry  with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u',  the  leading  k by k
-*           upper triangular part of the array  A must contain the upper
-*           triangular matrix  and the strictly lower triangular part of
-*           A is not referenced.
-*           Before entry  with  UPLO = 'L' or 'l',  the  leading  k by k
-*           lower triangular part of the array  A must contain the lower
-*           triangular matrix  and the strictly upper triangular part of
-*           A is not referenced.
-*           Note that when  DIAG = 'U' or 'u',  the diagonal elements of
-*           A  are not referenced either,  but are assumed to be  unity.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  LDA    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
-*           in the calling (sub) program.  When  SIDE = 'L' or 'l'  then
-*           LDA  must be at least  max( 1, m ),  when  SIDE = 'R' or 'r'
-*           then LDA must be at least max( 1, n ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  B      - COMPLEX          array of DIMENSION ( LDB, n ).
-*           Before entry,  the leading  m by n part of the array  B must
-*           contain  the  right-hand  side  matrix  B,  and  on exit  is
-*           overwritten by the solution matrix  X.
-*
-*  LDB    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared
-*           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   LDB  must  be  at  least
-*           max( 1, m ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 3 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 8-February-1989.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory.
-*     Iain Duff, AERE Harwell.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. External Functions ..
      LOGICAL LSAME
@@ -242,8 +312,8 @@
              END IF
          ELSE
 *
-*           Form  B := alpha*inv( A' )*B
-*           or    B := alpha*inv( conjg( A' ) )*B.
+*           Form  B := alpha*inv( A**T )*B
+*           or    B := alpha*inv( A**H )*B.
 *
              IF (UPPER) THEN
                  DO 140 J = 1,N
@@ -333,8 +403,8 @@
              END IF
          ELSE
 *
-*           Form  B := alpha*B*inv( A' )
-*           or    B := alpha*B*inv( conjg( A' ) ).
+*           Form  B := alpha*B*inv( A**T )
+*           or    B := alpha*B*inv( A**H ).
 *
              IF (UPPER) THEN
                  DO 330 K = N,1,-1
@@ -1,4 +1,159 @@
+*> \brief \b CTRSV
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE CTRSV(UPLO,TRANS,DIAG,N,A,LDA,X,INCX)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       INTEGER INCX,LDA,N
+*       CHARACTER DIAG,TRANS,UPLO
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX A(LDA,*),X(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> CTRSV  solves one of the systems of equations
+*>
+*>    A*x = b,   or   A**T*x = b,   or   A**H*x = b,
+*>
+*> where b and x are n element vectors and A is an n by n unit, or
+*> non-unit, upper or lower triangular matrix.
+*>
+*> No test for singularity or near-singularity is included in this
+*> routine. Such tests must be performed before calling this routine.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] UPLO
+*> \verbatim
+*>          UPLO is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or
+*>           lower triangular matrix as follows:
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   A is an upper triangular matrix.
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   A is a lower triangular matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] TRANS
+*> \verbatim
+*>          TRANS is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, TRANS specifies the equations to be solved as
+*>           follows:
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'   A*x = b.
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'T' or 't'   A**T*x = b.
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'C' or 'c'   A**H*x = b.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] DIAG
+*> \verbatim
+*>          DIAG is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit
+*>           triangular as follows:
+*>
+*>              DIAG = 'U' or 'u'   A is assumed to be unit triangular.
+*>
+*>              DIAG = 'N' or 'n'   A is not assumed to be unit
+*>                                  triangular.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
+*>           N must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] A
+*> \verbatim
+*>          A is COMPLEX array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
+*>           Before entry with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the leading n by n
+*>           upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper
+*>           triangular matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of
+*>           A is not referenced.
+*>           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the leading n by n
+*>           lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower
+*>           triangular matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of
+*>           A is not referenced.
+*>           Note that when  DIAG = 'U' or 'u', the diagonal elements of
+*>           A are not referenced either, but are assumed to be unity.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDA is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
+*>           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
+*>           max( 1, n ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] X
+*> \verbatim
+*>          X is COMPLEX array of dimension at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
+*>           element right-hand side vector b. On exit, X is overwritten
+*>           with the solution vector x.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCX
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCX is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           X. INCX must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup complex_blas_level2
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 2 Blas routine.
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE CTRSV(UPLO,TRANS,DIAG,N,A,LDA,X,INCX)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level2 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      INTEGER INCX,LDA,N
      CHARACTER DIAG,TRANS,UPLO
@@ -7,99 +162,7 @@
      COMPLEX A(LDA,*),X(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  CTRSV  solves one of the systems of equations
-*
-*     A*x = b,   or   A'*x = b,   or   conjg( A' )*x = b,
-*
-*  where b and x are n element vectors and A is an n by n unit, or
-*  non-unit, upper or lower triangular matrix.
-*
-*  No test for singularity or near-singularity is included in this
-*  routine. Such tests must be performed before calling this routine.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  UPLO   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or
-*           lower triangular matrix as follows:
-*
-*              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   A is an upper triangular matrix.
-*
-*              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   A is a lower triangular matrix.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  TRANS  - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, TRANS specifies the equations to be solved as
-*           follows:
-*
-*              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'   A*x = b.
-*
-*              TRANS = 'T' or 't'   A'*x = b.
-*
-*              TRANS = 'C' or 'c'   conjg( A' )*x = b.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  DIAG   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit
-*           triangular as follows:
-*
-*              DIAG = 'U' or 'u'   A is assumed to be unit triangular.
-*
-*              DIAG = 'N' or 'n'   A is not assumed to be unit
-*                                  triangular.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
-*           N must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  A      - COMPLEX          array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
-*           Before entry with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the leading n by n
-*           upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper
-*           triangular matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of
-*           A is not referenced.
-*           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the leading n by n
-*           lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower
-*           triangular matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of
-*           A is not referenced.
-*           Note that when  DIAG = 'U' or 'u', the diagonal elements of
-*           A are not referenced either, but are assumed to be unity.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  LDA    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
-*           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
-*           max( 1, n ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  X      - COMPLEX          array of dimension at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
-*           element right-hand side vector b. On exit, X is overwritten
-*           with the solution vector x.
-*
-*  INCX   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           X. INCX must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 2 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
-*     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Parameters ..
      COMPLEX ZERO
@@ -221,7 +284,7 @@
          END IF
      ELSE
 *
-*        Form  x := inv( A' )*x  or  x := inv( conjg( A' ) )*x.
+*        Form  x := inv( A**T )*x  or  x := inv( A**H )*x.
 *
          IF (LSAME(UPLO,'U')) THEN
              IF (INCX.EQ.1) THEN
@@ -1,4 +1,61 @@
+*> \brief \b DASUM
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION FUNCTION DASUM(N,DX,INCX)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       INTEGER INCX,N
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION DX(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>    DASUM takes the sum of the absolute values.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup double_blas_level1
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
+*>     modified 3/93 to return if incx .le. 0.
+*>     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      DOUBLE PRECISION FUNCTION DASUM(N,DX,INCX)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level1 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      INTEGER INCX,N
 *     ..
@@ -6,14 +63,7 @@
      DOUBLE PRECISION DX(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*     takes the sum of the absolute values.
-*     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
-*     modified 3/93 to return if incx .le. 0.
-*     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Local Scalars ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION DTEMP
@@ -25,33 +75,37 @@
      DASUM = 0.0d0
      DTEMP = 0.0d0
      IF (N.LE.0 .OR. INCX.LE.0) RETURN
-      IF (INCX.EQ.1) GO TO 20
-*
-*        code for increment not equal to 1
-*
-      NINCX = N*INCX
-      DO 10 I = 1,NINCX,INCX
-          DTEMP = DTEMP + DABS(DX(I))
-   10 CONTINUE
-      DASUM = DTEMP
-      RETURN
-*
+      IF (INCX.EQ.1) THEN
 *        code for increment equal to 1
 *
 *
 *        clean-up loop
 *
-   20 M = MOD(N,6)
-      IF (M.EQ.0) GO TO 40
-      DO 30 I = 1,M
-          DTEMP = DTEMP + DABS(DX(I))
-   30 CONTINUE
-      IF (N.LT.6) GO TO 60
-   40 MP1 = M + 1
-      DO 50 I = MP1,N,6
-          DTEMP = DTEMP + DABS(DX(I)) + DABS(DX(I+1)) + DABS(DX(I+2)) +
-     +            DABS(DX(I+3)) + DABS(DX(I+4)) + DABS(DX(I+5))
-   50 CONTINUE
-   60 DASUM = DTEMP
+         M = MOD(N,6)
+         IF (M.NE.0) THEN
+            DO I = 1,M
+               DTEMP = DTEMP + DABS(DX(I))
+            END DO
+            IF (N.LT.6) THEN
+               DASUM = DTEMP
+               RETURN
+            END IF
+         END IF
+         MP1 = M + 1
+         DO I = MP1,N,6
+            DTEMP = DTEMP + DABS(DX(I)) + DABS(DX(I+1)) +
+     $              DABS(DX(I+2)) + DABS(DX(I+3)) +
+     $              DABS(DX(I+4)) + DABS(DX(I+5))
+         END DO
+      ELSE
+*
+*        code for increment not equal to 1
+*
+         NINCX = N*INCX
+         DO I = 1,NINCX,INCX
+            DTEMP = DTEMP + DABS(DX(I))
+         END DO
+      END IF
+      DASUM = DTEMP
      RETURN
      END
@@ -1,4 +1,62 @@
+*> \brief \b DAXPY
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE DAXPY(N,DA,DX,INCX,DY,INCY)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION DA
+*       INTEGER INCX,INCY,N
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION DX(*),DY(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>    DAXPY constant times a vector plus a vector.
+*>    uses unrolled loops for increments equal to one.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup double_blas_level1
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
+*>     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE DAXPY(N,DA,DX,INCX,DY,INCY)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level1 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION DA
      INTEGER INCX,INCY,N
@@ -7,14 +65,7 @@
      DOUBLE PRECISION DX(*),DY(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*     constant times a vector plus a vector.
-*     uses unrolled loops for increments equal to one.
-*     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
-*     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Local Scalars ..
      INTEGER I,IX,IY,M,MP1
@@ -24,39 +75,41 @@
 *     ..
      IF (N.LE.0) RETURN
      IF (DA.EQ.0.0d0) RETURN
-      IF (INCX.EQ.1 .AND. INCY.EQ.1) GO TO 20
-*
-*        code for unequal increments or equal increments
-*          not equal to 1
-*
-      IX = 1
-      IY = 1
-      IF (INCX.LT.0) IX = (-N+1)*INCX + 1
-      IF (INCY.LT.0) IY = (-N+1)*INCY + 1
-      DO 10 I = 1,N
-          DY(IY) = DY(IY) + DA*DX(IX)
-          IX = IX + INCX
-          IY = IY + INCY
-   10 CONTINUE
-      RETURN
+      IF (INCX.EQ.1 .AND. INCY.EQ.1) THEN
 *
 *        code for both increments equal to 1
 *
 *
 *        clean-up loop
 *
-   20 M = MOD(N,4)
-      IF (M.EQ.0) GO TO 40
-      DO 30 I = 1,M
-          DY(I) = DY(I) + DA*DX(I)
-   30 CONTINUE
-      IF (N.LT.4) RETURN
-   40 MP1 = M + 1
-      DO 50 I = MP1,N,4
-          DY(I) = DY(I) + DA*DX(I)
-          DY(I+1) = DY(I+1) + DA*DX(I+1)
-          DY(I+2) = DY(I+2) + DA*DX(I+2)
-          DY(I+3) = DY(I+3) + DA*DX(I+3)
-   50 CONTINUE
+         M = MOD(N,4)
+         IF (M.NE.0) THEN
+            DO I = 1,M
+               DY(I) = DY(I) + DA*DX(I)
+            END DO
+         END IF
+         IF (N.LT.4) RETURN
+         MP1 = M + 1
+         DO I = MP1,N,4
+            DY(I) = DY(I) + DA*DX(I)
+            DY(I+1) = DY(I+1) + DA*DX(I+1)
+            DY(I+2) = DY(I+2) + DA*DX(I+2)
+            DY(I+3) = DY(I+3) + DA*DX(I+3)
+         END DO
+      ELSE
+*
+*        code for unequal increments or equal increments
+*          not equal to 1
+*
+         IX = 1
+         IY = 1
+         IF (INCX.LT.0) IX = (-N+1)*INCX + 1
+         IF (INCY.LT.0) IY = (-N+1)*INCY + 1
+         DO I = 1,N
+          DY(IY) = DY(IY) + DA*DX(IX)
+          IX = IX + INCX
+          IY = IY + INCY
+         END DO
+      END IF
      RETURN
      END
@@ -1,12 +1,54 @@
-      DOUBLE PRECISION FUNCTION DCABS1(Z)
-*     .. Scalar Arguments ..
-      DOUBLE COMPLEX Z
-*     ..
-*     ..
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
+*> \brief \b DCABS1
 *
-*  DCABS1 computes absolute value of a double complex number 
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION FUNCTION DCABS1(Z)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX*16 Z
+*       ..
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> DCABS1 computes |Re(.)| + |Im(.)| of a double complex number 
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2015
+*
+*> \ingroup double_blas_level1
+*
+*  =====================================================================
+      DOUBLE PRECISION FUNCTION DCABS1(Z)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level1 routine (version 3.6.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2015
+*
+*     .. Scalar Arguments ..
+      COMPLEX*16 Z
+*     ..
+*     ..
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Intrinsic Functions ..
      INTRINSIC ABS,DBLE,DIMAG
@@ -1,4 +1,61 @@
+*> \brief \b DCOPY
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE DCOPY(N,DX,INCX,DY,INCY)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       INTEGER INCX,INCY,N
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION DX(*),DY(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>    DCOPY copies a vector, x, to a vector, y.
+*>    uses unrolled loops for increments equal to one.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup double_blas_level1
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
+*>     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE DCOPY(N,DX,INCX,DY,INCY)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level1 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      INTEGER INCX,INCY,N
 *     ..
@@ -6,14 +63,7 @@
      DOUBLE PRECISION DX(*),DY(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*     copies a vector, x, to a vector, y.
-*     uses unrolled loops for increments equal to one.
-*     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
-*     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Local Scalars ..
      INTEGER I,IX,IY,M,MP1
@@ -22,42 +72,44 @@
      INTRINSIC MOD
 *     ..
      IF (N.LE.0) RETURN
-      IF (INCX.EQ.1 .AND. INCY.EQ.1) GO TO 20
-*
-*        code for unequal increments or equal increments
-*          not equal to 1
-*
-      IX = 1
-      IY = 1
-      IF (INCX.LT.0) IX = (-N+1)*INCX + 1
-      IF (INCY.LT.0) IY = (-N+1)*INCY + 1
-      DO 10 I = 1,N
-          DY(IY) = DX(IX)
-          IX = IX + INCX
-          IY = IY + INCY
-   10 CONTINUE
-      RETURN
+      IF (INCX.EQ.1 .AND. INCY.EQ.1) THEN
 *
 *        code for both increments equal to 1
 *
 *
 *        clean-up loop
 *
-   20 M = MOD(N,7)
-      IF (M.EQ.0) GO TO 40
-      DO 30 I = 1,M
-          DY(I) = DX(I)
-   30 CONTINUE
-      IF (N.LT.7) RETURN
-   40 MP1 = M + 1
-      DO 50 I = MP1,N,7
-          DY(I) = DX(I)
-          DY(I+1) = DX(I+1)
-          DY(I+2) = DX(I+2)
-          DY(I+3) = DX(I+3)
-          DY(I+4) = DX(I+4)
-          DY(I+5) = DX(I+5)
-          DY(I+6) = DX(I+6)
-   50 CONTINUE
+         M = MOD(N,7)
+         IF (M.NE.0) THEN
+            DO I = 1,M
+               DY(I) = DX(I)
+            END DO
+            IF (N.LT.7) RETURN
+         END IF   
+         MP1 = M + 1
+         DO I = MP1,N,7
+            DY(I) = DX(I)
+            DY(I+1) = DX(I+1)
+            DY(I+2) = DX(I+2)
+            DY(I+3) = DX(I+3)
+            DY(I+4) = DX(I+4)
+            DY(I+5) = DX(I+5)
+            DY(I+6) = DX(I+6)
+         END DO
+      ELSE      
+*
+*        code for unequal increments or equal increments
+*          not equal to 1
+*
+         IX = 1
+         IY = 1
+         IF (INCX.LT.0) IX = (-N+1)*INCX + 1
+         IF (INCY.LT.0) IY = (-N+1)*INCY + 1
+         DO I = 1,N
+            DY(IY) = DX(IX)
+            IX = IX + INCX
+            IY = IY + INCY
+         END DO
+      END IF
      RETURN
      END
@@ -1,4 +1,61 @@
+*> \brief \b DDOT
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION FUNCTION DDOT(N,DX,INCX,DY,INCY)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       INTEGER INCX,INCY,N
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION DX(*),DY(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>    DDOT forms the dot product of two vectors.
+*>    uses unrolled loops for increments equal to one.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup double_blas_level1
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
+*>     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      DOUBLE PRECISION FUNCTION DDOT(N,DX,INCX,DY,INCY)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level1 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      INTEGER INCX,INCY,N
 *     ..
@@ -6,14 +63,7 @@
      DOUBLE PRECISION DX(*),DY(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*     forms the dot product of two vectors.
-*     uses unrolled loops for increments equal to one.
-*     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
-*     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Local Scalars ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION DTEMP
@@ -25,39 +75,43 @@
      DDOT = 0.0d0
      DTEMP = 0.0d0
      IF (N.LE.0) RETURN
-      IF (INCX.EQ.1 .AND. INCY.EQ.1) GO TO 20
-*
-*        code for unequal increments or equal increments
-*          not equal to 1
-*
-      IX = 1
-      IY = 1
-      IF (INCX.LT.0) IX = (-N+1)*INCX + 1
-      IF (INCY.LT.0) IY = (-N+1)*INCY + 1
-      DO 10 I = 1,N
-          DTEMP = DTEMP + DX(IX)*DY(IY)
-          IX = IX + INCX
-          IY = IY + INCY
-   10 CONTINUE
-      DDOT = DTEMP
-      RETURN
+      IF (INCX.EQ.1 .AND. INCY.EQ.1) THEN
 *
 *        code for both increments equal to 1
 *
 *
 *        clean-up loop
 *
-   20 M = MOD(N,5)
-      IF (M.EQ.0) GO TO 40
-      DO 30 I = 1,M
-          DTEMP = DTEMP + DX(I)*DY(I)
-   30 CONTINUE
-      IF (N.LT.5) GO TO 60
-   40 MP1 = M + 1
-      DO 50 I = MP1,N,5
+         M = MOD(N,5)
+         IF (M.NE.0) THEN
+            DO I = 1,M
+               DTEMP = DTEMP + DX(I)*DY(I)
+            END DO
+            IF (N.LT.5) THEN
+               DDOT=DTEMP
+            RETURN
+            END IF
+         END IF
+         MP1 = M + 1
+         DO I = MP1,N,5
          DTEMP = DTEMP + DX(I)*DY(I) + DX(I+1)*DY(I+1) +
-     +            DX(I+2)*DY(I+2) + DX(I+3)*DY(I+3) + DX(I+4)*DY(I+4)
-   50 CONTINUE
-   60 DDOT = DTEMP
+     $            DX(I+2)*DY(I+2) + DX(I+3)*DY(I+3) + DX(I+4)*DY(I+4)
+         END DO
+      ELSE
+*
+*        code for unequal increments or equal increments
+*          not equal to 1
+*
+         IX = 1
+         IY = 1
+         IF (INCX.LT.0) IX = (-N+1)*INCX + 1
+         IF (INCY.LT.0) IY = (-N+1)*INCY + 1
+         DO I = 1,N
+            DTEMP = DTEMP + DX(IX)*DY(IY)
+            IX = IX + INCX
+            IY = IY + INCY
+         END DO
+      END IF
+      DDOT = DTEMP
      RETURN
      END
@@ -1,4 +1,195 @@
+*> \brief \b DGBMV
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE DGBMV(TRANS,M,N,KL,KU,ALPHA,A,LDA,X,INCX,BETA,Y,INCY)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION ALPHA,BETA
+*       INTEGER INCX,INCY,KL,KU,LDA,M,N
+*       CHARACTER TRANS
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION A(LDA,*),X(*),Y(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> DGBMV  performs one of the matrix-vector operations
+*>
+*>    y := alpha*A*x + beta*y,   or   y := alpha*A**T*x + beta*y,
+*>
+*> where alpha and beta are scalars, x and y are vectors and A is an
+*> m by n band matrix, with kl sub-diagonals and ku super-diagonals.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] TRANS
+*> \verbatim
+*>          TRANS is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as
+*>           follows:
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'   y := alpha*A*x + beta*y.
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'T' or 't'   y := alpha*A**T*x + beta*y.
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'C' or 'c'   y := alpha*A**T*x + beta*y.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] M
+*> \verbatim
+*>          M is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, M specifies the number of rows of the matrix A.
+*>           M must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix A.
+*>           N must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] KL
+*> \verbatim
+*>          KL is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, KL specifies the number of sub-diagonals of the
+*>           matrix A. KL must satisfy  0 .le. KL.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] KU
+*> \verbatim
+*>          KU is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, KU specifies the number of super-diagonals of the
+*>           matrix A. KU must satisfy  0 .le. KU.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] ALPHA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          ALPHA is DOUBLE PRECISION.
+*>           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] A
+*> \verbatim
+*>          A is DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
+*>           Before entry, the leading ( kl + ku + 1 ) by n part of the
+*>           array A must contain the matrix of coefficients, supplied
+*>           column by column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in
+*>           row ( ku + 1 ) of the array, the first super-diagonal
+*>           starting at position 2 in row ku, the first sub-diagonal
+*>           starting at position 1 in row ( ku + 2 ), and so on.
+*>           Elements in the array A that do not correspond to elements
+*>           in the band matrix (such as the top left ku by ku triangle)
+*>           are not referenced.
+*>           The following program segment will transfer a band matrix
+*>           from conventional full matrix storage to band storage:
+*>
+*>                 DO 20, J = 1, N
+*>                    K = KU + 1 - J
+*>                    DO 10, I = MAX( 1, J - KU ), MIN( M, J + KL )
+*>                       A( K + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
+*>              10    CONTINUE
+*>              20 CONTINUE
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDA is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
+*>           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
+*>           ( kl + ku + 1 ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] X
+*> \verbatim
+*>          X is DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ) when TRANS = 'N' or 'n'
+*>           and at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ) otherwise.
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the
+*>           vector x.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCX
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCX is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           X. INCX must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] BETA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          BETA is DOUBLE PRECISION.
+*>           On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta. When BETA is
+*>           supplied as zero then Y need not be set on input.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] Y
+*> \verbatim
+*>          Y is DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ) when TRANS = 'N' or 'n'
+*>           and at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ) otherwise.
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the
+*>           vector y. On exit, Y is overwritten by the updated vector y.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCY
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCY is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           Y. INCY must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2015
+*
+*> \ingroup double_blas_level2
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 2 Blas routine.
+*>  The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE DGBMV(TRANS,M,N,KL,KU,ALPHA,A,LDA,X,INCX,BETA,Y,INCY)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level2 routine (version 3.6.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2015
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION ALPHA,BETA
      INTEGER INCX,INCY,KL,KU,LDA,M,N
@@ -8,121 +199,7 @@
      DOUBLE PRECISION A(LDA,*),X(*),Y(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  DGBMV  performs one of the matrix-vector operations
-*
-*     y := alpha*A*x + beta*y,   or   y := alpha*A'*x + beta*y,
-*
-*  where alpha and beta are scalars, x and y are vectors and A is an
-*  m by n band matrix, with kl sub-diagonals and ku super-diagonals.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  TRANS  - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as
-*           follows:
-*
-*              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'   y := alpha*A*x + beta*y.
-*
-*              TRANS = 'T' or 't'   y := alpha*A'*x + beta*y.
-*
-*              TRANS = 'C' or 'c'   y := alpha*A'*x + beta*y.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  M      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, M specifies the number of rows of the matrix A.
-*           M must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix A.
-*           N must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  KL     - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, KL specifies the number of sub-diagonals of the
-*           matrix A. KL must satisfy  0 .le. KL.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  KU     - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, KU specifies the number of super-diagonals of the
-*           matrix A. KU must satisfy  0 .le. KU.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  ALPHA  - DOUBLE PRECISION.
-*           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  A      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
-*           Before entry, the leading ( kl + ku + 1 ) by n part of the
-*           array A must contain the matrix of coefficients, supplied
-*           column by column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in
-*           row ( ku + 1 ) of the array, the first super-diagonal
-*           starting at position 2 in row ku, the first sub-diagonal
-*           starting at position 1 in row ( ku + 2 ), and so on.
-*           Elements in the array A that do not correspond to elements
-*           in the band matrix (such as the top left ku by ku triangle)
-*           are not referenced.
-*           The following program segment will transfer a band matrix
-*           from conventional full matrix storage to band storage:
-*
-*                 DO 20, J = 1, N
-*                    K = KU + 1 - J
-*                    DO 10, I = MAX( 1, J - KU ), MIN( M, J + KL )
-*                       A( K + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
-*              10    CONTINUE
-*              20 CONTINUE
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  LDA    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
-*           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
-*           ( kl + ku + 1 ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  X      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ) when TRANS = 'N' or 'n'
-*           and at least
-*           ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ) otherwise.
-*           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the
-*           vector x.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  INCX   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           X. INCX must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  BETA   - DOUBLE PRECISION.
-*           On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta. When BETA is
-*           supplied as zero then Y need not be set on input.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  Y      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION at least
-*           ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ) when TRANS = 'N' or 'n'
-*           and at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ) otherwise.
-*           Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the
-*           vector y. On exit, Y is overwritten by the updated vector y.
-*
-*  INCY   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           Y. INCY must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 2 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
-*     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Parameters ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION ONE,ZERO
@@ -235,33 +312,29 @@
          JX = KX
          IF (INCY.EQ.1) THEN
              DO 60 J = 1,N
-                  IF (X(JX).NE.ZERO) THEN
-                      TEMP = ALPHA*X(JX)
-                      K = KUP1 - J
-                      DO 50 I = MAX(1,J-KU),MIN(M,J+KL)
-                          Y(I) = Y(I) + TEMP*A(K+I,J)
-   50                 CONTINUE
-                  END IF
+                  TEMP = ALPHA*X(JX)
+                  K = KUP1 - J
+                  DO 50 I = MAX(1,J-KU),MIN(M,J+KL)
+                      Y(I) = Y(I) + TEMP*A(K+I,J)
+   50             CONTINUE
                  JX = JX + INCX
   60         CONTINUE
          ELSE
              DO 80 J = 1,N
-                  IF (X(JX).NE.ZERO) THEN
-                      TEMP = ALPHA*X(JX)
-                      IY = KY
-                      K = KUP1 - J
-                      DO 70 I = MAX(1,J-KU),MIN(M,J+KL)
-                          Y(IY) = Y(IY) + TEMP*A(K+I,J)
-                          IY = IY + INCY
-   70                 CONTINUE
-                  END IF
+                  TEMP = ALPHA*X(JX)
+                  IY = KY
+                  K = KUP1 - J
+                  DO 70 I = MAX(1,J-KU),MIN(M,J+KL)
+                      Y(IY) = Y(IY) + TEMP*A(K+I,J)
+                      IY = IY + INCY
+   70             CONTINUE
                  JX = JX + INCX
                  IF (J.GT.KU) KY = KY + INCY
   80         CONTINUE
          END IF
      ELSE
 *
-*        Form  y := alpha*A'*x + y.
+*        Form  y := alpha*A**T*x + y.
 *
          JY = KY
          IF (INCX.EQ.1) THEN
@@ -1,4 +1,197 @@
+*> \brief \b DGEMM
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE DGEMM(TRANSA,TRANSB,M,N,K,ALPHA,A,LDA,B,LDB,BETA,C,LDC)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION ALPHA,BETA
+*       INTEGER K,LDA,LDB,LDC,M,N
+*       CHARACTER TRANSA,TRANSB
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION A(LDA,*),B(LDB,*),C(LDC,*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> DGEMM  performs one of the matrix-matrix operations
+*>
+*>    C := alpha*op( A )*op( B ) + beta*C,
+*>
+*> where  op( X ) is one of
+*>
+*>    op( X ) = X   or   op( X ) = X**T,
+*>
+*> alpha and beta are scalars, and A, B and C are matrices, with op( A )
+*> an m by k matrix,  op( B )  a  k by n matrix and  C an m by n matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] TRANSA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          TRANSA is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, TRANSA specifies the form of op( A ) to be used in
+*>           the matrix multiplication as follows:
+*>
+*>              TRANSA = 'N' or 'n',  op( A ) = A.
+*>
+*>              TRANSA = 'T' or 't',  op( A ) = A**T.
+*>
+*>              TRANSA = 'C' or 'c',  op( A ) = A**T.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] TRANSB
+*> \verbatim
+*>          TRANSB is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, TRANSB specifies the form of op( B ) to be used in
+*>           the matrix multiplication as follows:
+*>
+*>              TRANSB = 'N' or 'n',  op( B ) = B.
+*>
+*>              TRANSB = 'T' or 't',  op( B ) = B**T.
+*>
+*>              TRANSB = 'C' or 'c',  op( B ) = B**T.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] M
+*> \verbatim
+*>          M is INTEGER
+*>           On entry,  M  specifies  the number  of rows  of the  matrix
+*>           op( A )  and of the  matrix  C.  M  must  be at least  zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry,  N  specifies the number  of columns of the matrix
+*>           op( B ) and the number of columns of the matrix C. N must be
+*>           at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] K
+*> \verbatim
+*>          K is INTEGER
+*>           On entry,  K  specifies  the number of columns of the matrix
+*>           op( A ) and the number of rows of the matrix op( B ). K must
+*>           be at least  zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] ALPHA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          ALPHA is DOUBLE PRECISION.
+*>           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] A
+*> \verbatim
+*>          A is DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDA, ka ), where ka is
+*>           k  when  TRANSA = 'N' or 'n',  and is  m  otherwise.
+*>           Before entry with  TRANSA = 'N' or 'n',  the leading  m by k
+*>           part of the array  A  must contain the matrix  A,  otherwise
+*>           the leading  k by m  part of the array  A  must contain  the
+*>           matrix A.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDA is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
+*>           in the calling (sub) program. When  TRANSA = 'N' or 'n' then
+*>           LDA must be at least  max( 1, m ), otherwise  LDA must be at
+*>           least  max( 1, k ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] B
+*> \verbatim
+*>          B is DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDB, kb ), where kb is
+*>           n  when  TRANSB = 'N' or 'n',  and is  k  otherwise.
+*>           Before entry with  TRANSB = 'N' or 'n',  the leading  k by n
+*>           part of the array  B  must contain the matrix  B,  otherwise
+*>           the leading  n by k  part of the array  B  must contain  the
+*>           matrix B.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDB
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDB is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared
+*>           in the calling (sub) program. When  TRANSB = 'N' or 'n' then
+*>           LDB must be at least  max( 1, k ), otherwise  LDB must be at
+*>           least  max( 1, n ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] BETA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          BETA is DOUBLE PRECISION.
+*>           On entry,  BETA  specifies the scalar  beta.  When  BETA  is
+*>           supplied as zero then C need not be set on input.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] C
+*> \verbatim
+*>          C is DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDC, n ).
+*>           Before entry, the leading  m by n  part of the array  C must
+*>           contain the matrix  C,  except when  beta  is zero, in which
+*>           case C need not be set on entry.
+*>           On exit, the array  C  is overwritten by the  m by n  matrix
+*>           ( alpha*op( A )*op( B ) + beta*C ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDC
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDC is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDC specifies the first dimension of C as declared
+*>           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   LDC  must  be  at  least
+*>           max( 1, m ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2015
+*
+*> \ingroup double_blas_level3
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 3 Blas routine.
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 8-February-1989.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory.
+*>     Iain Duff, AERE Harwell.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE DGEMM(TRANSA,TRANSB,M,N,K,ALPHA,A,LDA,B,LDB,BETA,C,LDC)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level3 routine (version 3.6.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2015
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION ALPHA,BETA
      INTEGER K,LDA,LDB,LDC,M,N
@@ -8,125 +201,7 @@
      DOUBLE PRECISION A(LDA,*),B(LDB,*),C(LDC,*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  DGEMM  performs one of the matrix-matrix operations
-*
-*     C := alpha*op( A )*op( B ) + beta*C,
-*
-*  where  op( X ) is one of
-*
-*     op( X ) = X   or   op( X ) = X',
-*
-*  alpha and beta are scalars, and A, B and C are matrices, with op( A )
-*  an m by k matrix,  op( B )  a  k by n matrix and  C an m by n matrix.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  TRANSA - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, TRANSA specifies the form of op( A ) to be used in
-*           the matrix multiplication as follows:
-*
-*              TRANSA = 'N' or 'n',  op( A ) = A.
-*
-*              TRANSA = 'T' or 't',  op( A ) = A'.
-*
-*              TRANSA = 'C' or 'c',  op( A ) = A'.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  TRANSB - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, TRANSB specifies the form of op( B ) to be used in
-*           the matrix multiplication as follows:
-*
-*              TRANSB = 'N' or 'n',  op( B ) = B.
-*
-*              TRANSB = 'T' or 't',  op( B ) = B'.
-*
-*              TRANSB = 'C' or 'c',  op( B ) = B'.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  M      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry,  M  specifies  the number  of rows  of the  matrix
-*           op( A )  and of the  matrix  C.  M  must  be at least  zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry,  N  specifies the number  of columns of the matrix
-*           op( B ) and the number of columns of the matrix C. N must be
-*           at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  K      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry,  K  specifies  the number of columns of the matrix
-*           op( A ) and the number of rows of the matrix op( B ). K must
-*           be at least  zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  ALPHA  - DOUBLE PRECISION.
-*           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  A      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDA, ka ), where ka is
-*           k  when  TRANSA = 'N' or 'n',  and is  m  otherwise.
-*           Before entry with  TRANSA = 'N' or 'n',  the leading  m by k
-*           part of the array  A  must contain the matrix  A,  otherwise
-*           the leading  k by m  part of the array  A  must contain  the
-*           matrix A.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  LDA    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
-*           in the calling (sub) program. When  TRANSA = 'N' or 'n' then
-*           LDA must be at least  max( 1, m ), otherwise  LDA must be at
-*           least  max( 1, k ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  B      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDB, kb ), where kb is
-*           n  when  TRANSB = 'N' or 'n',  and is  k  otherwise.
-*           Before entry with  TRANSB = 'N' or 'n',  the leading  k by n
-*           part of the array  B  must contain the matrix  B,  otherwise
-*           the leading  n by k  part of the array  B  must contain  the
-*           matrix B.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  LDB    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared
-*           in the calling (sub) program. When  TRANSB = 'N' or 'n' then
-*           LDB must be at least  max( 1, k ), otherwise  LDB must be at
-*           least  max( 1, n ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  BETA   - DOUBLE PRECISION.
-*           On entry,  BETA  specifies the scalar  beta.  When  BETA  is
-*           supplied as zero then C need not be set on input.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  C      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDC, n ).
-*           Before entry, the leading  m by n  part of the array  C must
-*           contain the matrix  C,  except when  beta  is zero, in which
-*           case C need not be set on entry.
-*           On exit, the array  C  is overwritten by the  m by n  matrix
-*           ( alpha*op( A )*op( B ) + beta*C ).
-*
-*  LDC    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDC specifies the first dimension of C as declared
-*           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   LDC  must  be  at  least
-*           max( 1, m ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 3 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 8-February-1989.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory.
-*     Iain Duff, AERE Harwell.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. External Functions ..
      LOGICAL LSAME
@@ -236,17 +311,15 @@
   60                 CONTINUE
                  END IF
                  DO 80 L = 1,K
-                      IF (B(L,J).NE.ZERO) THEN
-                          TEMP = ALPHA*B(L,J)
-                          DO 70 I = 1,M
-                              C(I,J) = C(I,J) + TEMP*A(I,L)
-   70                     CONTINUE
-                      END IF
+                      TEMP = ALPHA*B(L,J)
+                      DO 70 I = 1,M
+                          C(I,J) = C(I,J) + TEMP*A(I,L)
+   70                 CONTINUE
   80             CONTINUE
   90         CONTINUE
          ELSE
 *
-*           Form  C := alpha*A'*B + beta*C
+*           Form  C := alpha*A**T*B + beta*C
 *
              DO 120 J = 1,N
                  DO 110 I = 1,M
@@ -265,7 +338,7 @@
      ELSE
          IF (NOTA) THEN
 *
-*           Form  C := alpha*A*B' + beta*C
+*           Form  C := alpha*A*B**T + beta*C
 *
              DO 170 J = 1,N
                  IF (BETA.EQ.ZERO) THEN
@@ -278,17 +351,15 @@
  140                 CONTINUE
                  END IF
                  DO 160 L = 1,K
-                      IF (B(J,L).NE.ZERO) THEN
-                          TEMP = ALPHA*B(J,L)
-                          DO 150 I = 1,M
-                              C(I,J) = C(I,J) + TEMP*A(I,L)
-  150                     CONTINUE
-                      END IF
+                      TEMP = ALPHA*B(J,L)
+                      DO 150 I = 1,M
+                          C(I,J) = C(I,J) + TEMP*A(I,L)
+  150                 CONTINUE
  160             CONTINUE
  170         CONTINUE
          ELSE
 *
-*           Form  C := alpha*A'*B' + beta*C
+*           Form  C := alpha*A**T*B**T + beta*C
 *
              DO 200 J = 1,N
                  DO 190 I = 1,M
@@ -1,4 +1,166 @@
+*> \brief \b DGEMV
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE DGEMV(TRANS,M,N,ALPHA,A,LDA,X,INCX,BETA,Y,INCY)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION ALPHA,BETA
+*       INTEGER INCX,INCY,LDA,M,N
+*       CHARACTER TRANS
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION A(LDA,*),X(*),Y(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> DGEMV  performs one of the matrix-vector operations
+*>
+*>    y := alpha*A*x + beta*y,   or   y := alpha*A**T*x + beta*y,
+*>
+*> where alpha and beta are scalars, x and y are vectors and A is an
+*> m by n matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] TRANS
+*> \verbatim
+*>          TRANS is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as
+*>           follows:
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'   y := alpha*A*x + beta*y.
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'T' or 't'   y := alpha*A**T*x + beta*y.
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'C' or 'c'   y := alpha*A**T*x + beta*y.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] M
+*> \verbatim
+*>          M is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, M specifies the number of rows of the matrix A.
+*>           M must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix A.
+*>           N must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] ALPHA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          ALPHA is DOUBLE PRECISION.
+*>           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] A
+*> \verbatim
+*>          A is DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
+*>           Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array A must
+*>           contain the matrix of coefficients.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDA is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
+*>           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
+*>           max( 1, m ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] X
+*> \verbatim
+*>          X is DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ) when TRANS = 'N' or 'n'
+*>           and at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ) otherwise.
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the
+*>           vector x.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCX
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCX is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           X. INCX must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] BETA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          BETA is DOUBLE PRECISION.
+*>           On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta. When BETA is
+*>           supplied as zero then Y need not be set on input.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] Y
+*> \verbatim
+*>          Y is DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ) when TRANS = 'N' or 'n'
+*>           and at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ) otherwise.
+*>           Before entry with BETA non-zero, the incremented array Y
+*>           must contain the vector y. On exit, Y is overwritten by the
+*>           updated vector y.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCY
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCY is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           Y. INCY must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2015
+*
+*> \ingroup double_blas_level2
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 2 Blas routine.
+*>  The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE DGEMV(TRANS,M,N,ALPHA,A,LDA,X,INCX,BETA,Y,INCY)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level2 routine (version 3.6.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2015
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION ALPHA,BETA
      INTEGER INCX,INCY,LDA,M,N
@@ -8,96 +170,7 @@
      DOUBLE PRECISION A(LDA,*),X(*),Y(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  DGEMV  performs one of the matrix-vector operations
-*
-*     y := alpha*A*x + beta*y,   or   y := alpha*A'*x + beta*y,
-*
-*  where alpha and beta are scalars, x and y are vectors and A is an
-*  m by n matrix.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  TRANS  - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as
-*           follows:
-*
-*              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'   y := alpha*A*x + beta*y.
-*
-*              TRANS = 'T' or 't'   y := alpha*A'*x + beta*y.
-*
-*              TRANS = 'C' or 'c'   y := alpha*A'*x + beta*y.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  M      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, M specifies the number of rows of the matrix A.
-*           M must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix A.
-*           N must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  ALPHA  - DOUBLE PRECISION.
-*           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  A      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
-*           Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array A must
-*           contain the matrix of coefficients.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  LDA    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
-*           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
-*           max( 1, m ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  X      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ) when TRANS = 'N' or 'n'
-*           and at least
-*           ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ) otherwise.
-*           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the
-*           vector x.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  INCX   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           X. INCX must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  BETA   - DOUBLE PRECISION.
-*           On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta. When BETA is
-*           supplied as zero then Y need not be set on input.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  Y      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION at least
-*           ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ) when TRANS = 'N' or 'n'
-*           and at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ) otherwise.
-*           Before entry with BETA non-zero, the incremented array Y
-*           must contain the vector y. On exit, Y is overwritten by the
-*           updated vector y.
-*
-*  INCY   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           Y. INCY must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 2 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
-*     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Parameters ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION ONE,ZERO
@@ -205,30 +278,26 @@
          JX = KX
          IF (INCY.EQ.1) THEN
              DO 60 J = 1,N
-                  IF (X(JX).NE.ZERO) THEN
-                      TEMP = ALPHA*X(JX)
-                      DO 50 I = 1,M
-                          Y(I) = Y(I) + TEMP*A(I,J)
-   50                 CONTINUE
-                  END IF
+                  TEMP = ALPHA*X(JX)
+                  DO 50 I = 1,M
+                      Y(I) = Y(I) + TEMP*A(I,J)
+   50             CONTINUE
                  JX = JX + INCX
   60         CONTINUE
          ELSE
              DO 80 J = 1,N
-                  IF (X(JX).NE.ZERO) THEN
-                      TEMP = ALPHA*X(JX)
-                      IY = KY
-                      DO 70 I = 1,M
-                          Y(IY) = Y(IY) + TEMP*A(I,J)
-                          IY = IY + INCY
-   70                 CONTINUE
-                  END IF
+                  TEMP = ALPHA*X(JX)
+                  IY = KY
+                  DO 70 I = 1,M
+                      Y(IY) = Y(IY) + TEMP*A(I,J)
+                      IY = IY + INCY
+   70             CONTINUE
                  JX = JX + INCX
   80         CONTINUE
          END IF
      ELSE
 *
-*        Form  y := alpha*A'*x + y.
+*        Form  y := alpha*A**T*x + y.
 *
          JY = KY
          IF (INCX.EQ.1) THEN
@@ -1,4 +1,140 @@
+*> \brief \b DGER
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE DGER(M,N,ALPHA,X,INCX,Y,INCY,A,LDA)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION ALPHA
+*       INTEGER INCX,INCY,LDA,M,N
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION A(LDA,*),X(*),Y(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> DGER   performs the rank 1 operation
+*>
+*>    A := alpha*x*y**T + A,
+*>
+*> where alpha is a scalar, x is an m element vector, y is an n element
+*> vector and A is an m by n matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] M
+*> \verbatim
+*>          M is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, M specifies the number of rows of the matrix A.
+*>           M must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix A.
+*>           N must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] ALPHA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          ALPHA is DOUBLE PRECISION.
+*>           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] X
+*> \verbatim
+*>          X is DOUBLE PRECISION array of dimension at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the m
+*>           element vector x.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCX
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCX is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           X. INCX must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] Y
+*> \verbatim
+*>          Y is DOUBLE PRECISION array of dimension at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the n
+*>           element vector y.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCY
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCY is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           Y. INCY must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] A
+*> \verbatim
+*>          A is DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
+*>           Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array A must
+*>           contain the matrix of coefficients. On exit, A is
+*>           overwritten by the updated matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDA is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
+*>           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
+*>           max( 1, m ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup double_blas_level2
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 2 Blas routine.
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE DGER(M,N,ALPHA,X,INCX,Y,INCY,A,LDA)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level2 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION ALPHA
      INTEGER INCX,INCY,LDA,M,N
@@ -7,75 +143,7 @@
      DOUBLE PRECISION A(LDA,*),X(*),Y(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  DGER   performs the rank 1 operation
-*
-*     A := alpha*x*y' + A,
-*
-*  where alpha is a scalar, x is an m element vector, y is an n element
-*  vector and A is an m by n matrix.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  M      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, M specifies the number of rows of the matrix A.
-*           M must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix A.
-*           N must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  ALPHA  - DOUBLE PRECISION.
-*           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  X      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of dimension at least
-*           ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the m
-*           element vector x.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  INCX   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           X. INCX must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  Y      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of dimension at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the n
-*           element vector y.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  INCY   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           Y. INCY must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  A      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
-*           Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array A must
-*           contain the matrix of coefficients. On exit, A is
-*           overwritten by the updated matrix.
-*
-*  LDA    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
-*           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
-*           max( 1, m ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 2 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
-*     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Parameters ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION ZERO
@@ -1,4 +1,64 @@
+*> \brief \b DNRM2
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION FUNCTION DNRM2(N,X,INCX)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       INTEGER INCX,N
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION X(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> DNRM2 returns the euclidean norm of a vector via the function
+*> name, so that
+*>
+*>    DNRM2 := sqrt( x'*x )
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup double_blas_level1
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  -- This version written on 25-October-1982.
+*>     Modified on 14-October-1993 to inline the call to DLASSQ.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Nag Ltd.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      DOUBLE PRECISION FUNCTION DNRM2(N,X,INCX)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level1 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      INTEGER INCX,N
 *     ..
@@ -6,19 +66,7 @@
      DOUBLE PRECISION X(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  DNRM2 returns the euclidean norm of a vector via the function
-*  name, so that
-*
-*     DNRM2 := sqrt( x'*x )
-*
-*
-*  -- This version written on 25-October-1982.
-*     Modified on 14-October-1993 to inline the call to DLASSQ.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Nag Ltd.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Parameters ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION ONE,ZERO
@@ -1,4 +1,61 @@
+*> \brief \b DROT
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE DROT(N,DX,INCX,DY,INCY,C,S)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION C,S
+*       INTEGER INCX,INCY,N
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION DX(*),DY(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>    DROT applies a plane rotation.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup double_blas_level1
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
+*>     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE DROT(N,DX,INCX,DY,INCY,C,S)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level1 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION C,S
      INTEGER INCX,INCY,N
@@ -7,43 +64,38 @@
      DOUBLE PRECISION DX(*),DY(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*     applies a plane rotation.
-*     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
-*     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Local Scalars ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION DTEMP
      INTEGER I,IX,IY
 *     ..
      IF (N.LE.0) RETURN
-      IF (INCX.EQ.1 .AND. INCY.EQ.1) GO TO 20
+      IF (INCX.EQ.1 .AND. INCY.EQ.1) THEN
+*
+*       code for both increments equal to 1
+*
+         DO I = 1,N
+            DTEMP = C*DX(I) + S*DY(I)
+            DY(I) = C*DY(I) - S*DX(I)
+            DX(I) = DTEMP
+         END DO
+      ELSE
 *
 *       code for unequal increments or equal increments not equal
 *         to 1
 *
-      IX = 1
-      IY = 1
-      IF (INCX.LT.0) IX = (-N+1)*INCX + 1
-      IF (INCY.LT.0) IY = (-N+1)*INCY + 1
-      DO 10 I = 1,N
-          DTEMP = C*DX(IX) + S*DY(IY)
-          DY(IY) = C*DY(IY) - S*DX(IX)
-          DX(IX) = DTEMP
-          IX = IX + INCX
-          IY = IY + INCY
-   10 CONTINUE
-      RETURN
-*
-*       code for both increments equal to 1
-*
-   20 DO 30 I = 1,N
-          DTEMP = C*DX(I) + S*DY(I)
-          DY(I) = C*DY(I) - S*DX(I)
-          DX(I) = DTEMP
-   30 CONTINUE
+         IX = 1
+         IY = 1
+         IF (INCX.LT.0) IX = (-N+1)*INCX + 1
+         IF (INCY.LT.0) IY = (-N+1)*INCY + 1
+         DO I = 1,N
+            DTEMP = C*DX(IX) + S*DY(IY)
+            DY(IY) = C*DY(IY) - S*DX(IX)
+            DX(IX) = DTEMP
+            IX = IX + INCX
+            IY = IY + INCY
+         END DO
+      END IF
      RETURN
      END
@@ -1,14 +1,61 @@
+*> \brief \b DROTG
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE DROTG(DA,DB,C,S)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION C,DA,DB,S
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>    DROTG construct givens plane rotation.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup double_blas_level1
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE DROTG(DA,DB,C,S)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level1 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION C,DA,DB,S
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*     construct givens plane rotation.
-*     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Local Scalars ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION R,ROE,SCALE,Z
@@ -19,20 +66,21 @@
      ROE = DB
      IF (DABS(DA).GT.DABS(DB)) ROE = DA
      SCALE = DABS(DA) + DABS(DB)
-      IF (SCALE.NE.0.0d0) GO TO 10
-      C = 1.0d0
-      S = 0.0d0
-      R = 0.0d0
-      Z = 0.0d0
-      GO TO 20
-   10 R = SCALE*DSQRT((DA/SCALE)**2+ (DB/SCALE)**2)
-      R = DSIGN(1.0d0,ROE)*R
-      C = DA/R
-      S = DB/R
-      Z = 1.0d0
-      IF (DABS(DA).GT.DABS(DB)) Z = S
-      IF (DABS(DB).GE.DABS(DA) .AND. C.NE.0.0d0) Z = 1.0d0/C
-   20 DA = R
+      IF (SCALE.EQ.0.0d0) THEN
+         C = 1.0d0
+         S = 0.0d0
+         R = 0.0d0
+         Z = 0.0d0
+      ELSE
+         R = SCALE*DSQRT((DA/SCALE)**2+ (DB/SCALE)**2)
+         R = DSIGN(1.0d0,ROE)*R
+         C = DA/R
+         S = DB/R
+         Z = 1.0d0
+         IF (DABS(DA).GT.DABS(DB)) Z = S
+         IF (DABS(DB).GE.DABS(DA) .AND. C.NE.0.0d0) Z = 1.0d0/C
+      END IF
+      DA = R
      DB = Z
      RETURN
      END
@@ -1,55 +1,115 @@
+*> \brief \b DROTM
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE DROTM(N,DX,INCX,DY,INCY,DPARAM)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       INTEGER INCX,INCY,N
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION DPARAM(5),DX(*),DY(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>    APPLY THE MODIFIED GIVENS TRANSFORMATION, H, TO THE 2 BY N MATRIX
+*>
+*>    (DX**T) , WHERE **T INDICATES TRANSPOSE. THE ELEMENTS OF DX ARE IN
+*>    (DY**T)
+*>
+*>    DX(LX+I*INCX), I = 0 TO N-1, WHERE LX = 1 IF INCX .GE. 0, ELSE
+*>    LX = (-INCX)*N, AND SIMILARLY FOR SY USING LY AND INCY.
+*>    WITH DPARAM(1)=DFLAG, H HAS ONE OF THE FOLLOWING FORMS..
+*>
+*>    DFLAG=-1.D0     DFLAG=0.D0        DFLAG=1.D0     DFLAG=-2.D0
+*>
+*>      (DH11  DH12)    (1.D0  DH12)    (DH11  1.D0)    (1.D0  0.D0)
+*>    H=(          )    (          )    (          )    (          )
+*>      (DH21  DH22),   (DH21  1.D0),   (-1.D0 DH22),   (0.D0  1.D0).
+*>    SEE DROTMG FOR A DESCRIPTION OF DATA STORAGE IN DPARAM.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>         number of elements in input vector(s)
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] DX
+*> \verbatim
+*>          DX is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension N
+*>         double precision vector with N elements
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCX
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCX is INTEGER
+*>         storage spacing between elements of DX
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] DY
+*> \verbatim
+*>          DY is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension N
+*>         double precision vector with N elements
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCY
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCY is INTEGER
+*>         storage spacing between elements of DY
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] DPARAM
+*> \verbatim
+*>          DPARAM is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension 5
+*>     DPARAM(1)=DFLAG
+*>     DPARAM(2)=DH11
+*>     DPARAM(3)=DH21
+*>     DPARAM(4)=DH12
+*>     DPARAM(5)=DH22
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup double_blas_level1
+*
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE DROTM(N,DX,INCX,DY,INCY,DPARAM)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level1 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      INTEGER INCX,INCY,N
 *     ..
 *     .. Array Arguments ..
-      DOUBLE PRECISION DPARAM(5),DX(1),DY(1)
+      DOUBLE PRECISION DPARAM(5),DX(*),DY(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*     APPLY THE MODIFIED GIVENS TRANSFORMATION, H, TO THE 2 BY N MATRIX
-*
-*     (DX**T) , WHERE **T INDICATES TRANSPOSE. THE ELEMENTS OF DX ARE IN
-*     (DY**T)
-*
-*     DX(LX+I*INCX), I = 0 TO N-1, WHERE LX = 1 IF INCX .GE. 0, ELSE
-*     LX = (-INCX)*N, AND SIMILARLY FOR SY USING LY AND INCY.
-*     WITH DPARAM(1)=DFLAG, H HAS ONE OF THE FOLLOWING FORMS..
-*
-*     DFLAG=-1.D0     DFLAG=0.D0        DFLAG=1.D0     DFLAG=-2.D0
-*
-*       (DH11  DH12)    (1.D0  DH12)    (DH11  1.D0)    (1.D0  0.D0)
-*     H=(          )    (          )    (          )    (          )
-*       (DH21  DH22),   (DH21  1.D0),   (-1.D0 DH22),   (0.D0  1.D0).
-*     SEE DROTMG FOR A DESCRIPTION OF DATA STORAGE IN DPARAM.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  =========
-*
-*  N      (input) INTEGER
-*         number of elements in input vector(s)
-*
-*  DX     (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension N
-*         double precision vector with 5 elements
-*
-*  INCX   (input) INTEGER
-*         storage spacing between elements of DX
-*
-*  DY     (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension N
-*         double precision vector with N elements
-*
-*  INCY   (input) INTEGER
-*         storage spacing between elements of DY
-*
-*  DPARAM (input/output)  DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension 5 
-*     DPARAM(1)=DFLAG
-*     DPARAM(2)=DH11
-*     DPARAM(3)=DH21
-*     DPARAM(4)=DH12
-*     DPARAM(5)=DH22
-*
 *  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Local Scalars ..
@@ -61,87 +121,82 @@
 *     ..
 *
      DFLAG = DPARAM(1)
-      IF (N.LE.0 .OR. (DFLAG+TWO.EQ.ZERO)) GO TO 140
-      IF (.NOT. (INCX.EQ.INCY.AND.INCX.GT.0)) GO TO 70
+      IF (N.LE.0 .OR. (DFLAG+TWO.EQ.ZERO)) RETURN
+      IF (INCX.EQ.INCY.AND.INCX.GT.0) THEN
 *
-      NSTEPS = N*INCX
-      IF (DFLAG) 50,10,30
-   10 CONTINUE
-      DH12 = DPARAM(4)
-      DH21 = DPARAM(3)
-      DO 20 I = 1,NSTEPS,INCX
-          W = DX(I)
-          Z = DY(I)
-          DX(I) = W + Z*DH12
-          DY(I) = W*DH21 + Z
-   20 CONTINUE
-      GO TO 140
-   30 CONTINUE
-      DH11 = DPARAM(2)
-      DH22 = DPARAM(5)
-      DO 40 I = 1,NSTEPS,INCX
-          W = DX(I)
-          Z = DY(I)
-          DX(I) = W*DH11 + Z
-          DY(I) = -W + DH22*Z
-   40 CONTINUE
-      GO TO 140
-   50 CONTINUE
-      DH11 = DPARAM(2)
-      DH12 = DPARAM(4)
-      DH21 = DPARAM(3)
-      DH22 = DPARAM(5)
-      DO 60 I = 1,NSTEPS,INCX
-          W = DX(I)
-          Z = DY(I)
-          DX(I) = W*DH11 + Z*DH12
-          DY(I) = W*DH21 + Z*DH22
-   60 CONTINUE
-      GO TO 140
-   70 CONTINUE
-      KX = 1
-      KY = 1
-      IF (INCX.LT.0) KX = 1 + (1-N)*INCX
-      IF (INCY.LT.0) KY = 1 + (1-N)*INCY
+         NSTEPS = N*INCX
+         IF (DFLAG.LT.ZERO) THEN
+            DH11 = DPARAM(2)
+            DH12 = DPARAM(4)
+            DH21 = DPARAM(3)
+            DH22 = DPARAM(5)
+            DO I = 1,NSTEPS,INCX
+               W = DX(I)
+               Z = DY(I)
+               DX(I) = W*DH11 + Z*DH12
+               DY(I) = W*DH21 + Z*DH22
+            END DO
+         ELSE IF (DFLAG.EQ.ZERO) THEN
+            DH12 = DPARAM(4)
+            DH21 = DPARAM(3)
+            DO I = 1,NSTEPS,INCX
+               W = DX(I)
+               Z = DY(I)
+               DX(I) = W + Z*DH12
+               DY(I) = W*DH21 + Z
+            END DO
+         ELSE
+            DH11 = DPARAM(2)
+            DH22 = DPARAM(5)
+            DO I = 1,NSTEPS,INCX
+               W = DX(I)
+               Z = DY(I)
+               DX(I) = W*DH11 + Z
+               DY(I) = -W + DH22*Z
+            END DO
+         END IF
+      ELSE
+         KX = 1
+         KY = 1
+         IF (INCX.LT.0) KX = 1 + (1-N)*INCX
+         IF (INCY.LT.0) KY = 1 + (1-N)*INCY
 *
-      IF (DFLAG) 120,80,100
-   80 CONTINUE
-      DH12 = DPARAM(4)
-      DH21 = DPARAM(3)
-      DO 90 I = 1,N
-          W = DX(KX)
-          Z = DY(KY)
-          DX(KX) = W + Z*DH12
-          DY(KY) = W*DH21 + Z
-          KX = KX + INCX
-          KY = KY + INCY
-   90 CONTINUE
-      GO TO 140
-  100 CONTINUE
-      DH11 = DPARAM(2)
-      DH22 = DPARAM(5)
-      DO 110 I = 1,N
-          W = DX(KX)
-          Z = DY(KY)
-          DX(KX) = W*DH11 + Z
-          DY(KY) = -W + DH22*Z
-          KX = KX + INCX
-          KY = KY + INCY
-  110 CONTINUE
-      GO TO 140
-  120 CONTINUE
-      DH11 = DPARAM(2)
-      DH12 = DPARAM(4)
-      DH21 = DPARAM(3)
-      DH22 = DPARAM(5)
-      DO 130 I = 1,N
-          W = DX(KX)
-          Z = DY(KY)
-          DX(KX) = W*DH11 + Z*DH12
-          DY(KY) = W*DH21 + Z*DH22
-          KX = KX + INCX
-          KY = KY + INCY
-  130 CONTINUE
-  140 CONTINUE
+         IF (DFLAG.LT.ZERO) THEN
+            DH11 = DPARAM(2)
+            DH12 = DPARAM(4)
+            DH21 = DPARAM(3)
+            DH22 = DPARAM(5)
+            DO I = 1,N
+               W = DX(KX)
+               Z = DY(KY)
+               DX(KX) = W*DH11 + Z*DH12
+               DY(KY) = W*DH21 + Z*DH22
+               KX = KX + INCX
+               KY = KY + INCY
+            END DO
+         ELSE IF (DFLAG.EQ.ZERO) THEN
+            DH12 = DPARAM(4)
+            DH21 = DPARAM(3)
+            DO I = 1,N
+               W = DX(KX)
+               Z = DY(KY)
+               DX(KX) = W + Z*DH12
+               DY(KY) = W*DH21 + Z
+               KX = KX + INCX
+               KY = KY + INCY
+            END DO
+         ELSE
+             DH11 = DPARAM(2)
+             DH22 = DPARAM(5)
+             DO I = 1,N
+                W = DX(KX)
+                Z = DY(KY)
+                DX(KX) = W*DH11 + Z
+                DY(KY) = -W + DH22*Z
+                KX = KX + INCX
+                KY = KY + INCY
+            END DO
+         END IF
+      END IF
      RETURN
      END
@@ -1,4 +1,100 @@
+*> \brief \b DROTMG
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE DROTMG(DD1,DD2,DX1,DY1,DPARAM)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION DD1,DD2,DX1,DY1
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION DPARAM(5)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>    CONSTRUCT THE MODIFIED GIVENS TRANSFORMATION MATRIX H WHICH ZEROS
+*>    THE SECOND COMPONENT OF THE 2-VECTOR  (DSQRT(DD1)*DX1,DSQRT(DD2)*>    DY2)**T.
+*>    WITH DPARAM(1)=DFLAG, H HAS ONE OF THE FOLLOWING FORMS..
+*>
+*>    DFLAG=-1.D0     DFLAG=0.D0        DFLAG=1.D0     DFLAG=-2.D0
+*>
+*>      (DH11  DH12)    (1.D0  DH12)    (DH11  1.D0)    (1.D0  0.D0)
+*>    H=(          )    (          )    (          )    (          )
+*>      (DH21  DH22),   (DH21  1.D0),   (-1.D0 DH22),   (0.D0  1.D0).
+*>    LOCATIONS 2-4 OF DPARAM CONTAIN DH11, DH21, DH12, AND DH22
+*>    RESPECTIVELY. (VALUES OF 1.D0, -1.D0, OR 0.D0 IMPLIED BY THE
+*>    VALUE OF DPARAM(1) ARE NOT STORED IN DPARAM.)
+*>
+*>    THE VALUES OF GAMSQ AND RGAMSQ SET IN THE DATA STATEMENT MAY BE
+*>    INEXACT.  THIS IS OK AS THEY ARE ONLY USED FOR TESTING THE SIZE
+*>    OF DD1 AND DD2.  ALL ACTUAL SCALING OF DATA IS DONE USING GAM.
+*>
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in,out] DD1
+*> \verbatim
+*>          DD1 is DOUBLE PRECISION
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] DD2
+*> \verbatim
+*>          DD2 is DOUBLE PRECISION
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] DX1
+*> \verbatim
+*>          DX1 is DOUBLE PRECISION
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] DY1
+*> \verbatim
+*>          DY1 is DOUBLE PRECISION
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] DPARAM
+*> \verbatim
+*>          DPARAM is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension 5
+*>     DPARAM(1)=DFLAG
+*>     DPARAM(2)=DH11
+*>     DPARAM(3)=DH21
+*>     DPARAM(4)=DH12
+*>     DPARAM(5)=DH22
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup double_blas_level1
+*
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE DROTMG(DD1,DD2,DX1,DY1,DPARAM)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level1 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION DD1,DD2,DX1,DY1
 *     ..
@@ -6,52 +102,11 @@
      DOUBLE PRECISION DPARAM(5)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*     CONSTRUCT THE MODIFIED GIVENS TRANSFORMATION MATRIX H WHICH ZEROS
-*     THE SECOND COMPONENT OF THE 2-VECTOR  (DSQRT(DD1)*DX1,DSQRT(DD2)*
-*     DY2)**T.
-*     WITH DPARAM(1)=DFLAG, H HAS ONE OF THE FOLLOWING FORMS..
-*
-*     DFLAG=-1.D0     DFLAG=0.D0        DFLAG=1.D0     DFLAG=-2.D0
-*
-*       (DH11  DH12)    (1.D0  DH12)    (DH11  1.D0)    (1.D0  0.D0)
-*     H=(          )    (          )    (          )    (          )
-*       (DH21  DH22),   (DH21  1.D0),   (-1.D0 DH22),   (0.D0  1.D0).
-*     LOCATIONS 2-4 OF DPARAM CONTAIN DH11, DH21, DH12, AND DH22
-*     RESPECTIVELY. (VALUES OF 1.D0, -1.D0, OR 0.D0 IMPLIED BY THE
-*     VALUE OF DPARAM(1) ARE NOT STORED IN DPARAM.)
-*
-*     THE VALUES OF GAMSQ AND RGAMSQ SET IN THE DATA STATEMENT MAY BE
-*     INEXACT.  THIS IS OK AS THEY ARE ONLY USED FOR TESTING THE SIZE
-*     OF DD1 AND DD2.  ALL ACTUAL SCALING OF DATA IS DONE USING GAM.
-*
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  =========
-*
-*  DD1    (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION
-*
-*  DD2    (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION 
-*
-*  DX1    (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION 
-*
-*  DY1    (input) DOUBLE PRECISION
-*
-*  DPARAM (input/output)  DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension 5
-*     DPARAM(1)=DFLAG
-*     DPARAM(2)=DH11
-*     DPARAM(3)=DH21
-*     DPARAM(4)=DH12
-*     DPARAM(5)=DH22
-*
 *  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Local Scalars ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION DFLAG,DH11,DH12,DH21,DH22,DP1,DP2,DQ1,DQ2,DTEMP,
-     +                 DU,GAM,GAMSQ,ONE,RGAMSQ,TWO,ZERO
-      INTEGER IGO
+     $                 DU,GAM,GAMSQ,ONE,RGAMSQ,TWO,ZERO
 *     ..
 *     .. Intrinsic Functions ..
      INTRINSIC DABS
@@ -62,145 +117,135 @@
      DATA GAM,GAMSQ,RGAMSQ/4096.D0,16777216.D0,5.9604645D-8/
 *     ..

-      IF (.NOT.DD1.LT.ZERO) GO TO 10
-*       GO ZERO-H-D-AND-DX1..
-      GO TO 60
-   10 CONTINUE
-*     CASE-DD1-NONNEGATIVE
-      DP2 = DD2*DY1
-      IF (.NOT.DP2.EQ.ZERO) GO TO 20
-      DFLAG = -TWO
-      GO TO 260
-*     REGULAR-CASE..
-   20 CONTINUE
-      DP1 = DD1*DX1
-      DQ2 = DP2*DY1
-      DQ1 = DP1*DX1
+      IF (DD1.LT.ZERO) THEN
+*        GO ZERO-H-D-AND-DX1..
+         DFLAG = -ONE
+         DH11 = ZERO
+         DH12 = ZERO
+         DH21 = ZERO
+         DH22 = ZERO
 *
-      IF (.NOT.DABS(DQ1).GT.DABS(DQ2)) GO TO 40
-      DH21 = -DY1/DX1
-      DH12 = DP2/DP1
+         DD1 = ZERO
+         DD2 = ZERO
+         DX1 = ZERO
+      ELSE
+*        CASE-DD1-NONNEGATIVE
+         DP2 = DD2*DY1
+         IF (DP2.EQ.ZERO) THEN
+            DFLAG = -TWO
+            DPARAM(1) = DFLAG
+            RETURN
+         END IF 
+*        REGULAR-CASE..
+         DP1 = DD1*DX1
+         DQ2 = DP2*DY1
+         DQ1 = DP1*DX1
 *
-      DU = ONE - DH12*DH21
+         IF (DABS(DQ1).GT.DABS(DQ2)) THEN
+            DH21 = -DY1/DX1
+            DH12 = DP2/DP1
 *
-      IF (.NOT.DU.LE.ZERO) GO TO 30
-*         GO ZERO-H-D-AND-DX1..
-      GO TO 60
-   30 CONTINUE
-      DFLAG = ZERO
-      DD1 = DD1/DU
-      DD2 = DD2/DU
-      DX1 = DX1*DU
-*         GO SCALE-CHECK..
-      GO TO 100
-   40 CONTINUE
-      IF (.NOT.DQ2.LT.ZERO) GO TO 50
-*         GO ZERO-H-D-AND-DX1..
-      GO TO 60
-   50 CONTINUE
-      DFLAG = ONE
-      DH11 = DP1/DP2
-      DH22 = DX1/DY1
-      DU = ONE + DH11*DH22
-      DTEMP = DD2/DU
-      DD2 = DD1/DU
-      DD1 = DTEMP
-      DX1 = DY1*DU
-*         GO SCALE-CHECK
-      GO TO 100
-*     PROCEDURE..ZERO-H-D-AND-DX1..
-   60 CONTINUE
-      DFLAG = -ONE
-      DH11 = ZERO
-      DH12 = ZERO
-      DH21 = ZERO
-      DH22 = ZERO
+            DU = ONE - DH12*DH21
 *
-      DD1 = ZERO
-      DD2 = ZERO
-      DX1 = ZERO
-*         RETURN..
-      GO TO 220
-*     PROCEDURE..FIX-H..
-   70 CONTINUE
-      IF (.NOT.DFLAG.GE.ZERO) GO TO 90
+           IF (DU.GT.ZERO) THEN
+             DFLAG = ZERO
+             DD1 = DD1/DU
+             DD2 = DD2/DU
+             DX1 = DX1*DU
+           END IF
+         ELSE
+
+            IF (DQ2.LT.ZERO) THEN
+*              GO ZERO-H-D-AND-DX1..
+               DFLAG = -ONE
+               DH11 = ZERO
+               DH12 = ZERO
+               DH21 = ZERO
+               DH22 = ZERO
 *
-      IF (.NOT.DFLAG.EQ.ZERO) GO TO 80
-      DH11 = ONE
-      DH22 = ONE
-      DFLAG = -ONE
-      GO TO 90
-   80 CONTINUE
-      DH21 = -ONE
-      DH12 = ONE
-      DFLAG = -ONE
-   90 CONTINUE
-      GO TO IGO(120,150,180,210)
+               DD1 = ZERO
+               DD2 = ZERO
+               DX1 = ZERO
+            ELSE
+               DFLAG = ONE
+               DH11 = DP1/DP2
+               DH22 = DX1/DY1
+               DU = ONE + DH11*DH22
+               DTEMP = DD2/DU
+               DD2 = DD1/DU
+               DD1 = DTEMP
+               DX1 = DY1*DU
+            END IF
+         END IF
+
 *     PROCEDURE..SCALE-CHECK
-  100 CONTINUE
-  110 CONTINUE
-      IF (.NOT.DD1.LE.RGAMSQ) GO TO 130
-      IF (DD1.EQ.ZERO) GO TO 160
-      ASSIGN 120 TO IGO
-*              FIX-H..
-      GO TO 70
-  120 CONTINUE
-      DD1 = DD1*GAM**2
-      DX1 = DX1/GAM
-      DH11 = DH11/GAM
-      DH12 = DH12/GAM
-      GO TO 110
-  130 CONTINUE
-  140 CONTINUE
-      IF (.NOT.DD1.GE.GAMSQ) GO TO 160
-      ASSIGN 150 TO IGO
-*              FIX-H..
-      GO TO 70
-  150 CONTINUE
-      DD1 = DD1/GAM**2
-      DX1 = DX1*GAM
-      DH11 = DH11*GAM
-      DH12 = DH12*GAM
-      GO TO 140
-  160 CONTINUE
-  170 CONTINUE
-      IF (.NOT.DABS(DD2).LE.RGAMSQ) GO TO 190
-      IF (DD2.EQ.ZERO) GO TO 220
-      ASSIGN 180 TO IGO
-*              FIX-H..
-      GO TO 70
-  180 CONTINUE
-      DD2 = DD2*GAM**2
-      DH21 = DH21/GAM
-      DH22 = DH22/GAM
-      GO TO 170
-  190 CONTINUE
-  200 CONTINUE
-      IF (.NOT.DABS(DD2).GE.GAMSQ) GO TO 220
-      ASSIGN 210 TO IGO
-*              FIX-H..
-      GO TO 70
-  210 CONTINUE
-      DD2 = DD2/GAM**2
-      DH21 = DH21*GAM
-      DH22 = DH22*GAM
-      GO TO 200
-  220 CONTINUE
-      IF (DFLAG) 250,230,240
-  230 CONTINUE
-      DPARAM(3) = DH21
-      DPARAM(4) = DH12
-      GO TO 260
-  240 CONTINUE
-      DPARAM(2) = DH11
-      DPARAM(5) = DH22
-      GO TO 260
-  250 CONTINUE
-      DPARAM(2) = DH11
-      DPARAM(3) = DH21
-      DPARAM(4) = DH12
-      DPARAM(5) = DH22
-  260 CONTINUE
+         IF (DD1.NE.ZERO) THEN
+            DO WHILE ((DD1.LE.RGAMSQ) .OR. (DD1.GE.GAMSQ))
+               IF (DFLAG.EQ.ZERO) THEN
+                  DH11 = ONE
+                  DH22 = ONE
+                  DFLAG = -ONE
+               ELSE
+                  DH21 = -ONE
+                  DH12 = ONE
+                  DFLAG = -ONE
+               END IF
+               IF (DD1.LE.RGAMSQ) THEN
+                  DD1 = DD1*GAM**2
+                  DX1 = DX1/GAM
+                  DH11 = DH11/GAM
+                  DH12 = DH12/GAM
+               ELSE
+                  DD1 = DD1/GAM**2
+                  DX1 = DX1*GAM
+                  DH11 = DH11*GAM
+                  DH12 = DH12*GAM
+               END IF
+            ENDDO
+         END IF
+  
+         IF (DD2.NE.ZERO) THEN
+            DO WHILE ( (DABS(DD2).LE.RGAMSQ) .OR. (DABS(DD2).GE.GAMSQ) )
+               IF (DFLAG.EQ.ZERO) THEN
+                  DH11 = ONE
+                  DH22 = ONE
+                  DFLAG = -ONE
+               ELSE
+                  DH21 = -ONE
+                  DH12 = ONE
+                  DFLAG = -ONE
+               END IF
+               IF (DABS(DD2).LE.RGAMSQ) THEN
+                  DD2 = DD2*GAM**2
+                  DH21 = DH21/GAM
+                  DH22 = DH22/GAM
+               ELSE
+                  DD2 = DD2/GAM**2
+                  DH21 = DH21*GAM
+                  DH22 = DH22*GAM
+               END IF      
+            END DO
+         END IF
+     
+      END IF
+
+      IF (DFLAG.LT.ZERO) THEN
+         DPARAM(2) = DH11
+         DPARAM(3) = DH21
+         DPARAM(4) = DH12
+         DPARAM(5) = DH22
+      ELSE IF (DFLAG.EQ.ZERO) THEN
+         DPARAM(3) = DH21
+         DPARAM(4) = DH12 
+      ELSE
+         DPARAM(2) = DH11
+         DPARAM(5) = DH22
+      END IF
+
      DPARAM(1) = DFLAG
      RETURN
      END
+      
+     
+     
+     
@@ -1,4 +1,194 @@
+*> \brief \b DSBMV
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE DSBMV(UPLO,N,K,ALPHA,A,LDA,X,INCX,BETA,Y,INCY)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION ALPHA,BETA
+*       INTEGER INCX,INCY,K,LDA,N
+*       CHARACTER UPLO
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION A(LDA,*),X(*),Y(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> DSBMV  performs the matrix-vector  operation
+*>
+*>    y := alpha*A*x + beta*y,
+*>
+*> where alpha and beta are scalars, x and y are n element vectors and
+*> A is an n by n symmetric band matrix, with k super-diagonals.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] UPLO
+*> \verbatim
+*>          UPLO is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower
+*>           triangular part of the band matrix A is being supplied as
+*>           follows:
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   The upper triangular part of A is
+*>                                  being supplied.
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   The lower triangular part of A is
+*>                                  being supplied.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
+*>           N must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] K
+*> \verbatim
+*>          K is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, K specifies the number of super-diagonals of the
+*>           matrix A. K must satisfy  0 .le. K.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] ALPHA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          ALPHA is DOUBLE PRECISION.
+*>           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] A
+*> \verbatim
+*>          A is DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
+*>           Before entry with UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the leading ( k + 1 )
+*>           by n part of the array A must contain the upper triangular
+*>           band part of the symmetric matrix, supplied column by
+*>           column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row
+*>           ( k + 1 ) of the array, the first super-diagonal starting at
+*>           position 2 in row k, and so on. The top left k by k triangle
+*>           of the array A is not referenced.
+*>           The following program segment will transfer the upper
+*>           triangular part of a symmetric band matrix from conventional
+*>           full matrix storage to band storage:
+*>
+*>                 DO 20, J = 1, N
+*>                    M = K + 1 - J
+*>                    DO 10, I = MAX( 1, J - K ), J
+*>                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
+*>              10    CONTINUE
+*>              20 CONTINUE
+*>
+*>           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the leading ( k + 1 )
+*>           by n part of the array A must contain the lower triangular
+*>           band part of the symmetric matrix, supplied column by
+*>           column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row 1 of
+*>           the array, the first sub-diagonal starting at position 1 in
+*>           row 2, and so on. The bottom right k by k triangle of the
+*>           array A is not referenced.
+*>           The following program segment will transfer the lower
+*>           triangular part of a symmetric band matrix from conventional
+*>           full matrix storage to band storage:
+*>
+*>                 DO 20, J = 1, N
+*>                    M = 1 - J
+*>                    DO 10, I = J, MIN( N, J + K )
+*>                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
+*>              10    CONTINUE
+*>              20 CONTINUE
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDA is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
+*>           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
+*>           ( k + 1 ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] X
+*> \verbatim
+*>          X is DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the
+*>           vector x.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCX
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCX is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           X. INCX must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] BETA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          BETA is DOUBLE PRECISION.
+*>           On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] Y
+*> \verbatim
+*>          Y is DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the
+*>           vector y. On exit, Y is overwritten by the updated vector y.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCY
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCY is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           Y. INCY must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup double_blas_level2
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 2 Blas routine.
+*>  The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE DSBMV(UPLO,N,K,ALPHA,A,LDA,X,INCX,BETA,Y,INCY)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level2 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION ALPHA,BETA
      INTEGER INCX,INCY,K,LDA,N
@@ -8,125 +198,7 @@
      DOUBLE PRECISION A(LDA,*),X(*),Y(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  DSBMV  performs the matrix-vector  operation
-*
-*     y := alpha*A*x + beta*y,
-*
-*  where alpha and beta are scalars, x and y are n element vectors and
-*  A is an n by n symmetric band matrix, with k super-diagonals.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  UPLO   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower
-*           triangular part of the band matrix A is being supplied as
-*           follows:
-*
-*              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   The upper triangular part of A is
-*                                  being supplied.
-*
-*              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   The lower triangular part of A is
-*                                  being supplied.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
-*           N must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  K      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, K specifies the number of super-diagonals of the
-*           matrix A. K must satisfy  0 .le. K.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  ALPHA  - DOUBLE PRECISION.
-*           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  A      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
-*           Before entry with UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the leading ( k + 1 )
-*           by n part of the array A must contain the upper triangular
-*           band part of the symmetric matrix, supplied column by
-*           column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row
-*           ( k + 1 ) of the array, the first super-diagonal starting at
-*           position 2 in row k, and so on. The top left k by k triangle
-*           of the array A is not referenced.
-*           The following program segment will transfer the upper
-*           triangular part of a symmetric band matrix from conventional
-*           full matrix storage to band storage:
-*
-*                 DO 20, J = 1, N
-*                    M = K + 1 - J
-*                    DO 10, I = MAX( 1, J - K ), J
-*                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
-*              10    CONTINUE
-*              20 CONTINUE
-*
-*           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the leading ( k + 1 )
-*           by n part of the array A must contain the lower triangular
-*           band part of the symmetric matrix, supplied column by
-*           column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row 1 of
-*           the array, the first sub-diagonal starting at position 1 in
-*           row 2, and so on. The bottom right k by k triangle of the
-*           array A is not referenced.
-*           The following program segment will transfer the lower
-*           triangular part of a symmetric band matrix from conventional
-*           full matrix storage to band storage:
-*
-*                 DO 20, J = 1, N
-*                    M = 1 - J
-*                    DO 10, I = J, MIN( N, J + K )
-*                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
-*              10    CONTINUE
-*              20 CONTINUE
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  LDA    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
-*           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
-*           ( k + 1 ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  X      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the
-*           vector x.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  INCX   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           X. INCX must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  BETA   - DOUBLE PRECISION.
-*           On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  Y      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the
-*           vector y. On exit, Y is overwritten by the updated vector y.
-*
-*  INCY   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           Y. INCY must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 2 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
-*     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Parameters ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION ONE,ZERO
@@ -1,4 +1,63 @@
+*> \brief \b DSCAL
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE DSCAL(N,DA,DX,INCX)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION DA
+*       INTEGER INCX,N
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION DX(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>    DSCAL scales a vector by a constant.
+*>    uses unrolled loops for increment equal to one.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup double_blas_level1
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
+*>     modified 3/93 to return if incx .le. 0.
+*>     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE DSCAL(N,DA,DX,INCX)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level1 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION DA
      INTEGER INCX,N
@@ -7,15 +66,7 @@
      DOUBLE PRECISION DX(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-**
-*     scales a vector by a constant.
-*     uses unrolled loops for increment equal to one.
-*     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
-*     modified 3/93 to return if incx .le. 0.
-*     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Local Scalars ..
      INTEGER I,M,MP1,NINCX
@@ -24,34 +75,36 @@
      INTRINSIC MOD
 *     ..
      IF (N.LE.0 .OR. INCX.LE.0) RETURN
-      IF (INCX.EQ.1) GO TO 20
-*
-*        code for increment not equal to 1
-*
-      NINCX = N*INCX
-      DO 10 I = 1,NINCX,INCX
-          DX(I) = DA*DX(I)
-   10 CONTINUE
-      RETURN
+      IF (INCX.EQ.1) THEN
 *
 *        code for increment equal to 1
 *
 *
 *        clean-up loop
 *
-   20 M = MOD(N,5)
-      IF (M.EQ.0) GO TO 40
-      DO 30 I = 1,M
-          DX(I) = DA*DX(I)
-   30 CONTINUE
-      IF (N.LT.5) RETURN
-   40 MP1 = M + 1
-      DO 50 I = MP1,N,5
-          DX(I) = DA*DX(I)
-          DX(I+1) = DA*DX(I+1)
-          DX(I+2) = DA*DX(I+2)
-          DX(I+3) = DA*DX(I+3)
-          DX(I+4) = DA*DX(I+4)
-   50 CONTINUE
+         M = MOD(N,5)
+         IF (M.NE.0) THEN
+            DO I = 1,M
+               DX(I) = DA*DX(I)
+            END DO
+            IF (N.LT.5) RETURN
+         END IF
+         MP1 = M + 1
+         DO I = MP1,N,5
+            DX(I) = DA*DX(I)
+            DX(I+1) = DA*DX(I+1)
+            DX(I+2) = DA*DX(I+2)
+            DX(I+3) = DA*DX(I+3)
+            DX(I+4) = DA*DX(I+4)
+         END DO
+      ELSE
+*
+*        code for increment not equal to 1
+*
+         NINCX = N*INCX
+         DO I = 1,NINCX,INCX
+            DX(I) = DA*DX(I)
+         END DO
+      END IF
      RETURN
      END
@@ -1,4 +1,129 @@
+*> \brief \b DSDOT
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION FUNCTION DSDOT(N,SX,INCX,SY,INCY)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       INTEGER INCX,INCY,N
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       REAL SX(*),SY(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*    AUTHORS
+*    =======
+*    Lawson, C. L., (JPL), Hanson, R. J., (SNLA), 
+*    Kincaid, D. R., (U. of Texas), Krogh, F. T., (JPL)
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> Compute the inner product of two vectors with extended
+*> precision accumulation and result.
+*>
+*> Returns D.P. dot product accumulated in D.P., for S.P. SX and SY
+*> DSDOT = sum for I = 0 to N-1 of  SX(LX+I*INCX) * SY(LY+I*INCY),
+*> where LX = 1 if INCX .GE. 0, else LX = 1+(1-N)*INCX, and LY is
+*> defined in a similar way using INCY.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>         number of elements in input vector(s)
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] SX
+*> \verbatim
+*>          SX is REAL array, dimension(N)
+*>         single precision vector with N elements
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCX
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCX is INTEGER
+*>          storage spacing between elements of SX
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] SY
+*> \verbatim
+*>          SY is REAL array, dimension(N)
+*>         single precision vector with N elements
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCY
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCY is INTEGER
+*>         storage spacing between elements of SY
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \result DSDOT
+*> \verbatim
+*>          DSDOT is DOUBLE PRECISION
+*>         DSDOT  double precision dot product (zero if N.LE.0)
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup double_blas_level1
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*> \par References:
+*  ================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>      
+*>  C. L. Lawson, R. J. Hanson, D. R. Kincaid and F. T.
+*>  Krogh, Basic linear algebra subprograms for Fortran
+*>  usage, Algorithm No. 539, Transactions on Mathematical
+*>  Software 5, 3 (September 1979), pp. 308-323.
+*>
+*>  REVISION HISTORY  (YYMMDD)
+*>
+*>  791001  DATE WRITTEN
+*>  890831  Modified array declarations.  (WRB)
+*>  890831  REVISION DATE from Version 3.2
+*>  891214  Prologue converted to Version 4.0 format.  (BAB)
+*>  920310  Corrected definition of LX in DESCRIPTION.  (WRB)
+*>  920501  Reformatted the REFERENCES section.  (WRB)
+*>  070118  Reformat to LAPACK style (JL)
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      DOUBLE PRECISION FUNCTION DSDOT(N,SX,INCX,SY,INCY)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level1 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      INTEGER INCX,INCY,N
 *     ..
@@ -6,61 +131,11 @@
      REAL SX(*),SY(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  AUTHORS
-*  =======
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
 *  Lawson, C. L., (JPL), Hanson, R. J., (SNLA), 
 *  Kincaid, D. R., (U. of Texas), Krogh, F. T., (JPL)
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*  Compute the inner product of two vectors with extended
-*  precision accumulation and result.
-*
-*  Returns D.P. dot product accumulated in D.P., for S.P. SX and SY
-*  DSDOT = sum for I = 0 to N-1 of  SX(LX+I*INCX) * SY(LY+I*INCY),
-*  where LX = 1 if INCX .GE. 0, else LX = 1+(1-N)*INCX, and LY is
-*  defined in a similar way using INCY.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  =========
-*
-*  N      (input) INTEGER
-*         number of elements in input vector(s)
-*
-*  SX     (input) REAL array, dimension(N)
-*         single precision vector with N elements
-*
-*  INCX   (input) INTEGER
-*          storage spacing between elements of SX
-*
-*  SY     (input) REAL array, dimension(N)
-*         single precision vector with N elements
-*
-*  INCY   (input) INTEGER
-*         storage spacing between elements of SY
-*
-*  DSDOT  (output) DOUBLE PRECISION
-*         DSDOT  double precision dot product (zero if N.LE.0)
-*
-*  REFERENCES
-*  ==========
-*      
-*  C. L. Lawson, R. J. Hanson, D. R. Kincaid and F. T.
-*  Krogh, Basic linear algebra subprograms for Fortran
-*  usage, Algorithm No. 539, Transactions on Mathematical
-*  Software 5, 3 (September 1979), pp. 308-323.
-*
-*  REVISION HISTORY  (YYMMDD)
-*  ==========================
-*
-*  791001  DATE WRITTEN
-*  890831  Modified array declarations.  (WRB)
-*  890831  REVISION DATE from Version 3.2
-*  891214  Prologue converted to Version 4.0 format.  (BAB)
-*  920310  Corrected definition of LX in DESCRIPTION.  (WRB)
-*  920501  Reformatted the REFERENCES section.  (WRB)
-*  070118  Reformat to LAPACK style (JL)
-*
 *  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Local Scalars ..
@@ -71,26 +146,27 @@
 *     ..
      DSDOT = 0.0D0
      IF (N.LE.0) RETURN
-      IF (INCX.EQ.INCY .AND. INCX.GT.0) GO TO 20
-*
-*     Code for unequal or nonpositive increments.
-*
-      KX = 1
-      KY = 1
-      IF (INCX.LT.0) KX = 1 + (1-N)*INCX
-      IF (INCY.LT.0) KY = 1 + (1-N)*INCY
-      DO 10 I = 1,N
-          DSDOT = DSDOT + DBLE(SX(KX))*DBLE(SY(KY))
-          KX = KX + INCX
-          KY = KY + INCY
-   10 CONTINUE
-      RETURN
+      IF (INCX.EQ.INCY .AND. INCX.GT.0) THEN
 *
 *     Code for equal, positive, non-unit increments.
 *
-   20 NS = N*INCX
-      DO 30 I = 1,NS,INCX
-          DSDOT = DSDOT + DBLE(SX(I))*DBLE(SY(I))
-   30 CONTINUE
+         NS = N*INCX
+         DO I = 1,NS,INCX
+            DSDOT = DSDOT + DBLE(SX(I))*DBLE(SY(I))
+         END DO
+      ELSE
+*
+*     Code for unequal or nonpositive increments.
+*
+         KX = 1
+         KY = 1
+         IF (INCX.LT.0) KX = 1 + (1-N)*INCX
+         IF (INCY.LT.0) KY = 1 + (1-N)*INCY
+         DO I = 1,N
+            DSDOT = DSDOT + DBLE(SX(KX))*DBLE(SY(KY))
+            KX = KX + INCX
+            KY = KY + INCY
+         END DO
+      END IF
      RETURN
      END
@@ -1,4 +1,157 @@
+*> \brief \b DSPMV
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE DSPMV(UPLO,N,ALPHA,AP,X,INCX,BETA,Y,INCY)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION ALPHA,BETA
+*       INTEGER INCX,INCY,N
+*       CHARACTER UPLO
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION AP(*),X(*),Y(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> DSPMV  performs the matrix-vector operation
+*>
+*>    y := alpha*A*x + beta*y,
+*>
+*> where alpha and beta are scalars, x and y are n element vectors and
+*> A is an n by n symmetric matrix, supplied in packed form.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] UPLO
+*> \verbatim
+*>          UPLO is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower
+*>           triangular part of the matrix A is supplied in the packed
+*>           array AP as follows:
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   The upper triangular part of A is
+*>                                  supplied in AP.
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   The lower triangular part of A is
+*>                                  supplied in AP.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
+*>           N must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] ALPHA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          ALPHA is DOUBLE PRECISION.
+*>           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] AP
+*> \verbatim
+*>          AP is DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION at least
+*>           ( ( n*( n + 1 ) )/2 ).
+*>           Before entry with UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the array AP must
+*>           contain the upper triangular part of the symmetric matrix
+*>           packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 )
+*>           contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 1, 2 )
+*>           and a( 2, 2 ) respectively, and so on.
+*>           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the array AP must
+*>           contain the lower triangular part of the symmetric matrix
+*>           packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 )
+*>           contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 2, 1 )
+*>           and a( 3, 1 ) respectively, and so on.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] X
+*> \verbatim
+*>          X is DOUBLE PRECISION array of dimension at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
+*>           element vector x.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCX
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCX is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           X. INCX must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] BETA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          BETA is DOUBLE PRECISION.
+*>           On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta. When BETA is
+*>           supplied as zero then Y need not be set on input.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] Y
+*> \verbatim
+*>          Y is DOUBLE PRECISION array of dimension at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the n
+*>           element vector y. On exit, Y is overwritten by the updated
+*>           vector y.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCY
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCY is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           Y. INCY must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup double_blas_level2
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 2 Blas routine.
+*>  The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE DSPMV(UPLO,N,ALPHA,AP,X,INCX,BETA,Y,INCY)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level2 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION ALPHA,BETA
      INTEGER INCX,INCY,N
@@ -8,91 +161,7 @@
      DOUBLE PRECISION AP(*),X(*),Y(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  DSPMV  performs the matrix-vector operation
-*
-*     y := alpha*A*x + beta*y,
-*
-*  where alpha and beta are scalars, x and y are n element vectors and
-*  A is an n by n symmetric matrix, supplied in packed form.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  UPLO   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower
-*           triangular part of the matrix A is supplied in the packed
-*           array AP as follows:
-*
-*              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   The upper triangular part of A is
-*                                  supplied in AP.
-*
-*              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   The lower triangular part of A is
-*                                  supplied in AP.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
-*           N must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  ALPHA  - DOUBLE PRECISION.
-*           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  AP     - DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION at least
-*           ( ( n*( n + 1 ) )/2 ).
-*           Before entry with UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the array AP must
-*           contain the upper triangular part of the symmetric matrix
-*           packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 )
-*           contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 1, 2 )
-*           and a( 2, 2 ) respectively, and so on.
-*           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the array AP must
-*           contain the lower triangular part of the symmetric matrix
-*           packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 )
-*           contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 2, 1 )
-*           and a( 3, 1 ) respectively, and so on.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  X      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of dimension at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
-*           element vector x.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  INCX   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           X. INCX must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  BETA   - DOUBLE PRECISION.
-*           On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta. When BETA is
-*           supplied as zero then Y need not be set on input.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  Y      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of dimension at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the n
-*           element vector y. On exit, Y is overwritten by the updated
-*           vector y.
-*
-*  INCY   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           Y. INCY must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 2 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
-*     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Parameters ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION ONE,ZERO
@@ -1,4 +1,137 @@
+*> \brief \b DSPR
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE DSPR(UPLO,N,ALPHA,X,INCX,AP)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION ALPHA
+*       INTEGER INCX,N
+*       CHARACTER UPLO
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION AP(*),X(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> DSPR    performs the symmetric rank 1 operation
+*>
+*>    A := alpha*x*x**T + A,
+*>
+*> where alpha is a real scalar, x is an n element vector and A is an
+*> n by n symmetric matrix, supplied in packed form.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] UPLO
+*> \verbatim
+*>          UPLO is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower
+*>           triangular part of the matrix A is supplied in the packed
+*>           array AP as follows:
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   The upper triangular part of A is
+*>                                  supplied in AP.
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   The lower triangular part of A is
+*>                                  supplied in AP.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
+*>           N must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] ALPHA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          ALPHA is DOUBLE PRECISION.
+*>           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] X
+*> \verbatim
+*>          X is DOUBLE PRECISION array of dimension at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
+*>           element vector x.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCX
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCX is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           X. INCX must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] AP
+*> \verbatim
+*>          AP is DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION at least
+*>           ( ( n*( n + 1 ) )/2 ).
+*>           Before entry with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the array AP must
+*>           contain the upper triangular part of the symmetric matrix
+*>           packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 )
+*>           contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 1, 2 )
+*>           and a( 2, 2 ) respectively, and so on. On exit, the array
+*>           AP is overwritten by the upper triangular part of the
+*>           updated matrix.
+*>           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the array AP must
+*>           contain the lower triangular part of the symmetric matrix
+*>           packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 )
+*>           contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 2, 1 )
+*>           and a( 3, 1 ) respectively, and so on. On exit, the array
+*>           AP is overwritten by the lower triangular part of the
+*>           updated matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup double_blas_level2
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 2 Blas routine.
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE DSPR(UPLO,N,ALPHA,X,INCX,AP)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level2 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION ALPHA
      INTEGER INCX,N
@@ -8,78 +141,7 @@
      DOUBLE PRECISION AP(*),X(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  DSPR    performs the symmetric rank 1 operation
-*
-*     A := alpha*x*x' + A,
-*
-*  where alpha is a real scalar, x is an n element vector and A is an
-*  n by n symmetric matrix, supplied in packed form.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  UPLO   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower
-*           triangular part of the matrix A is supplied in the packed
-*           array AP as follows:
-*
-*              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   The upper triangular part of A is
-*                                  supplied in AP.
-*
-*              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   The lower triangular part of A is
-*                                  supplied in AP.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
-*           N must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  ALPHA  - DOUBLE PRECISION.
-*           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  X      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of dimension at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
-*           element vector x.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  INCX   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           X. INCX must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  AP     - DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION at least
-*           ( ( n*( n + 1 ) )/2 ).
-*           Before entry with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the array AP must
-*           contain the upper triangular part of the symmetric matrix
-*           packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 )
-*           contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 1, 2 )
-*           and a( 2, 2 ) respectively, and so on. On exit, the array
-*           AP is overwritten by the upper triangular part of the
-*           updated matrix.
-*           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the array AP must
-*           contain the lower triangular part of the symmetric matrix
-*           packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 )
-*           contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 2, 1 )
-*           and a( 3, 1 ) respectively, and so on. On exit, the array
-*           AP is overwritten by the lower triangular part of the
-*           updated matrix.
-*
-*
-*  Level 2 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
-*     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Parameters ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION ZERO
@@ -1,4 +1,152 @@
+*> \brief \b DSPR2
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE DSPR2(UPLO,N,ALPHA,X,INCX,Y,INCY,AP)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION ALPHA
+*       INTEGER INCX,INCY,N
+*       CHARACTER UPLO
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION AP(*),X(*),Y(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> DSPR2  performs the symmetric rank 2 operation
+*>
+*>    A := alpha*x*y**T + alpha*y*x**T + A,
+*>
+*> where alpha is a scalar, x and y are n element vectors and A is an
+*> n by n symmetric matrix, supplied in packed form.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] UPLO
+*> \verbatim
+*>          UPLO is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower
+*>           triangular part of the matrix A is supplied in the packed
+*>           array AP as follows:
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   The upper triangular part of A is
+*>                                  supplied in AP.
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   The lower triangular part of A is
+*>                                  supplied in AP.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
+*>           N must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] ALPHA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          ALPHA is DOUBLE PRECISION.
+*>           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] X
+*> \verbatim
+*>          X is DOUBLE PRECISION array of dimension at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
+*>           element vector x.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCX
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCX is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           X. INCX must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] Y
+*> \verbatim
+*>          Y is DOUBLE PRECISION array of dimension at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the n
+*>           element vector y.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCY
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCY is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           Y. INCY must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] AP
+*> \verbatim
+*>          AP is DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION at least
+*>           ( ( n*( n + 1 ) )/2 ).
+*>           Before entry with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the array AP must
+*>           contain the upper triangular part of the symmetric matrix
+*>           packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 )
+*>           contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 1, 2 )
+*>           and a( 2, 2 ) respectively, and so on. On exit, the array
+*>           AP is overwritten by the upper triangular part of the
+*>           updated matrix.
+*>           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the array AP must
+*>           contain the lower triangular part of the symmetric matrix
+*>           packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 )
+*>           contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 2, 1 )
+*>           and a( 3, 1 ) respectively, and so on. On exit, the array
+*>           AP is overwritten by the lower triangular part of the
+*>           updated matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup double_blas_level2
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 2 Blas routine.
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE DSPR2(UPLO,N,ALPHA,X,INCX,Y,INCY,AP)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level2 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION ALPHA
      INTEGER INCX,INCY,N
@@ -8,89 +156,7 @@
      DOUBLE PRECISION AP(*),X(*),Y(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  DSPR2  performs the symmetric rank 2 operation
-*
-*     A := alpha*x*y' + alpha*y*x' + A,
-*
-*  where alpha is a scalar, x and y are n element vectors and A is an
-*  n by n symmetric matrix, supplied in packed form.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  UPLO   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower
-*           triangular part of the matrix A is supplied in the packed
-*           array AP as follows:
-*
-*              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   The upper triangular part of A is
-*                                  supplied in AP.
-*
-*              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   The lower triangular part of A is
-*                                  supplied in AP.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
-*           N must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  ALPHA  - DOUBLE PRECISION.
-*           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  X      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of dimension at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
-*           element vector x.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  INCX   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           X. INCX must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  Y      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of dimension at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the n
-*           element vector y.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  INCY   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           Y. INCY must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  AP     - DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION at least
-*           ( ( n*( n + 1 ) )/2 ).
-*           Before entry with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the array AP must
-*           contain the upper triangular part of the symmetric matrix
-*           packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 )
-*           contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 1, 2 )
-*           and a( 2, 2 ) respectively, and so on. On exit, the array
-*           AP is overwritten by the upper triangular part of the
-*           updated matrix.
-*           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the array AP must
-*           contain the lower triangular part of the symmetric matrix
-*           packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 )
-*           contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 2, 1 )
-*           and a( 3, 1 ) respectively, and so on. On exit, the array
-*           AP is overwritten by the lower triangular part of the
-*           updated matrix.
-*
-*
-*  Level 2 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
-*     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Parameters ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION ZERO
@@ -1,4 +1,61 @@
+*> \brief \b DSWAP
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE DSWAP(N,DX,INCX,DY,INCY)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       INTEGER INCX,INCY,N
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION DX(*),DY(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>    interchanges two vectors.
+*>    uses unrolled loops for increments equal one.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup double_blas_level1
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
+*>     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE DSWAP(N,DX,INCX,DY,INCY)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level1 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      INTEGER INCX,INCY,N
 *     ..
@@ -6,14 +63,7 @@
      DOUBLE PRECISION DX(*),DY(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*     interchanges two vectors.
-*     uses unrolled loops for increments equal one.
-*     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
-*     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Local Scalars ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION DTEMP
@@ -23,48 +73,50 @@
      INTRINSIC MOD
 *     ..
      IF (N.LE.0) RETURN
-      IF (INCX.EQ.1 .AND. INCY.EQ.1) GO TO 20
-*
-*       code for unequal increments or equal increments not equal
-*         to 1
-*
-      IX = 1
-      IY = 1
-      IF (INCX.LT.0) IX = (-N+1)*INCX + 1
-      IF (INCY.LT.0) IY = (-N+1)*INCY + 1
-      DO 10 I = 1,N
-          DTEMP = DX(IX)
-          DX(IX) = DY(IY)
-          DY(IY) = DTEMP
-          IX = IX + INCX
-          IY = IY + INCY
-   10 CONTINUE
-      RETURN
+      IF (INCX.EQ.1 .AND. INCY.EQ.1) THEN
 *
 *       code for both increments equal to 1
 *
 *
 *       clean-up loop
 *
-   20 M = MOD(N,3)
-      IF (M.EQ.0) GO TO 40
-      DO 30 I = 1,M
-          DTEMP = DX(I)
-          DX(I) = DY(I)
-          DY(I) = DTEMP
-   30 CONTINUE
-      IF (N.LT.3) RETURN
-   40 MP1 = M + 1
-      DO 50 I = MP1,N,3
-          DTEMP = DX(I)
-          DX(I) = DY(I)
-          DY(I) = DTEMP
-          DTEMP = DX(I+1)
-          DX(I+1) = DY(I+1)
-          DY(I+1) = DTEMP
-          DTEMP = DX(I+2)
-          DX(I+2) = DY(I+2)
-          DY(I+2) = DTEMP
-   50 CONTINUE
+         M = MOD(N,3)
+         IF (M.NE.0) THEN
+            DO I = 1,M
+               DTEMP = DX(I)
+               DX(I) = DY(I)
+               DY(I) = DTEMP
+            END DO
+            IF (N.LT.3) RETURN
+         END IF
+         MP1 = M + 1
+         DO I = MP1,N,3
+            DTEMP = DX(I)
+            DX(I) = DY(I)
+            DY(I) = DTEMP
+            DTEMP = DX(I+1)
+            DX(I+1) = DY(I+1)
+            DY(I+1) = DTEMP
+            DTEMP = DX(I+2)
+            DX(I+2) = DY(I+2)
+            DY(I+2) = DTEMP
+         END DO
+      ELSE
+*
+*       code for unequal increments or equal increments not equal
+*         to 1
+*
+         IX = 1
+         IY = 1
+         IF (INCX.LT.0) IX = (-N+1)*INCX + 1
+         IF (INCY.LT.0) IY = (-N+1)*INCY + 1
+         DO I = 1,N
+            DTEMP = DX(IX)
+            DX(IX) = DY(IY)
+            DY(IY) = DTEMP
+            IX = IX + INCX
+            IY = IY + INCY
+         END DO
+      END IF
      RETURN
      END
@@ -1,4 +1,199 @@
+*> \brief \b DSYMM
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE DSYMM(SIDE,UPLO,M,N,ALPHA,A,LDA,B,LDB,BETA,C,LDC)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION ALPHA,BETA
+*       INTEGER LDA,LDB,LDC,M,N
+*       CHARACTER SIDE,UPLO
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION A(LDA,*),B(LDB,*),C(LDC,*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> DSYMM  performs one of the matrix-matrix operations
+*>
+*>    C := alpha*A*B + beta*C,
+*>
+*> or
+*>
+*>    C := alpha*B*A + beta*C,
+*>
+*> where alpha and beta are scalars,  A is a symmetric matrix and  B and
+*> C are  m by n matrices.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] SIDE
+*> \verbatim
+*>          SIDE is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry,  SIDE  specifies whether  the  symmetric matrix  A
+*>           appears on the  left or right  in the  operation as follows:
+*>
+*>              SIDE = 'L' or 'l'   C := alpha*A*B + beta*C,
+*>
+*>              SIDE = 'R' or 'r'   C := alpha*B*A + beta*C,
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] UPLO
+*> \verbatim
+*>          UPLO is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On  entry,   UPLO  specifies  whether  the  upper  or  lower
+*>           triangular  part  of  the  symmetric  matrix   A  is  to  be
+*>           referenced as follows:
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   Only the upper triangular part of the
+*>                                  symmetric matrix is to be referenced.
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   Only the lower triangular part of the
+*>                                  symmetric matrix is to be referenced.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] M
+*> \verbatim
+*>          M is INTEGER
+*>           On entry,  M  specifies the number of rows of the matrix  C.
+*>           M  must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix C.
+*>           N  must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] ALPHA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          ALPHA is DOUBLE PRECISION.
+*>           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] A
+*> \verbatim
+*>          A is DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDA, ka ), where ka is
+*>           m  when  SIDE = 'L' or 'l'  and is  n otherwise.
+*>           Before entry  with  SIDE = 'L' or 'l',  the  m by m  part of
+*>           the array  A  must contain the  symmetric matrix,  such that
+*>           when  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the leading m by m upper triangular
+*>           part of the array  A  must contain the upper triangular part
+*>           of the  symmetric matrix and the  strictly  lower triangular
+*>           part of  A  is not referenced,  and when  UPLO = 'L' or 'l',
+*>           the leading  m by m  lower triangular part  of the  array  A
+*>           must  contain  the  lower triangular part  of the  symmetric
+*>           matrix and the  strictly upper triangular part of  A  is not
+*>           referenced.
+*>           Before entry  with  SIDE = 'R' or 'r',  the  n by n  part of
+*>           the array  A  must contain the  symmetric matrix,  such that
+*>           when  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the leading n by n upper triangular
+*>           part of the array  A  must contain the upper triangular part
+*>           of the  symmetric matrix and the  strictly  lower triangular
+*>           part of  A  is not referenced,  and when  UPLO = 'L' or 'l',
+*>           the leading  n by n  lower triangular part  of the  array  A
+*>           must  contain  the  lower triangular part  of the  symmetric
+*>           matrix and the  strictly upper triangular part of  A  is not
+*>           referenced.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDA is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
+*>           in the calling (sub) program.  When  SIDE = 'L' or 'l'  then
+*>           LDA must be at least  max( 1, m ), otherwise  LDA must be at
+*>           least  max( 1, n ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] B
+*> \verbatim
+*>          B is DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDB, n ).
+*>           Before entry, the leading  m by n part of the array  B  must
+*>           contain the matrix B.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDB
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDB is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared
+*>           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   LDB  must  be  at  least
+*>           max( 1, m ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] BETA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          BETA is DOUBLE PRECISION.
+*>           On entry,  BETA  specifies the scalar  beta.  When  BETA  is
+*>           supplied as zero then C need not be set on input.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] C
+*> \verbatim
+*>          C is DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDC, n ).
+*>           Before entry, the leading  m by n  part of the array  C must
+*>           contain the matrix  C,  except when  beta  is zero, in which
+*>           case C need not be set on entry.
+*>           On exit, the array  C  is overwritten by the  m by n updated
+*>           matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDC
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDC is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDC specifies the first dimension of C as declared
+*>           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   LDC  must  be  at  least
+*>           max( 1, m ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup double_blas_level3
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 3 Blas routine.
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 8-February-1989.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory.
+*>     Iain Duff, AERE Harwell.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE DSYMM(SIDE,UPLO,M,N,ALPHA,A,LDA,B,LDB,BETA,C,LDC)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level3 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION ALPHA,BETA
      INTEGER LDA,LDB,LDC,M,N
@@ -8,129 +203,7 @@
      DOUBLE PRECISION A(LDA,*),B(LDB,*),C(LDC,*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  DSYMM  performs one of the matrix-matrix operations
-*
-*     C := alpha*A*B + beta*C,
-*
-*  or
-*
-*     C := alpha*B*A + beta*C,
-*
-*  where alpha and beta are scalars,  A is a symmetric matrix and  B and
-*  C are  m by n matrices.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  SIDE   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry,  SIDE  specifies whether  the  symmetric matrix  A
-*           appears on the  left or right  in the  operation as follows:
-*
-*              SIDE = 'L' or 'l'   C := alpha*A*B + beta*C,
-*
-*              SIDE = 'R' or 'r'   C := alpha*B*A + beta*C,
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  UPLO   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On  entry,   UPLO  specifies  whether  the  upper  or  lower
-*           triangular  part  of  the  symmetric  matrix   A  is  to  be
-*           referenced as follows:
-*
-*              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   Only the upper triangular part of the
-*                                  symmetric matrix is to be referenced.
-*
-*              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   Only the lower triangular part of the
-*                                  symmetric matrix is to be referenced.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  M      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry,  M  specifies the number of rows of the matrix  C.
-*           M  must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix C.
-*           N  must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  ALPHA  - DOUBLE PRECISION.
-*           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  A      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDA, ka ), where ka is
-*           m  when  SIDE = 'L' or 'l'  and is  n otherwise.
-*           Before entry  with  SIDE = 'L' or 'l',  the  m by m  part of
-*           the array  A  must contain the  symmetric matrix,  such that
-*           when  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the leading m by m upper triangular
-*           part of the array  A  must contain the upper triangular part
-*           of the  symmetric matrix and the  strictly  lower triangular
-*           part of  A  is not referenced,  and when  UPLO = 'L' or 'l',
-*           the leading  m by m  lower triangular part  of the  array  A
-*           must  contain  the  lower triangular part  of the  symmetric
-*           matrix and the  strictly upper triangular part of  A  is not
-*           referenced.
-*           Before entry  with  SIDE = 'R' or 'r',  the  n by n  part of
-*           the array  A  must contain the  symmetric matrix,  such that
-*           when  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the leading n by n upper triangular
-*           part of the array  A  must contain the upper triangular part
-*           of the  symmetric matrix and the  strictly  lower triangular
-*           part of  A  is not referenced,  and when  UPLO = 'L' or 'l',
-*           the leading  n by n  lower triangular part  of the  array  A
-*           must  contain  the  lower triangular part  of the  symmetric
-*           matrix and the  strictly upper triangular part of  A  is not
-*           referenced.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  LDA    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
-*           in the calling (sub) program.  When  SIDE = 'L' or 'l'  then
-*           LDA must be at least  max( 1, m ), otherwise  LDA must be at
-*           least  max( 1, n ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  B      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDB, n ).
-*           Before entry, the leading  m by n part of the array  B  must
-*           contain the matrix B.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  LDB    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared
-*           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   LDB  must  be  at  least
-*           max( 1, m ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  BETA   - DOUBLE PRECISION.
-*           On entry,  BETA  specifies the scalar  beta.  When  BETA  is
-*           supplied as zero then C need not be set on input.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  C      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDC, n ).
-*           Before entry, the leading  m by n  part of the array  C must
-*           contain the matrix  C,  except when  beta  is zero, in which
-*           case C need not be set on entry.
-*           On exit, the array  C  is overwritten by the  m by n updated
-*           matrix.
-*
-*  LDC    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDC specifies the first dimension of C as declared
-*           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   LDC  must  be  at  least
-*           max( 1, m ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 3 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 8-February-1989.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory.
-*     Iain Duff, AERE Harwell.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. External Functions ..
      LOGICAL LSAME
@@ -1,4 +1,162 @@
+*> \brief \b DSYMV
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE DSYMV(UPLO,N,ALPHA,A,LDA,X,INCX,BETA,Y,INCY)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION ALPHA,BETA
+*       INTEGER INCX,INCY,LDA,N
+*       CHARACTER UPLO
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION A(LDA,*),X(*),Y(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> DSYMV  performs the matrix-vector  operation
+*>
+*>    y := alpha*A*x + beta*y,
+*>
+*> where alpha and beta are scalars, x and y are n element vectors and
+*> A is an n by n symmetric matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] UPLO
+*> \verbatim
+*>          UPLO is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower
+*>           triangular part of the array A is to be referenced as
+*>           follows:
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   Only the upper triangular part of A
+*>                                  is to be referenced.
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   Only the lower triangular part of A
+*>                                  is to be referenced.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
+*>           N must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] ALPHA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          ALPHA is DOUBLE PRECISION.
+*>           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] A
+*> \verbatim
+*>          A is DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
+*>           Before entry with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the leading n by n
+*>           upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper
+*>           triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly
+*>           lower triangular part of A is not referenced.
+*>           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the leading n by n
+*>           lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower
+*>           triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly
+*>           upper triangular part of A is not referenced.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDA is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
+*>           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
+*>           max( 1, n ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] X
+*> \verbatim
+*>          X is DOUBLE PRECISION array of dimension at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
+*>           element vector x.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCX
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCX is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           X. INCX must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] BETA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          BETA is DOUBLE PRECISION.
+*>           On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta. When BETA is
+*>           supplied as zero then Y need not be set on input.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] Y
+*> \verbatim
+*>          Y is DOUBLE PRECISION array of dimension at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the n
+*>           element vector y. On exit, Y is overwritten by the updated
+*>           vector y.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCY
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCY is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           Y. INCY must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup double_blas_level2
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 2 Blas routine.
+*>  The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE DSYMV(UPLO,N,ALPHA,A,LDA,X,INCX,BETA,Y,INCY)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level2 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION ALPHA,BETA
      INTEGER INCX,INCY,LDA,N
@@ -8,94 +166,7 @@
      DOUBLE PRECISION A(LDA,*),X(*),Y(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  DSYMV  performs the matrix-vector  operation
-*
-*     y := alpha*A*x + beta*y,
-*
-*  where alpha and beta are scalars, x and y are n element vectors and
-*  A is an n by n symmetric matrix.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  UPLO   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower
-*           triangular part of the array A is to be referenced as
-*           follows:
-*
-*              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   Only the upper triangular part of A
-*                                  is to be referenced.
-*
-*              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   Only the lower triangular part of A
-*                                  is to be referenced.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
-*           N must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  ALPHA  - DOUBLE PRECISION.
-*           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  A      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
-*           Before entry with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the leading n by n
-*           upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper
-*           triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly
-*           lower triangular part of A is not referenced.
-*           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the leading n by n
-*           lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower
-*           triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly
-*           upper triangular part of A is not referenced.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  LDA    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
-*           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
-*           max( 1, n ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  X      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of dimension at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
-*           element vector x.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  INCX   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           X. INCX must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  BETA   - DOUBLE PRECISION.
-*           On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta. When BETA is
-*           supplied as zero then Y need not be set on input.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  Y      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of dimension at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the n
-*           element vector y. On exit, Y is overwritten by the updated
-*           vector y.
-*
-*  INCY   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           Y. INCY must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 2 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
-*     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Parameters ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION ONE,ZERO
@@ -1,4 +1,142 @@
+*> \brief \b DSYR
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE DSYR(UPLO,N,ALPHA,X,INCX,A,LDA)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION ALPHA
+*       INTEGER INCX,LDA,N
+*       CHARACTER UPLO
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION A(LDA,*),X(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> DSYR   performs the symmetric rank 1 operation
+*>
+*>    A := alpha*x*x**T + A,
+*>
+*> where alpha is a real scalar, x is an n element vector and A is an
+*> n by n symmetric matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] UPLO
+*> \verbatim
+*>          UPLO is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower
+*>           triangular part of the array A is to be referenced as
+*>           follows:
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   Only the upper triangular part of A
+*>                                  is to be referenced.
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   Only the lower triangular part of A
+*>                                  is to be referenced.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
+*>           N must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] ALPHA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          ALPHA is DOUBLE PRECISION.
+*>           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] X
+*> \verbatim
+*>          X is DOUBLE PRECISION array of dimension at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
+*>           element vector x.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCX
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCX is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           X. INCX must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] A
+*> \verbatim
+*>          A is DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
+*>           Before entry with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the leading n by n
+*>           upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper
+*>           triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly
+*>           lower triangular part of A is not referenced. On exit, the
+*>           upper triangular part of the array A is overwritten by the
+*>           upper triangular part of the updated matrix.
+*>           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the leading n by n
+*>           lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower
+*>           triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly
+*>           upper triangular part of A is not referenced. On exit, the
+*>           lower triangular part of the array A is overwritten by the
+*>           lower triangular part of the updated matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDA is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
+*>           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
+*>           max( 1, n ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup double_blas_level2
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 2 Blas routine.
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE DSYR(UPLO,N,ALPHA,X,INCX,A,LDA)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level2 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION ALPHA
      INTEGER INCX,LDA,N
@@ -8,81 +146,7 @@
      DOUBLE PRECISION A(LDA,*),X(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  DSYR   performs the symmetric rank 1 operation
-*
-*     A := alpha*x*x' + A,
-*
-*  where alpha is a real scalar, x is an n element vector and A is an
-*  n by n symmetric matrix.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  UPLO   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower
-*           triangular part of the array A is to be referenced as
-*           follows:
-*
-*              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   Only the upper triangular part of A
-*                                  is to be referenced.
-*
-*              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   Only the lower triangular part of A
-*                                  is to be referenced.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
-*           N must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  ALPHA  - DOUBLE PRECISION.
-*           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  X      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of dimension at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
-*           element vector x.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  INCX   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           X. INCX must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  A      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
-*           Before entry with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the leading n by n
-*           upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper
-*           triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly
-*           lower triangular part of A is not referenced. On exit, the
-*           upper triangular part of the array A is overwritten by the
-*           upper triangular part of the updated matrix.
-*           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the leading n by n
-*           lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower
-*           triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly
-*           upper triangular part of A is not referenced. On exit, the
-*           lower triangular part of the array A is overwritten by the
-*           lower triangular part of the updated matrix.
-*
-*  LDA    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
-*           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
-*           max( 1, n ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 2 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
-*     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Parameters ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION ZERO
@@ -1,4 +1,157 @@
+*> \brief \b DSYR2
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE DSYR2(UPLO,N,ALPHA,X,INCX,Y,INCY,A,LDA)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION ALPHA
+*       INTEGER INCX,INCY,LDA,N
+*       CHARACTER UPLO
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION A(LDA,*),X(*),Y(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> DSYR2  performs the symmetric rank 2 operation
+*>
+*>    A := alpha*x*y**T + alpha*y*x**T + A,
+*>
+*> where alpha is a scalar, x and y are n element vectors and A is an n
+*> by n symmetric matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] UPLO
+*> \verbatim
+*>          UPLO is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower
+*>           triangular part of the array A is to be referenced as
+*>           follows:
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   Only the upper triangular part of A
+*>                                  is to be referenced.
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   Only the lower triangular part of A
+*>                                  is to be referenced.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
+*>           N must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] ALPHA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          ALPHA is DOUBLE PRECISION.
+*>           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] X
+*> \verbatim
+*>          X is DOUBLE PRECISION array of dimension at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
+*>           element vector x.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCX
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCX is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           X. INCX must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] Y
+*> \verbatim
+*>          Y is DOUBLE PRECISION array of dimension at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the n
+*>           element vector y.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCY
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCY is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           Y. INCY must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] A
+*> \verbatim
+*>          A is DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
+*>           Before entry with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the leading n by n
+*>           upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper
+*>           triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly
+*>           lower triangular part of A is not referenced. On exit, the
+*>           upper triangular part of the array A is overwritten by the
+*>           upper triangular part of the updated matrix.
+*>           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the leading n by n
+*>           lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower
+*>           triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly
+*>           upper triangular part of A is not referenced. On exit, the
+*>           lower triangular part of the array A is overwritten by the
+*>           lower triangular part of the updated matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDA is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
+*>           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
+*>           max( 1, n ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup double_blas_level2
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 2 Blas routine.
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE DSYR2(UPLO,N,ALPHA,X,INCX,Y,INCY,A,LDA)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level2 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION ALPHA
      INTEGER INCX,INCY,LDA,N
@@ -8,92 +161,7 @@
      DOUBLE PRECISION A(LDA,*),X(*),Y(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  DSYR2  performs the symmetric rank 2 operation
-*
-*     A := alpha*x*y' + alpha*y*x' + A,
-*
-*  where alpha is a scalar, x and y are n element vectors and A is an n
-*  by n symmetric matrix.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  UPLO   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower
-*           triangular part of the array A is to be referenced as
-*           follows:
-*
-*              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   Only the upper triangular part of A
-*                                  is to be referenced.
-*
-*              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   Only the lower triangular part of A
-*                                  is to be referenced.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
-*           N must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  ALPHA  - DOUBLE PRECISION.
-*           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  X      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of dimension at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
-*           element vector x.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  INCX   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           X. INCX must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  Y      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of dimension at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the n
-*           element vector y.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  INCY   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           Y. INCY must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  A      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
-*           Before entry with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the leading n by n
-*           upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper
-*           triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly
-*           lower triangular part of A is not referenced. On exit, the
-*           upper triangular part of the array A is overwritten by the
-*           upper triangular part of the updated matrix.
-*           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the leading n by n
-*           lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower
-*           triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly
-*           upper triangular part of A is not referenced. On exit, the
-*           lower triangular part of the array A is overwritten by the
-*           lower triangular part of the updated matrix.
-*
-*  LDA    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
-*           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
-*           max( 1, n ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 2 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
-*     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Parameters ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION ZERO
@@ -1,4 +1,202 @@
+*> \brief \b DSYR2K
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE DSYR2K(UPLO,TRANS,N,K,ALPHA,A,LDA,B,LDB,BETA,C,LDC)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION ALPHA,BETA
+*       INTEGER K,LDA,LDB,LDC,N
+*       CHARACTER TRANS,UPLO
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION A(LDA,*),B(LDB,*),C(LDC,*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> DSYR2K  performs one of the symmetric rank 2k operations
+*>
+*>    C := alpha*A*B**T + alpha*B*A**T + beta*C,
+*>
+*> or
+*>
+*>    C := alpha*A**T*B + alpha*B**T*A + beta*C,
+*>
+*> where  alpha and beta  are scalars, C is an  n by n  symmetric matrix
+*> and  A and B  are  n by k  matrices  in the  first  case  and  k by n
+*> matrices in the second case.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] UPLO
+*> \verbatim
+*>          UPLO is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On  entry,   UPLO  specifies  whether  the  upper  or  lower
+*>           triangular  part  of the  array  C  is to be  referenced  as
+*>           follows:
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   Only the  upper triangular part of  C
+*>                                  is to be referenced.
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   Only the  lower triangular part of  C
+*>                                  is to be referenced.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] TRANS
+*> \verbatim
+*>          TRANS is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry,  TRANS  specifies the operation to be performed as
+*>           follows:
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'   C := alpha*A*B**T + alpha*B*A**T +
+*>                                        beta*C.
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'T' or 't'   C := alpha*A**T*B + alpha*B**T*A +
+*>                                        beta*C.
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'C' or 'c'   C := alpha*A**T*B + alpha*B**T*A +
+*>                                        beta*C.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry,  N specifies the order of the matrix C.  N must be
+*>           at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] K
+*> \verbatim
+*>          K is INTEGER
+*>           On entry with  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  K  specifies  the number
+*>           of  columns  of the  matrices  A and B,  and on  entry  with
+*>           TRANS = 'T' or 't' or 'C' or 'c',  K  specifies  the  number
+*>           of rows of the matrices  A and B.  K must be at least  zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] ALPHA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          ALPHA is DOUBLE PRECISION.
+*>           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] A
+*> \verbatim
+*>          A is DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDA, ka ), where ka is
+*>           k  when  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  and is  n  otherwise.
+*>           Before entry with  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  the  leading  n by k
+*>           part of the array  A  must contain the matrix  A,  otherwise
+*>           the leading  k by n  part of the array  A  must contain  the
+*>           matrix A.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDA is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
+*>           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   When  TRANS = 'N' or 'n'
+*>           then  LDA must be at least  max( 1, n ), otherwise  LDA must
+*>           be at least  max( 1, k ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] B
+*> \verbatim
+*>          B is DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDB, kb ), where kb is
+*>           k  when  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  and is  n  otherwise.
+*>           Before entry with  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  the  leading  n by k
+*>           part of the array  B  must contain the matrix  B,  otherwise
+*>           the leading  k by n  part of the array  B  must contain  the
+*>           matrix B.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDB
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDB is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared
+*>           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   When  TRANS = 'N' or 'n'
+*>           then  LDB must be at least  max( 1, n ), otherwise  LDB must
+*>           be at least  max( 1, k ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] BETA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          BETA is DOUBLE PRECISION.
+*>           On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] C
+*> \verbatim
+*>          C is DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDC, n ).
+*>           Before entry  with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u',  the leading  n by n
+*>           upper triangular part of the array C must contain the upper
+*>           triangular part  of the  symmetric matrix  and the strictly
+*>           lower triangular part of C is not referenced.  On exit, the
+*>           upper triangular part of the array  C is overwritten by the
+*>           upper triangular part of the updated matrix.
+*>           Before entry  with  UPLO = 'L' or 'l',  the leading  n by n
+*>           lower triangular part of the array C must contain the lower
+*>           triangular part  of the  symmetric matrix  and the strictly
+*>           upper triangular part of C is not referenced.  On exit, the
+*>           lower triangular part of the array  C is overwritten by the
+*>           lower triangular part of the updated matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDC
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDC is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDC specifies the first dimension of C as declared
+*>           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   LDC  must  be  at  least
+*>           max( 1, n ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup double_blas_level3
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 3 Blas routine.
+*>
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 8-February-1989.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory.
+*>     Iain Duff, AERE Harwell.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE DSYR2K(UPLO,TRANS,N,K,ALPHA,A,LDA,B,LDB,BETA,C,LDC)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level3 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION ALPHA,BETA
      INTEGER K,LDA,LDB,LDC,N
@@ -8,132 +206,7 @@
      DOUBLE PRECISION A(LDA,*),B(LDB,*),C(LDC,*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  DSYR2K  performs one of the symmetric rank 2k operations
-*
-*     C := alpha*A*B' + alpha*B*A' + beta*C,
-*
-*  or
-*
-*     C := alpha*A'*B + alpha*B'*A + beta*C,
-*
-*  where  alpha and beta  are scalars, C is an  n by n  symmetric matrix
-*  and  A and B  are  n by k  matrices  in the  first  case  and  k by n
-*  matrices in the second case.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  UPLO   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On  entry,   UPLO  specifies  whether  the  upper  or  lower
-*           triangular  part  of the  array  C  is to be  referenced  as
-*           follows:
-*
-*              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   Only the  upper triangular part of  C
-*                                  is to be referenced.
-*
-*              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   Only the  lower triangular part of  C
-*                                  is to be referenced.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  TRANS  - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry,  TRANS  specifies the operation to be performed as
-*           follows:
-*
-*              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'   C := alpha*A*B' + alpha*B*A' +
-*                                        beta*C.
-*
-*              TRANS = 'T' or 't'   C := alpha*A'*B + alpha*B'*A +
-*                                        beta*C.
-*
-*              TRANS = 'C' or 'c'   C := alpha*A'*B + alpha*B'*A +
-*                                        beta*C.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry,  N specifies the order of the matrix C.  N must be
-*           at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  K      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry with  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  K  specifies  the number
-*           of  columns  of the  matrices  A and B,  and on  entry  with
-*           TRANS = 'T' or 't' or 'C' or 'c',  K  specifies  the  number
-*           of rows of the matrices  A and B.  K must be at least  zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  ALPHA  - DOUBLE PRECISION.
-*           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  A      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDA, ka ), where ka is
-*           k  when  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  and is  n  otherwise.
-*           Before entry with  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  the  leading  n by k
-*           part of the array  A  must contain the matrix  A,  otherwise
-*           the leading  k by n  part of the array  A  must contain  the
-*           matrix A.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  LDA    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
-*           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   When  TRANS = 'N' or 'n'
-*           then  LDA must be at least  max( 1, n ), otherwise  LDA must
-*           be at least  max( 1, k ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  B      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDB, kb ), where kb is
-*           k  when  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  and is  n  otherwise.
-*           Before entry with  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  the  leading  n by k
-*           part of the array  B  must contain the matrix  B,  otherwise
-*           the leading  k by n  part of the array  B  must contain  the
-*           matrix B.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  LDB    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared
-*           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   When  TRANS = 'N' or 'n'
-*           then  LDB must be at least  max( 1, n ), otherwise  LDB must
-*           be at least  max( 1, k ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  BETA   - DOUBLE PRECISION.
-*           On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  C      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDC, n ).
-*           Before entry  with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u',  the leading  n by n
-*           upper triangular part of the array C must contain the upper
-*           triangular part  of the  symmetric matrix  and the strictly
-*           lower triangular part of C is not referenced.  On exit, the
-*           upper triangular part of the array  C is overwritten by the
-*           upper triangular part of the updated matrix.
-*           Before entry  with  UPLO = 'L' or 'l',  the leading  n by n
-*           lower triangular part of the array C must contain the lower
-*           triangular part  of the  symmetric matrix  and the strictly
-*           upper triangular part of C is not referenced.  On exit, the
-*           lower triangular part of the array  C is overwritten by the
-*           lower triangular part of the updated matrix.
-*
-*  LDC    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDC specifies the first dimension of C as declared
-*           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   LDC  must  be  at  least
-*           max( 1, n ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 3 Blas routine.
-*
-*
-*  -- Written on 8-February-1989.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory.
-*     Iain Duff, AERE Harwell.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. External Functions ..
      LOGICAL LSAME
@@ -231,7 +304,7 @@
 *
      IF (LSAME(TRANS,'N')) THEN
 *
-*        Form  C := alpha*A*B' + alpha*B*A' + C.
+*        Form  C := alpha*A*B**T + alpha*B*A**T + C.
 *
          IF (UPPER) THEN
              DO 130 J = 1,N
@@ -280,7 +353,7 @@
          END IF
      ELSE
 *
-*        Form  C := alpha*A'*B + alpha*B'*A + C.
+*        Form  C := alpha*A**T*B + alpha*B**T*A + C.
 *
          IF (UPPER) THEN
              DO 210 J = 1,N
@@ -1,4 +1,179 @@
+*> \brief \b DSYRK
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE DSYRK(UPLO,TRANS,N,K,ALPHA,A,LDA,BETA,C,LDC)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION ALPHA,BETA
+*       INTEGER K,LDA,LDC,N
+*       CHARACTER TRANS,UPLO
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION A(LDA,*),C(LDC,*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> DSYRK  performs one of the symmetric rank k operations
+*>
+*>    C := alpha*A*A**T + beta*C,
+*>
+*> or
+*>
+*>    C := alpha*A**T*A + beta*C,
+*>
+*> where  alpha and beta  are scalars, C is an  n by n  symmetric matrix
+*> and  A  is an  n by k  matrix in the first case and a  k by n  matrix
+*> in the second case.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] UPLO
+*> \verbatim
+*>          UPLO is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On  entry,   UPLO  specifies  whether  the  upper  or  lower
+*>           triangular  part  of the  array  C  is to be  referenced  as
+*>           follows:
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   Only the  upper triangular part of  C
+*>                                  is to be referenced.
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   Only the  lower triangular part of  C
+*>                                  is to be referenced.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] TRANS
+*> \verbatim
+*>          TRANS is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry,  TRANS  specifies the operation to be performed as
+*>           follows:
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'   C := alpha*A*A**T + beta*C.
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'T' or 't'   C := alpha*A**T*A + beta*C.
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'C' or 'c'   C := alpha*A**T*A + beta*C.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry,  N specifies the order of the matrix C.  N must be
+*>           at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] K
+*> \verbatim
+*>          K is INTEGER
+*>           On entry with  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  K  specifies  the number
+*>           of  columns   of  the   matrix   A,   and  on   entry   with
+*>           TRANS = 'T' or 't' or 'C' or 'c',  K  specifies  the  number
+*>           of rows of the matrix  A.  K must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] ALPHA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          ALPHA is DOUBLE PRECISION.
+*>           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] A
+*> \verbatim
+*>          A is DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDA, ka ), where ka is
+*>           k  when  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  and is  n  otherwise.
+*>           Before entry with  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  the  leading  n by k
+*>           part of the array  A  must contain the matrix  A,  otherwise
+*>           the leading  k by n  part of the array  A  must contain  the
+*>           matrix A.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDA is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
+*>           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   When  TRANS = 'N' or 'n'
+*>           then  LDA must be at least  max( 1, n ), otherwise  LDA must
+*>           be at least  max( 1, k ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] BETA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          BETA is DOUBLE PRECISION.
+*>           On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] C
+*> \verbatim
+*>          C is DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDC, n ).
+*>           Before entry  with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u',  the leading  n by n
+*>           upper triangular part of the array C must contain the upper
+*>           triangular part  of the  symmetric matrix  and the strictly
+*>           lower triangular part of C is not referenced.  On exit, the
+*>           upper triangular part of the array  C is overwritten by the
+*>           upper triangular part of the updated matrix.
+*>           Before entry  with  UPLO = 'L' or 'l',  the leading  n by n
+*>           lower triangular part of the array C must contain the lower
+*>           triangular part  of the  symmetric matrix  and the strictly
+*>           upper triangular part of C is not referenced.  On exit, the
+*>           lower triangular part of the array  C is overwritten by the
+*>           lower triangular part of the updated matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDC
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDC is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDC specifies the first dimension of C as declared
+*>           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   LDC  must  be  at  least
+*>           max( 1, n ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup double_blas_level3
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 3 Blas routine.
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 8-February-1989.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory.
+*>     Iain Duff, AERE Harwell.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE DSYRK(UPLO,TRANS,N,K,ALPHA,A,LDA,BETA,C,LDC)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level3 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION ALPHA,BETA
      INTEGER K,LDA,LDC,N
@@ -8,113 +183,7 @@
      DOUBLE PRECISION A(LDA,*),C(LDC,*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  DSYRK  performs one of the symmetric rank k operations
-*
-*     C := alpha*A*A' + beta*C,
-*
-*  or
-*
-*     C := alpha*A'*A + beta*C,
-*
-*  where  alpha and beta  are scalars, C is an  n by n  symmetric matrix
-*  and  A  is an  n by k  matrix in the first case and a  k by n  matrix
-*  in the second case.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  UPLO   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On  entry,   UPLO  specifies  whether  the  upper  or  lower
-*           triangular  part  of the  array  C  is to be  referenced  as
-*           follows:
-*
-*              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   Only the  upper triangular part of  C
-*                                  is to be referenced.
-*
-*              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   Only the  lower triangular part of  C
-*                                  is to be referenced.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  TRANS  - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry,  TRANS  specifies the operation to be performed as
-*           follows:
-*
-*              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'   C := alpha*A*A' + beta*C.
-*
-*              TRANS = 'T' or 't'   C := alpha*A'*A + beta*C.
-*
-*              TRANS = 'C' or 'c'   C := alpha*A'*A + beta*C.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry,  N specifies the order of the matrix C.  N must be
-*           at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  K      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry with  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  K  specifies  the number
-*           of  columns   of  the   matrix   A,   and  on   entry   with
-*           TRANS = 'T' or 't' or 'C' or 'c',  K  specifies  the  number
-*           of rows of the matrix  A.  K must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  ALPHA  - DOUBLE PRECISION.
-*           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  A      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDA, ka ), where ka is
-*           k  when  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  and is  n  otherwise.
-*           Before entry with  TRANS = 'N' or 'n',  the  leading  n by k
-*           part of the array  A  must contain the matrix  A,  otherwise
-*           the leading  k by n  part of the array  A  must contain  the
-*           matrix A.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  LDA    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
-*           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   When  TRANS = 'N' or 'n'
-*           then  LDA must be at least  max( 1, n ), otherwise  LDA must
-*           be at least  max( 1, k ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  BETA   - DOUBLE PRECISION.
-*           On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  C      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDC, n ).
-*           Before entry  with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u',  the leading  n by n
-*           upper triangular part of the array C must contain the upper
-*           triangular part  of the  symmetric matrix  and the strictly
-*           lower triangular part of C is not referenced.  On exit, the
-*           upper triangular part of the array  C is overwritten by the
-*           upper triangular part of the updated matrix.
-*           Before entry  with  UPLO = 'L' or 'l',  the leading  n by n
-*           lower triangular part of the array C must contain the lower
-*           triangular part  of the  symmetric matrix  and the strictly
-*           upper triangular part of C is not referenced.  On exit, the
-*           lower triangular part of the array  C is overwritten by the
-*           lower triangular part of the updated matrix.
-*
-*  LDC    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDC specifies the first dimension of C as declared
-*           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   LDC  must  be  at  least
-*           max( 1, n ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 3 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 8-February-1989.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory.
-*     Iain Duff, AERE Harwell.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. External Functions ..
      LOGICAL LSAME
@@ -210,7 +279,7 @@
 *
      IF (LSAME(TRANS,'N')) THEN
 *
-*        Form  C := alpha*A*A' + beta*C.
+*        Form  C := alpha*A*A**T + beta*C.
 *
          IF (UPPER) THEN
              DO 130 J = 1,N
@@ -255,7 +324,7 @@
          END IF
      ELSE
 *
-*        Form  C := alpha*A'*A + beta*C.
+*        Form  C := alpha*A**T*A + beta*C.
 *
          IF (UPPER) THEN
              DO 210 J = 1,N
@@ -1,4 +1,196 @@
+*> \brief \b DTBMV
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE DTBMV(UPLO,TRANS,DIAG,N,K,A,LDA,X,INCX)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       INTEGER INCX,K,LDA,N
+*       CHARACTER DIAG,TRANS,UPLO
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION A(LDA,*),X(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> DTBMV  performs one of the matrix-vector operations
+*>
+*>    x := A*x,   or   x := A**T*x,
+*>
+*> where x is an n element vector and  A is an n by n unit, or non-unit,
+*> upper or lower triangular band matrix, with ( k + 1 ) diagonals.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] UPLO
+*> \verbatim
+*>          UPLO is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or
+*>           lower triangular matrix as follows:
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   A is an upper triangular matrix.
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   A is a lower triangular matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] TRANS
+*> \verbatim
+*>          TRANS is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as
+*>           follows:
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'   x := A*x.
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'T' or 't'   x := A**T*x.
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'C' or 'c'   x := A**T*x.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] DIAG
+*> \verbatim
+*>          DIAG is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit
+*>           triangular as follows:
+*>
+*>              DIAG = 'U' or 'u'   A is assumed to be unit triangular.
+*>
+*>              DIAG = 'N' or 'n'   A is not assumed to be unit
+*>                                  triangular.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
+*>           N must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] K
+*> \verbatim
+*>          K is INTEGER
+*>           On entry with UPLO = 'U' or 'u', K specifies the number of
+*>           super-diagonals of the matrix A.
+*>           On entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', K specifies the number of
+*>           sub-diagonals of the matrix A.
+*>           K must satisfy  0 .le. K.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] A
+*> \verbatim
+*>          A is DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
+*>           Before entry with UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the leading ( k + 1 )
+*>           by n part of the array A must contain the upper triangular
+*>           band part of the matrix of coefficients, supplied column by
+*>           column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row
+*>           ( k + 1 ) of the array, the first super-diagonal starting at
+*>           position 2 in row k, and so on. The top left k by k triangle
+*>           of the array A is not referenced.
+*>           The following program segment will transfer an upper
+*>           triangular band matrix from conventional full matrix storage
+*>           to band storage:
+*>
+*>                 DO 20, J = 1, N
+*>                    M = K + 1 - J
+*>                    DO 10, I = MAX( 1, J - K ), J
+*>                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
+*>              10    CONTINUE
+*>              20 CONTINUE
+*>
+*>           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the leading ( k + 1 )
+*>           by n part of the array A must contain the lower triangular
+*>           band part of the matrix of coefficients, supplied column by
+*>           column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row 1 of
+*>           the array, the first sub-diagonal starting at position 1 in
+*>           row 2, and so on. The bottom right k by k triangle of the
+*>           array A is not referenced.
+*>           The following program segment will transfer a lower
+*>           triangular band matrix from conventional full matrix storage
+*>           to band storage:
+*>
+*>                 DO 20, J = 1, N
+*>                    M = 1 - J
+*>                    DO 10, I = J, MIN( N, J + K )
+*>                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
+*>              10    CONTINUE
+*>              20 CONTINUE
+*>
+*>           Note that when DIAG = 'U' or 'u' the elements of the array A
+*>           corresponding to the diagonal elements of the matrix are not
+*>           referenced, but are assumed to be unity.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDA is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
+*>           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
+*>           ( k + 1 ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] X
+*> \verbatim
+*>          X is DOUBLE PRECISION array of dimension at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
+*>           element vector x. On exit, X is overwritten with the
+*>           tranformed vector x.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCX
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCX is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           X. INCX must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup double_blas_level2
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 2 Blas routine.
+*>  The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE DTBMV(UPLO,TRANS,DIAG,N,K,A,LDA,X,INCX)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level2 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      INTEGER INCX,K,LDA,N
      CHARACTER DIAG,TRANS,UPLO
@@ -7,133 +199,7 @@
      DOUBLE PRECISION A(LDA,*),X(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  DTBMV  performs one of the matrix-vector operations
-*
-*     x := A*x,   or   x := A'*x,
-*
-*  where x is an n element vector and  A is an n by n unit, or non-unit,
-*  upper or lower triangular band matrix, with ( k + 1 ) diagonals.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  UPLO   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or
-*           lower triangular matrix as follows:
-*
-*              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   A is an upper triangular matrix.
-*
-*              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   A is a lower triangular matrix.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  TRANS  - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as
-*           follows:
-*
-*              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'   x := A*x.
-*
-*              TRANS = 'T' or 't'   x := A'*x.
-*
-*              TRANS = 'C' or 'c'   x := A'*x.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  DIAG   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit
-*           triangular as follows:
-*
-*              DIAG = 'U' or 'u'   A is assumed to be unit triangular.
-*
-*              DIAG = 'N' or 'n'   A is not assumed to be unit
-*                                  triangular.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
-*           N must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  K      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry with UPLO = 'U' or 'u', K specifies the number of
-*           super-diagonals of the matrix A.
-*           On entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', K specifies the number of
-*           sub-diagonals of the matrix A.
-*           K must satisfy  0 .le. K.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  A      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
-*           Before entry with UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the leading ( k + 1 )
-*           by n part of the array A must contain the upper triangular
-*           band part of the matrix of coefficients, supplied column by
-*           column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row
-*           ( k + 1 ) of the array, the first super-diagonal starting at
-*           position 2 in row k, and so on. The top left k by k triangle
-*           of the array A is not referenced.
-*           The following program segment will transfer an upper
-*           triangular band matrix from conventional full matrix storage
-*           to band storage:
-*
-*                 DO 20, J = 1, N
-*                    M = K + 1 - J
-*                    DO 10, I = MAX( 1, J - K ), J
-*                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
-*              10    CONTINUE
-*              20 CONTINUE
-*
-*           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the leading ( k + 1 )
-*           by n part of the array A must contain the lower triangular
-*           band part of the matrix of coefficients, supplied column by
-*           column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row 1 of
-*           the array, the first sub-diagonal starting at position 1 in
-*           row 2, and so on. The bottom right k by k triangle of the
-*           array A is not referenced.
-*           The following program segment will transfer a lower
-*           triangular band matrix from conventional full matrix storage
-*           to band storage:
-*
-*                 DO 20, J = 1, N
-*                    M = 1 - J
-*                    DO 10, I = J, MIN( N, J + K )
-*                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
-*              10    CONTINUE
-*              20 CONTINUE
-*
-*           Note that when DIAG = 'U' or 'u' the elements of the array A
-*           corresponding to the diagonal elements of the matrix are not
-*           referenced, but are assumed to be unity.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  LDA    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
-*           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
-*           ( k + 1 ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  X      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of dimension at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
-*           element vector x. On exit, X is overwritten with the
-*           tranformed vector x.
-*
-*  INCX   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           X. INCX must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 2 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
-*     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Parameters ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION ZERO
@@ -264,7 +330,7 @@
          END IF
      ELSE
 *
-*        Form  x := A'*x.
+*        Form  x := A**T*x.
 *
          IF (LSAME(UPLO,'U')) THEN
              KPLUS1 = K + 1
@@ -1,4 +1,199 @@
+*> \brief \b DTBSV
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE DTBSV(UPLO,TRANS,DIAG,N,K,A,LDA,X,INCX)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       INTEGER INCX,K,LDA,N
+*       CHARACTER DIAG,TRANS,UPLO
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION A(LDA,*),X(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> DTBSV  solves one of the systems of equations
+*>
+*>    A*x = b,   or   A**T*x = b,
+*>
+*> where b and x are n element vectors and A is an n by n unit, or
+*> non-unit, upper or lower triangular band matrix, with ( k + 1 )
+*> diagonals.
+*>
+*> No test for singularity or near-singularity is included in this
+*> routine. Such tests must be performed before calling this routine.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] UPLO
+*> \verbatim
+*>          UPLO is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or
+*>           lower triangular matrix as follows:
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   A is an upper triangular matrix.
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   A is a lower triangular matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] TRANS
+*> \verbatim
+*>          TRANS is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, TRANS specifies the equations to be solved as
+*>           follows:
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'   A*x = b.
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'T' or 't'   A**T*x = b.
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'C' or 'c'   A**T*x = b.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] DIAG
+*> \verbatim
+*>          DIAG is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit
+*>           triangular as follows:
+*>
+*>              DIAG = 'U' or 'u'   A is assumed to be unit triangular.
+*>
+*>              DIAG = 'N' or 'n'   A is not assumed to be unit
+*>                                  triangular.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
+*>           N must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] K
+*> \verbatim
+*>          K is INTEGER
+*>           On entry with UPLO = 'U' or 'u', K specifies the number of
+*>           super-diagonals of the matrix A.
+*>           On entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', K specifies the number of
+*>           sub-diagonals of the matrix A.
+*>           K must satisfy  0 .le. K.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] A
+*> \verbatim
+*>          A is DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
+*>           Before entry with UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the leading ( k + 1 )
+*>           by n part of the array A must contain the upper triangular
+*>           band part of the matrix of coefficients, supplied column by
+*>           column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row
+*>           ( k + 1 ) of the array, the first super-diagonal starting at
+*>           position 2 in row k, and so on. The top left k by k triangle
+*>           of the array A is not referenced.
+*>           The following program segment will transfer an upper
+*>           triangular band matrix from conventional full matrix storage
+*>           to band storage:
+*>
+*>                 DO 20, J = 1, N
+*>                    M = K + 1 - J
+*>                    DO 10, I = MAX( 1, J - K ), J
+*>                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
+*>              10    CONTINUE
+*>              20 CONTINUE
+*>
+*>           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the leading ( k + 1 )
+*>           by n part of the array A must contain the lower triangular
+*>           band part of the matrix of coefficients, supplied column by
+*>           column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row 1 of
+*>           the array, the first sub-diagonal starting at position 1 in
+*>           row 2, and so on. The bottom right k by k triangle of the
+*>           array A is not referenced.
+*>           The following program segment will transfer a lower
+*>           triangular band matrix from conventional full matrix storage
+*>           to band storage:
+*>
+*>                 DO 20, J = 1, N
+*>                    M = 1 - J
+*>                    DO 10, I = J, MIN( N, J + K )
+*>                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
+*>              10    CONTINUE
+*>              20 CONTINUE
+*>
+*>           Note that when DIAG = 'U' or 'u' the elements of the array A
+*>           corresponding to the diagonal elements of the matrix are not
+*>           referenced, but are assumed to be unity.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDA is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
+*>           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
+*>           ( k + 1 ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] X
+*> \verbatim
+*>          X is DOUBLE PRECISION array of dimension at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
+*>           element right-hand side vector b. On exit, X is overwritten
+*>           with the solution vector x.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCX
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCX is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           X. INCX must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup double_blas_level2
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 2 Blas routine.
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE DTBSV(UPLO,TRANS,DIAG,N,K,A,LDA,X,INCX)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level2 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      INTEGER INCX,K,LDA,N
      CHARACTER DIAG,TRANS,UPLO
@@ -7,137 +202,7 @@
      DOUBLE PRECISION A(LDA,*),X(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  DTBSV  solves one of the systems of equations
-*
-*     A*x = b,   or   A'*x = b,
-*
-*  where b and x are n element vectors and A is an n by n unit, or
-*  non-unit, upper or lower triangular band matrix, with ( k + 1 )
-*  diagonals.
-*
-*  No test for singularity or near-singularity is included in this
-*  routine. Such tests must be performed before calling this routine.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  UPLO   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or
-*           lower triangular matrix as follows:
-*
-*              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   A is an upper triangular matrix.
-*
-*              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   A is a lower triangular matrix.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  TRANS  - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, TRANS specifies the equations to be solved as
-*           follows:
-*
-*              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'   A*x = b.
-*
-*              TRANS = 'T' or 't'   A'*x = b.
-*
-*              TRANS = 'C' or 'c'   A'*x = b.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  DIAG   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit
-*           triangular as follows:
-*
-*              DIAG = 'U' or 'u'   A is assumed to be unit triangular.
-*
-*              DIAG = 'N' or 'n'   A is not assumed to be unit
-*                                  triangular.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
-*           N must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  K      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry with UPLO = 'U' or 'u', K specifies the number of
-*           super-diagonals of the matrix A.
-*           On entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', K specifies the number of
-*           sub-diagonals of the matrix A.
-*           K must satisfy  0 .le. K.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  A      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
-*           Before entry with UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the leading ( k + 1 )
-*           by n part of the array A must contain the upper triangular
-*           band part of the matrix of coefficients, supplied column by
-*           column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row
-*           ( k + 1 ) of the array, the first super-diagonal starting at
-*           position 2 in row k, and so on. The top left k by k triangle
-*           of the array A is not referenced.
-*           The following program segment will transfer an upper
-*           triangular band matrix from conventional full matrix storage
-*           to band storage:
-*
-*                 DO 20, J = 1, N
-*                    M = K + 1 - J
-*                    DO 10, I = MAX( 1, J - K ), J
-*                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
-*              10    CONTINUE
-*              20 CONTINUE
-*
-*           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the leading ( k + 1 )
-*           by n part of the array A must contain the lower triangular
-*           band part of the matrix of coefficients, supplied column by
-*           column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row 1 of
-*           the array, the first sub-diagonal starting at position 1 in
-*           row 2, and so on. The bottom right k by k triangle of the
-*           array A is not referenced.
-*           The following program segment will transfer a lower
-*           triangular band matrix from conventional full matrix storage
-*           to band storage:
-*
-*                 DO 20, J = 1, N
-*                    M = 1 - J
-*                    DO 10, I = J, MIN( N, J + K )
-*                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
-*              10    CONTINUE
-*              20 CONTINUE
-*
-*           Note that when DIAG = 'U' or 'u' the elements of the array A
-*           corresponding to the diagonal elements of the matrix are not
-*           referenced, but are assumed to be unity.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  LDA    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
-*           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
-*           ( k + 1 ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  X      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of dimension at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
-*           element right-hand side vector b. On exit, X is overwritten
-*           with the solution vector x.
-*
-*  INCX   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           X. INCX must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 2 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
-*     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Parameters ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION ZERO
@@ -268,7 +333,7 @@
          END IF
      ELSE
 *
-*        Form  x := inv( A')*x.
+*        Form  x := inv( A**T)*x.
 *
          IF (LSAME(UPLO,'U')) THEN
              KPLUS1 = K + 1
@@ -1,4 +1,152 @@
+*> \brief \b DTPMV
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE DTPMV(UPLO,TRANS,DIAG,N,AP,X,INCX)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       INTEGER INCX,N
+*       CHARACTER DIAG,TRANS,UPLO
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION AP(*),X(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> DTPMV  performs one of the matrix-vector operations
+*>
+*>    x := A*x,   or   x := A**T*x,
+*>
+*> where x is an n element vector and  A is an n by n unit, or non-unit,
+*> upper or lower triangular matrix, supplied in packed form.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] UPLO
+*> \verbatim
+*>          UPLO is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or
+*>           lower triangular matrix as follows:
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   A is an upper triangular matrix.
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   A is a lower triangular matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] TRANS
+*> \verbatim
+*>          TRANS is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as
+*>           follows:
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'   x := A*x.
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'T' or 't'   x := A**T*x.
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'C' or 'c'   x := A**T*x.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] DIAG
+*> \verbatim
+*>          DIAG is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit
+*>           triangular as follows:
+*>
+*>              DIAG = 'U' or 'u'   A is assumed to be unit triangular.
+*>
+*>              DIAG = 'N' or 'n'   A is not assumed to be unit
+*>                                  triangular.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
+*>           N must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] AP
+*> \verbatim
+*>          AP is DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION at least
+*>           ( ( n*( n + 1 ) )/2 ).
+*>           Before entry with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the array AP must
+*>           contain the upper triangular matrix packed sequentially,
+*>           column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ),
+*>           AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 1, 2 ) and a( 2, 2 )
+*>           respectively, and so on.
+*>           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the array AP must
+*>           contain the lower triangular matrix packed sequentially,
+*>           column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ),
+*>           AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 2, 1 ) and a( 3, 1 )
+*>           respectively, and so on.
+*>           Note that when  DIAG = 'U' or 'u', the diagonal elements of
+*>           A are not referenced, but are assumed to be unity.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] X
+*> \verbatim
+*>          X is DOUBLE PRECISION array of dimension at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
+*>           element vector x. On exit, X is overwritten with the
+*>           tranformed vector x.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCX
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCX is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           X. INCX must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup double_blas_level2
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 2 Blas routine.
+*>  The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE DTPMV(UPLO,TRANS,DIAG,N,AP,X,INCX)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level2 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      INTEGER INCX,N
      CHARACTER DIAG,TRANS,UPLO
@@ -7,93 +155,7 @@
      DOUBLE PRECISION AP(*),X(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  DTPMV  performs one of the matrix-vector operations
-*
-*     x := A*x,   or   x := A'*x,
-*
-*  where x is an n element vector and  A is an n by n unit, or non-unit,
-*  upper or lower triangular matrix, supplied in packed form.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  UPLO   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or
-*           lower triangular matrix as follows:
-*
-*              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   A is an upper triangular matrix.
-*
-*              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   A is a lower triangular matrix.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  TRANS  - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as
-*           follows:
-*
-*              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'   x := A*x.
-*
-*              TRANS = 'T' or 't'   x := A'*x.
-*
-*              TRANS = 'C' or 'c'   x := A'*x.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  DIAG   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit
-*           triangular as follows:
-*
-*              DIAG = 'U' or 'u'   A is assumed to be unit triangular.
-*
-*              DIAG = 'N' or 'n'   A is not assumed to be unit
-*                                  triangular.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
-*           N must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  AP     - DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION at least
-*           ( ( n*( n + 1 ) )/2 ).
-*           Before entry with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the array AP must
-*           contain the upper triangular matrix packed sequentially,
-*           column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ),
-*           AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 1, 2 ) and a( 2, 2 )
-*           respectively, and so on.
-*           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the array AP must
-*           contain the lower triangular matrix packed sequentially,
-*           column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ),
-*           AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 2, 1 ) and a( 3, 1 )
-*           respectively, and so on.
-*           Note that when  DIAG = 'U' or 'u', the diagonal elements of
-*           A are not referenced, but are assumed to be unity.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  X      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of dimension at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
-*           element vector x. On exit, X is overwritten with the
-*           tranformed vector x.
-*
-*  INCX   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           X. INCX must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 2 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
-*     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Parameters ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION ZERO
@@ -220,7 +282,7 @@
          END IF
      ELSE
 *
-*        Form  x := A'*x.
+*        Form  x := A**T*x.
 *
          IF (LSAME(UPLO,'U')) THEN
              KK = (N* (N+1))/2
@@ -1,4 +1,154 @@
+*> \brief \b DTPSV
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE DTPSV(UPLO,TRANS,DIAG,N,AP,X,INCX)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       INTEGER INCX,N
+*       CHARACTER DIAG,TRANS,UPLO
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION AP(*),X(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> DTPSV  solves one of the systems of equations
+*>
+*>    A*x = b,   or   A**T*x = b,
+*>
+*> where b and x are n element vectors and A is an n by n unit, or
+*> non-unit, upper or lower triangular matrix, supplied in packed form.
+*>
+*> No test for singularity or near-singularity is included in this
+*> routine. Such tests must be performed before calling this routine.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] UPLO
+*> \verbatim
+*>          UPLO is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or
+*>           lower triangular matrix as follows:
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   A is an upper triangular matrix.
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   A is a lower triangular matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] TRANS
+*> \verbatim
+*>          TRANS is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, TRANS specifies the equations to be solved as
+*>           follows:
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'   A*x = b.
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'T' or 't'   A**T*x = b.
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'C' or 'c'   A**T*x = b.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] DIAG
+*> \verbatim
+*>          DIAG is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit
+*>           triangular as follows:
+*>
+*>              DIAG = 'U' or 'u'   A is assumed to be unit triangular.
+*>
+*>              DIAG = 'N' or 'n'   A is not assumed to be unit
+*>                                  triangular.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
+*>           N must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] AP
+*> \verbatim
+*>          AP is DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION at least
+*>           ( ( n*( n + 1 ) )/2 ).
+*>           Before entry with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the array AP must
+*>           contain the upper triangular matrix packed sequentially,
+*>           column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ),
+*>           AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 1, 2 ) and a( 2, 2 )
+*>           respectively, and so on.
+*>           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the array AP must
+*>           contain the lower triangular matrix packed sequentially,
+*>           column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ),
+*>           AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 2, 1 ) and a( 3, 1 )
+*>           respectively, and so on.
+*>           Note that when  DIAG = 'U' or 'u', the diagonal elements of
+*>           A are not referenced, but are assumed to be unity.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] X
+*> \verbatim
+*>          X is DOUBLE PRECISION array of dimension at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
+*>           element right-hand side vector b. On exit, X is overwritten
+*>           with the solution vector x.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCX
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCX is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           X. INCX must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup double_blas_level2
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 2 Blas routine.
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE DTPSV(UPLO,TRANS,DIAG,N,AP,X,INCX)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level2 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      INTEGER INCX,N
      CHARACTER DIAG,TRANS,UPLO
@@ -7,96 +157,7 @@
      DOUBLE PRECISION AP(*),X(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  DTPSV  solves one of the systems of equations
-*
-*     A*x = b,   or   A'*x = b,
-*
-*  where b and x are n element vectors and A is an n by n unit, or
-*  non-unit, upper or lower triangular matrix, supplied in packed form.
-*
-*  No test for singularity or near-singularity is included in this
-*  routine. Such tests must be performed before calling this routine.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  UPLO   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or
-*           lower triangular matrix as follows:
-*
-*              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   A is an upper triangular matrix.
-*
-*              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   A is a lower triangular matrix.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  TRANS  - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, TRANS specifies the equations to be solved as
-*           follows:
-*
-*              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'   A*x = b.
-*
-*              TRANS = 'T' or 't'   A'*x = b.
-*
-*              TRANS = 'C' or 'c'   A'*x = b.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  DIAG   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit
-*           triangular as follows:
-*
-*              DIAG = 'U' or 'u'   A is assumed to be unit triangular.
-*
-*              DIAG = 'N' or 'n'   A is not assumed to be unit
-*                                  triangular.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
-*           N must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  AP     - DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION at least
-*           ( ( n*( n + 1 ) )/2 ).
-*           Before entry with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the array AP must
-*           contain the upper triangular matrix packed sequentially,
-*           column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ),
-*           AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 1, 2 ) and a( 2, 2 )
-*           respectively, and so on.
-*           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the array AP must
-*           contain the lower triangular matrix packed sequentially,
-*           column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ),
-*           AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 2, 1 ) and a( 3, 1 )
-*           respectively, and so on.
-*           Note that when  DIAG = 'U' or 'u', the diagonal elements of
-*           A are not referenced, but are assumed to be unity.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  X      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of dimension at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
-*           element right-hand side vector b. On exit, X is overwritten
-*           with the solution vector x.
-*
-*  INCX   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           X. INCX must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 2 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
-*     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Parameters ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION ZERO
@@ -222,7 +283,7 @@
          END IF
      ELSE
 *
-*        Form  x := inv( A' )*x.
+*        Form  x := inv( A**T )*x.
 *
          IF (LSAME(UPLO,'U')) THEN
              KK = 1
@@ -1,4 +1,187 @@
+*> \brief \b DTRMM
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE DTRMM(SIDE,UPLO,TRANSA,DIAG,M,N,ALPHA,A,LDA,B,LDB)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION ALPHA
+*       INTEGER LDA,LDB,M,N
+*       CHARACTER DIAG,SIDE,TRANSA,UPLO
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION A(LDA,*),B(LDB,*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> DTRMM  performs one of the matrix-matrix operations
+*>
+*>    B := alpha*op( A )*B,   or   B := alpha*B*op( A ),
+*>
+*> where  alpha  is a scalar,  B  is an m by n matrix,  A  is a unit, or
+*> non-unit,  upper or lower triangular matrix  and  op( A )  is one  of
+*>
+*>    op( A ) = A   or   op( A ) = A**T.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] SIDE
+*> \verbatim
+*>          SIDE is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry,  SIDE specifies whether  op( A ) multiplies B from
+*>           the left or right as follows:
+*>
+*>              SIDE = 'L' or 'l'   B := alpha*op( A )*B.
+*>
+*>              SIDE = 'R' or 'r'   B := alpha*B*op( A ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] UPLO
+*> \verbatim
+*>          UPLO is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix A is an upper or
+*>           lower triangular matrix as follows:
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   A is an upper triangular matrix.
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   A is a lower triangular matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] TRANSA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          TRANSA is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, TRANSA specifies the form of op( A ) to be used in
+*>           the matrix multiplication as follows:
+*>
+*>              TRANSA = 'N' or 'n'   op( A ) = A.
+*>
+*>              TRANSA = 'T' or 't'   op( A ) = A**T.
+*>
+*>              TRANSA = 'C' or 'c'   op( A ) = A**T.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] DIAG
+*> \verbatim
+*>          DIAG is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit triangular
+*>           as follows:
+*>
+*>              DIAG = 'U' or 'u'   A is assumed to be unit triangular.
+*>
+*>              DIAG = 'N' or 'n'   A is not assumed to be unit
+*>                                  triangular.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] M
+*> \verbatim
+*>          M is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, M specifies the number of rows of B. M must be at
+*>           least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, N specifies the number of columns of B.  N must be
+*>           at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] ALPHA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          ALPHA is DOUBLE PRECISION.
+*>           On entry,  ALPHA specifies the scalar  alpha. When  alpha is
+*>           zero then  A is not referenced and  B need not be set before
+*>           entry.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] A
+*> \verbatim
+*>           A is DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDA, k ), where k is m
+*>           when  SIDE = 'L' or 'l'  and is  n  when  SIDE = 'R' or 'r'.
+*>           Before entry  with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u',  the  leading  k by k
+*>           upper triangular part of the array  A must contain the upper
+*>           triangular matrix  and the strictly lower triangular part of
+*>           A is not referenced.
+*>           Before entry  with  UPLO = 'L' or 'l',  the  leading  k by k
+*>           lower triangular part of the array  A must contain the lower
+*>           triangular matrix  and the strictly upper triangular part of
+*>           A is not referenced.
+*>           Note that when  DIAG = 'U' or 'u',  the diagonal elements of
+*>           A  are not referenced either,  but are assumed to be  unity.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDA is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
+*>           in the calling (sub) program.  When  SIDE = 'L' or 'l'  then
+*>           LDA  must be at least  max( 1, m ),  when  SIDE = 'R' or 'r'
+*>           then LDA must be at least max( 1, n ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] B
+*> \verbatim
+*>          B is DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDB, n ).
+*>           Before entry,  the leading  m by n part of the array  B must
+*>           contain the matrix  B,  and  on exit  is overwritten  by the
+*>           transformed matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDB
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDB is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared
+*>           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   LDB  must  be  at  least
+*>           max( 1, m ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup double_blas_level3
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 3 Blas routine.
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 8-February-1989.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory.
+*>     Iain Duff, AERE Harwell.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE DTRMM(SIDE,UPLO,TRANSA,DIAG,M,N,ALPHA,A,LDA,B,LDB)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level3 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION ALPHA
      INTEGER LDA,LDB,M,N
@@ -8,121 +191,7 @@
      DOUBLE PRECISION A(LDA,*),B(LDB,*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  DTRMM  performs one of the matrix-matrix operations
-*
-*     B := alpha*op( A )*B,   or   B := alpha*B*op( A ),
-*
-*  where  alpha  is a scalar,  B  is an m by n matrix,  A  is a unit, or
-*  non-unit,  upper or lower triangular matrix  and  op( A )  is one  of
-*
-*     op( A ) = A   or   op( A ) = A'.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  SIDE   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry,  SIDE specifies whether  op( A ) multiplies B from
-*           the left or right as follows:
-*
-*              SIDE = 'L' or 'l'   B := alpha*op( A )*B.
-*
-*              SIDE = 'R' or 'r'   B := alpha*B*op( A ).
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  UPLO   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix A is an upper or
-*           lower triangular matrix as follows:
-*
-*              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   A is an upper triangular matrix.
-*
-*              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   A is a lower triangular matrix.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  TRANSA - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, TRANSA specifies the form of op( A ) to be used in
-*           the matrix multiplication as follows:
-*
-*              TRANSA = 'N' or 'n'   op( A ) = A.
-*
-*              TRANSA = 'T' or 't'   op( A ) = A'.
-*
-*              TRANSA = 'C' or 'c'   op( A ) = A'.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  DIAG   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit triangular
-*           as follows:
-*
-*              DIAG = 'U' or 'u'   A is assumed to be unit triangular.
-*
-*              DIAG = 'N' or 'n'   A is not assumed to be unit
-*                                  triangular.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  M      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, M specifies the number of rows of B. M must be at
-*           least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, N specifies the number of columns of B.  N must be
-*           at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  ALPHA  - DOUBLE PRECISION.
-*           On entry,  ALPHA specifies the scalar  alpha. When  alpha is
-*           zero then  A is not referenced and  B need not be set before
-*           entry.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  A      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDA, k ), where k is m
-*           when  SIDE = 'L' or 'l'  and is  n  when  SIDE = 'R' or 'r'.
-*           Before entry  with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u',  the  leading  k by k
-*           upper triangular part of the array  A must contain the upper
-*           triangular matrix  and the strictly lower triangular part of
-*           A is not referenced.
-*           Before entry  with  UPLO = 'L' or 'l',  the  leading  k by k
-*           lower triangular part of the array  A must contain the lower
-*           triangular matrix  and the strictly upper triangular part of
-*           A is not referenced.
-*           Note that when  DIAG = 'U' or 'u',  the diagonal elements of
-*           A  are not referenced either,  but are assumed to be  unity.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  LDA    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
-*           in the calling (sub) program.  When  SIDE = 'L' or 'l'  then
-*           LDA  must be at least  max( 1, m ),  when  SIDE = 'R' or 'r'
-*           then LDA must be at least max( 1, n ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  B      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDB, n ).
-*           Before entry,  the leading  m by n part of the array  B must
-*           contain the matrix  B,  and  on exit  is overwritten  by the
-*           transformed matrix.
-*
-*  LDB    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared
-*           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   LDB  must  be  at  least
-*           max( 1, m ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 3 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 8-February-1989.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory.
-*     Iain Duff, AERE Harwell.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. External Functions ..
      LOGICAL LSAME
@@ -231,7 +300,7 @@
              END IF
          ELSE
 *
-*           Form  B := alpha*A'*B.
+*           Form  B := alpha*A**T*B.
 *
              IF (UPPER) THEN
                  DO 110 J = 1,N
@@ -297,7 +366,7 @@
              END IF
          ELSE
 *
-*           Form  B := alpha*B*A'.
+*           Form  B := alpha*B*A**T.
 *
              IF (UPPER) THEN
                  DO 260 K = 1,N
@@ -1,4 +1,157 @@
+*> \brief \b DTRMV
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE DTRMV(UPLO,TRANS,DIAG,N,A,LDA,X,INCX)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       INTEGER INCX,LDA,N
+*       CHARACTER DIAG,TRANS,UPLO
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION A(LDA,*),X(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> DTRMV  performs one of the matrix-vector operations
+*>
+*>    x := A*x,   or   x := A**T*x,
+*>
+*> where x is an n element vector and  A is an n by n unit, or non-unit,
+*> upper or lower triangular matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] UPLO
+*> \verbatim
+*>          UPLO is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or
+*>           lower triangular matrix as follows:
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   A is an upper triangular matrix.
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   A is a lower triangular matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] TRANS
+*> \verbatim
+*>          TRANS is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as
+*>           follows:
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'   x := A*x.
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'T' or 't'   x := A**T*x.
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'C' or 'c'   x := A**T*x.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] DIAG
+*> \verbatim
+*>          DIAG is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit
+*>           triangular as follows:
+*>
+*>              DIAG = 'U' or 'u'   A is assumed to be unit triangular.
+*>
+*>              DIAG = 'N' or 'n'   A is not assumed to be unit
+*>                                  triangular.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
+*>           N must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] A
+*> \verbatim
+*>          A is DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
+*>           Before entry with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the leading n by n
+*>           upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper
+*>           triangular matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of
+*>           A is not referenced.
+*>           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the leading n by n
+*>           lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower
+*>           triangular matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of
+*>           A is not referenced.
+*>           Note that when  DIAG = 'U' or 'u', the diagonal elements of
+*>           A are not referenced either, but are assumed to be unity.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDA is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
+*>           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
+*>           max( 1, n ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] X
+*> \verbatim
+*>          X is DOUBLE PRECISION array of dimension at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
+*>           element vector x. On exit, X is overwritten with the
+*>           tranformed vector x.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCX
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCX is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           X. INCX must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup double_blas_level2
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 2 Blas routine.
+*>  The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE DTRMV(UPLO,TRANS,DIAG,N,A,LDA,X,INCX)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level2 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      INTEGER INCX,LDA,N
      CHARACTER DIAG,TRANS,UPLO
@@ -7,96 +160,7 @@
      DOUBLE PRECISION A(LDA,*),X(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  DTRMV  performs one of the matrix-vector operations
-*
-*     x := A*x,   or   x := A'*x,
-*
-*  where x is an n element vector and  A is an n by n unit, or non-unit,
-*  upper or lower triangular matrix.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  UPLO   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or
-*           lower triangular matrix as follows:
-*
-*              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   A is an upper triangular matrix.
-*
-*              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   A is a lower triangular matrix.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  TRANS  - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as
-*           follows:
-*
-*              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'   x := A*x.
-*
-*              TRANS = 'T' or 't'   x := A'*x.
-*
-*              TRANS = 'C' or 'c'   x := A'*x.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  DIAG   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit
-*           triangular as follows:
-*
-*              DIAG = 'U' or 'u'   A is assumed to be unit triangular.
-*
-*              DIAG = 'N' or 'n'   A is not assumed to be unit
-*                                  triangular.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
-*           N must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  A      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
-*           Before entry with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the leading n by n
-*           upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper
-*           triangular matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of
-*           A is not referenced.
-*           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the leading n by n
-*           lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower
-*           triangular matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of
-*           A is not referenced.
-*           Note that when  DIAG = 'U' or 'u', the diagonal elements of
-*           A are not referenced either, but are assumed to be unity.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  LDA    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
-*           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
-*           max( 1, n ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  X      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of dimension at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
-*           element vector x. On exit, X is overwritten with the
-*           tranformed vector x.
-*
-*  INCX   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           X. INCX must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 2 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
-*     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Parameters ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION ZERO
@@ -218,7 +282,7 @@
          END IF
      ELSE
 *
-*        Form  x := A'*x.
+*        Form  x := A**T*x.
 *
          IF (LSAME(UPLO,'U')) THEN
              IF (INCX.EQ.1) THEN
@@ -1,4 +1,191 @@
+*> \brief \b DTRSM
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE DTRSM(SIDE,UPLO,TRANSA,DIAG,M,N,ALPHA,A,LDA,B,LDB)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION ALPHA
+*       INTEGER LDA,LDB,M,N
+*       CHARACTER DIAG,SIDE,TRANSA,UPLO
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION A(LDA,*),B(LDB,*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> DTRSM  solves one of the matrix equations
+*>
+*>    op( A )*X = alpha*B,   or   X*op( A ) = alpha*B,
+*>
+*> where alpha is a scalar, X and B are m by n matrices, A is a unit, or
+*> non-unit,  upper or lower triangular matrix  and  op( A )  is one  of
+*>
+*>    op( A ) = A   or   op( A ) = A**T.
+*>
+*> The matrix X is overwritten on B.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] SIDE
+*> \verbatim
+*>          SIDE is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, SIDE specifies whether op( A ) appears on the left
+*>           or right of X as follows:
+*>
+*>              SIDE = 'L' or 'l'   op( A )*X = alpha*B.
+*>
+*>              SIDE = 'R' or 'r'   X*op( A ) = alpha*B.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] UPLO
+*> \verbatim
+*>          UPLO is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix A is an upper or
+*>           lower triangular matrix as follows:
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   A is an upper triangular matrix.
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   A is a lower triangular matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] TRANSA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          TRANSA is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, TRANSA specifies the form of op( A ) to be used in
+*>           the matrix multiplication as follows:
+*>
+*>              TRANSA = 'N' or 'n'   op( A ) = A.
+*>
+*>              TRANSA = 'T' or 't'   op( A ) = A**T.
+*>
+*>              TRANSA = 'C' or 'c'   op( A ) = A**T.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] DIAG
+*> \verbatim
+*>          DIAG is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit triangular
+*>           as follows:
+*>
+*>              DIAG = 'U' or 'u'   A is assumed to be unit triangular.
+*>
+*>              DIAG = 'N' or 'n'   A is not assumed to be unit
+*>                                  triangular.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] M
+*> \verbatim
+*>          M is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, M specifies the number of rows of B. M must be at
+*>           least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, N specifies the number of columns of B.  N must be
+*>           at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] ALPHA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          ALPHA is DOUBLE PRECISION.
+*>           On entry,  ALPHA specifies the scalar  alpha. When  alpha is
+*>           zero then  A is not referenced and  B need not be set before
+*>           entry.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] A
+*> \verbatim
+*>          A is DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDA, k ),
+*>           where k is m when SIDE = 'L' or 'l'  
+*>             and k is n when SIDE = 'R' or 'r'.
+*>           Before entry  with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u',  the  leading  k by k
+*>           upper triangular part of the array  A must contain the upper
+*>           triangular matrix  and the strictly lower triangular part of
+*>           A is not referenced.
+*>           Before entry  with  UPLO = 'L' or 'l',  the  leading  k by k
+*>           lower triangular part of the array  A must contain the lower
+*>           triangular matrix  and the strictly upper triangular part of
+*>           A is not referenced.
+*>           Note that when  DIAG = 'U' or 'u',  the diagonal elements of
+*>           A  are not referenced either,  but are assumed to be  unity.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDA is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
+*>           in the calling (sub) program.  When  SIDE = 'L' or 'l'  then
+*>           LDA  must be at least  max( 1, m ),  when  SIDE = 'R' or 'r'
+*>           then LDA must be at least max( 1, n ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] B
+*> \verbatim
+*>          B is DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDB, n ).
+*>           Before entry,  the leading  m by n part of the array  B must
+*>           contain  the  right-hand  side  matrix  B,  and  on exit  is
+*>           overwritten by the solution matrix  X.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDB
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDB is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared
+*>           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   LDB  must  be  at  least
+*>           max( 1, m ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup double_blas_level3
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 3 Blas routine.
+*>
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 8-February-1989.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory.
+*>     Iain Duff, AERE Harwell.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE DTRSM(SIDE,UPLO,TRANSA,DIAG,M,N,ALPHA,A,LDA,B,LDB)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level3 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION ALPHA
      INTEGER LDA,LDB,M,N
@@ -8,124 +195,7 @@
      DOUBLE PRECISION A(LDA,*),B(LDB,*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  DTRSM  solves one of the matrix equations
-*
-*     op( A )*X = alpha*B,   or   X*op( A ) = alpha*B,
-*
-*  where alpha is a scalar, X and B are m by n matrices, A is a unit, or
-*  non-unit,  upper or lower triangular matrix  and  op( A )  is one  of
-*
-*     op( A ) = A   or   op( A ) = A'.
-*
-*  The matrix X is overwritten on B.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  SIDE   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, SIDE specifies whether op( A ) appears on the left
-*           or right of X as follows:
-*
-*              SIDE = 'L' or 'l'   op( A )*X = alpha*B.
-*
-*              SIDE = 'R' or 'r'   X*op( A ) = alpha*B.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  UPLO   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix A is an upper or
-*           lower triangular matrix as follows:
-*
-*              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   A is an upper triangular matrix.
-*
-*              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   A is a lower triangular matrix.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  TRANSA - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, TRANSA specifies the form of op( A ) to be used in
-*           the matrix multiplication as follows:
-*
-*              TRANSA = 'N' or 'n'   op( A ) = A.
-*
-*              TRANSA = 'T' or 't'   op( A ) = A'.
-*
-*              TRANSA = 'C' or 'c'   op( A ) = A'.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  DIAG   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit triangular
-*           as follows:
-*
-*              DIAG = 'U' or 'u'   A is assumed to be unit triangular.
-*
-*              DIAG = 'N' or 'n'   A is not assumed to be unit
-*                                  triangular.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  M      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, M specifies the number of rows of B. M must be at
-*           least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, N specifies the number of columns of B.  N must be
-*           at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  ALPHA  - DOUBLE PRECISION.
-*           On entry,  ALPHA specifies the scalar  alpha. When  alpha is
-*           zero then  A is not referenced and  B need not be set before
-*           entry.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  A      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDA, k ), where k is m
-*           when  SIDE = 'L' or 'l'  and is  n  when  SIDE = 'R' or 'r'.
-*           Before entry  with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u',  the  leading  k by k
-*           upper triangular part of the array  A must contain the upper
-*           triangular matrix  and the strictly lower triangular part of
-*           A is not referenced.
-*           Before entry  with  UPLO = 'L' or 'l',  the  leading  k by k
-*           lower triangular part of the array  A must contain the lower
-*           triangular matrix  and the strictly upper triangular part of
-*           A is not referenced.
-*           Note that when  DIAG = 'U' or 'u',  the diagonal elements of
-*           A  are not referenced either,  but are assumed to be  unity.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  LDA    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
-*           in the calling (sub) program.  When  SIDE = 'L' or 'l'  then
-*           LDA  must be at least  max( 1, m ),  when  SIDE = 'R' or 'r'
-*           then LDA must be at least max( 1, n ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  B      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDB, n ).
-*           Before entry,  the leading  m by n part of the array  B must
-*           contain  the  right-hand  side  matrix  B,  and  on exit  is
-*           overwritten by the solution matrix  X.
-*
-*  LDB    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared
-*           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   LDB  must  be  at  least
-*           max( 1, m ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 3 Blas routine.
-*
-*
-*  -- Written on 8-February-1989.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory.
-*     Iain Duff, AERE Harwell.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. External Functions ..
      LOGICAL LSAME
@@ -240,7 +310,7 @@
              END IF
          ELSE
 *
-*           Form  B := alpha*inv( A' )*B.
+*           Form  B := alpha*inv( A**T )*B.
 *
              IF (UPPER) THEN
                  DO 130 J = 1,N
@@ -316,7 +386,7 @@
              END IF
          ELSE
 *
-*           Form  B := alpha*B*inv( A' ).
+*           Form  B := alpha*B*inv( A**T ).
 *
              IF (UPPER) THEN
                  DO 310 K = N,1,-1
@@ -1,4 +1,153 @@
+*> \brief \b DTRSV
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE DTRSV(UPLO,TRANS,DIAG,N,A,LDA,X,INCX)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       INTEGER INCX,LDA,N
+*       CHARACTER DIAG,TRANS,UPLO
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION A(LDA,*),X(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> DTRSV  solves one of the systems of equations
+*>
+*>    A*x = b,   or   A**T*x = b,
+*>
+*> where b and x are n element vectors and A is an n by n unit, or
+*> non-unit, upper or lower triangular matrix.
+*>
+*> No test for singularity or near-singularity is included in this
+*> routine. Such tests must be performed before calling this routine.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] UPLO
+*> \verbatim
+*>          UPLO is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or
+*>           lower triangular matrix as follows:
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   A is an upper triangular matrix.
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   A is a lower triangular matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] TRANS
+*> \verbatim
+*>          TRANS is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, TRANS specifies the equations to be solved as
+*>           follows:
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'   A*x = b.
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'T' or 't'   A**T*x = b.
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'C' or 'c'   A**T*x = b.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] DIAG
+*> \verbatim
+*>          DIAG is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit
+*>           triangular as follows:
+*>
+*>              DIAG = 'U' or 'u'   A is assumed to be unit triangular.
+*>
+*>              DIAG = 'N' or 'n'   A is not assumed to be unit
+*>                                  triangular.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
+*>           N must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] A
+*> \verbatim
+*>          A is DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
+*>           Before entry with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the leading n by n
+*>           upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper
+*>           triangular matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of
+*>           A is not referenced.
+*>           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the leading n by n
+*>           lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower
+*>           triangular matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of
+*>           A is not referenced.
+*>           Note that when  DIAG = 'U' or 'u', the diagonal elements of
+*>           A are not referenced either, but are assumed to be unity.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDA is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
+*>           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
+*>           max( 1, n ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] X
+*> \verbatim
+*>          X is DOUBLE PRECISION array of dimension at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
+*>           element right-hand side vector b. On exit, X is overwritten
+*>           with the solution vector x.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCX
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCX is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           X. INCX must not be zero.
+*>
+*>  Level 2 Blas routine.
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup double_blas_level1
+*
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE DTRSV(UPLO,TRANS,DIAG,N,A,LDA,X,INCX)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level1 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      INTEGER INCX,LDA,N
      CHARACTER DIAG,TRANS,UPLO
@@ -7,99 +156,7 @@
      DOUBLE PRECISION A(LDA,*),X(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  DTRSV  solves one of the systems of equations
-*
-*     A*x = b,   or   A'*x = b,
-*
-*  where b and x are n element vectors and A is an n by n unit, or
-*  non-unit, upper or lower triangular matrix.
-*
-*  No test for singularity or near-singularity is included in this
-*  routine. Such tests must be performed before calling this routine.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  UPLO   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or
-*           lower triangular matrix as follows:
-*
-*              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   A is an upper triangular matrix.
-*
-*              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   A is a lower triangular matrix.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  TRANS  - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, TRANS specifies the equations to be solved as
-*           follows:
-*
-*              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'   A*x = b.
-*
-*              TRANS = 'T' or 't'   A'*x = b.
-*
-*              TRANS = 'C' or 'c'   A'*x = b.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  DIAG   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit
-*           triangular as follows:
-*
-*              DIAG = 'U' or 'u'   A is assumed to be unit triangular.
-*
-*              DIAG = 'N' or 'n'   A is not assumed to be unit
-*                                  triangular.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
-*           N must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  A      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
-*           Before entry with  UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the leading n by n
-*           upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper
-*           triangular matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of
-*           A is not referenced.
-*           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the leading n by n
-*           lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower
-*           triangular matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of
-*           A is not referenced.
-*           Note that when  DIAG = 'U' or 'u', the diagonal elements of
-*           A are not referenced either, but are assumed to be unity.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  LDA    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
-*           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
-*           max( 1, n ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  X      - DOUBLE PRECISION array of dimension at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n
-*           element right-hand side vector b. On exit, X is overwritten
-*           with the solution vector x.
-*
-*  INCX   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           X. INCX must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 2 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
-*     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Parameters ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION ZERO
@@ -220,7 +277,7 @@
          END IF
      ELSE
 *
-*        Form  x := inv( A' )*x.
+*        Form  x := inv( A**T )*x.
 *
          IF (LSAME(UPLO,'U')) THEN
              IF (INCX.EQ.1) THEN
@@ -1,23 +1,74 @@
+*> \brief \b DZASUM
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION FUNCTION DZASUM(N,ZX,INCX)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       INTEGER INCX,N
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX*16 ZX(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>    DZASUM takes the sum of the (|Re(.)| + |Im(.)|)'s of a complex vector and
+*>    returns a single precision result.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2015
+*
+*> \ingroup double_blas_level1
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>     jack dongarra, 3/11/78.
+*>     modified 3/93 to return if incx .le. 0.
+*>     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      DOUBLE PRECISION FUNCTION DZASUM(N,ZX,INCX)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level1 routine (version 3.6.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2015
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      INTEGER INCX,N
 *     ..
 *     .. Array Arguments ..
-      DOUBLE COMPLEX ZX(*)
+      COMPLEX*16 ZX(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*     takes the sum of the absolute values.
-*     jack dongarra, 3/11/78.
-*     modified 3/93 to return if incx .le. 0.
-*     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Local Scalars ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION STEMP
-      INTEGER I,IX
+      INTEGER I,NINCX
 *     ..
 *     .. External Functions ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION DCABS1
@@ -26,23 +77,22 @@
      DZASUM = 0.0d0
      STEMP = 0.0d0
      IF (N.LE.0 .OR. INCX.LE.0) RETURN
-      IF (INCX.EQ.1) GO TO 20
-*
-*        code for increment not equal to 1
-*
-      IX = 1
-      DO 10 I = 1,N
-          STEMP = STEMP + DCABS1(ZX(IX))
-          IX = IX + INCX
-   10 CONTINUE
-      DZASUM = STEMP
-      RETURN
+      IF (INCX.EQ.1) THEN
 *
 *        code for increment equal to 1
 *
-   20 DO 30 I = 1,N
-          STEMP = STEMP + DCABS1(ZX(I))
-   30 CONTINUE
+         DO I = 1,N
+            STEMP = STEMP + DCABS1(ZX(I))
+         END DO
+      ELSE
+*
+*        code for increment not equal to 1
+*
+         NINCX = N*INCX
+         DO I = 1,NINCX,INCX
+            STEMP = STEMP + DCABS1(ZX(I))
+         END DO
+      END IF
      DZASUM = STEMP
      RETURN
      END
@@ -1,24 +1,72 @@
+*> \brief \b DZNRM2
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION FUNCTION DZNRM2(N,X,INCX)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       INTEGER INCX,N
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX*16 X(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> DZNRM2 returns the euclidean norm of a vector via the function
+*> name, so that
+*>
+*>    DZNRM2 := sqrt( x**H*x )
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup double_blas_level1
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  -- This version written on 25-October-1982.
+*>     Modified on 14-October-1993 to inline the call to ZLASSQ.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Nag Ltd.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      DOUBLE PRECISION FUNCTION DZNRM2(N,X,INCX)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level1 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      INTEGER INCX,N
 *     ..
 *     .. Array Arguments ..
-      DOUBLE COMPLEX X(*)
+      COMPLEX*16 X(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  DZNRM2 returns the euclidean norm of a vector via the function
-*  name, so that
-*
-*     DZNRM2 := sqrt( conjg( x' )*x )
-*
-*
-*  -- This version written on 25-October-1982.
-*     Modified on 14-October-1993 to inline the call to ZLASSQ.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Nag Ltd.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Parameters ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION ONE,ZERO
@@ -1,4 +1,61 @@
+*> \brief \b ICAMAX
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       INTEGER FUNCTION ICAMAX(N,CX,INCX)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       INTEGER INCX,N
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX CX(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>    ICAMAX finds the index of the first element having maximum |Re(.)| + |Im(.)|
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2015
+*
+*> \ingroup aux_blas
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
+*>     modified 3/93 to return if incx .le. 0.
+*>     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      INTEGER FUNCTION ICAMAX(N,CX,INCX)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level1 routine (version 3.6.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2015
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      INTEGER INCX,N
 *     ..
@@ -6,14 +63,7 @@
      COMPLEX CX(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*     finds the index of element having max. absolute value.
-*     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
-*     modified 3/93 to return if incx .le. 0.
-*     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Local Scalars ..
      REAL SMAX
@@ -27,28 +77,31 @@
      IF (N.LT.1 .OR. INCX.LE.0) RETURN
      ICAMAX = 1
      IF (N.EQ.1) RETURN
-      IF (INCX.EQ.1) GO TO 20
-*
-*        code for increment not equal to 1
-*
-      IX = 1
-      SMAX = SCABS1(CX(1))
-      IX = IX + INCX
-      DO 10 I = 2,N
-          IF (SCABS1(CX(IX)).LE.SMAX) GO TO 5
-          ICAMAX = I
-          SMAX = SCABS1(CX(IX))
-    5     IX = IX + INCX
-   10 CONTINUE
-      RETURN
+      IF (INCX.EQ.1) THEN
 *
 *        code for increment equal to 1
 *
-   20 SMAX = SCABS1(CX(1))
-      DO 30 I = 2,N
-          IF (SCABS1(CX(I)).LE.SMAX) GO TO 30
-          ICAMAX = I
-          SMAX = SCABS1(CX(I))
-   30 CONTINUE
+         SMAX = SCABS1(CX(1))
+         DO I = 2,N
+            IF (SCABS1(CX(I)).GT.SMAX) THEN
+               ICAMAX = I
+               SMAX = SCABS1(CX(I))
+            END IF
+         END DO
+      ELSE
+*
+*        code for increment not equal to 1
+*
+         IX = 1
+         SMAX = SCABS1(CX(1))
+         IX = IX + INCX
+         DO I = 2,N
+            IF (SCABS1(CX(IX)).GT.SMAX) THEN
+               ICAMAX = I
+               SMAX = SCABS1(CX(IX))
+            END IF
+            IX = IX + INCX
+         END DO
+      END IF
      RETURN
      END
@@ -1,4 +1,61 @@
+*> \brief \b IDAMAX
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       INTEGER FUNCTION IDAMAX(N,DX,INCX)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       INTEGER INCX,N
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION DX(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>    IDAMAX finds the index of the first element having maximum absolute value.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2015
+*
+*> \ingroup aux_blas
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
+*>     modified 3/93 to return if incx .le. 0.
+*>     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      INTEGER FUNCTION IDAMAX(N,DX,INCX)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level1 routine (version 3.6.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2015
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      INTEGER INCX,N
 *     ..
@@ -6,14 +63,7 @@
      DOUBLE PRECISION DX(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*     finds the index of element having max. absolute value.
-*     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
-*     modified 3/93 to return if incx .le. 0.
-*     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Local Scalars ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION DMAX
@@ -26,28 +76,31 @@
      IF (N.LT.1 .OR. INCX.LE.0) RETURN
      IDAMAX = 1
      IF (N.EQ.1) RETURN
-      IF (INCX.EQ.1) GO TO 20
-*
-*        code for increment not equal to 1
-*
-      IX = 1
-      DMAX = DABS(DX(1))
-      IX = IX + INCX
-      DO 10 I = 2,N
-          IF (DABS(DX(IX)).LE.DMAX) GO TO 5
-          IDAMAX = I
-          DMAX = DABS(DX(IX))
-    5     IX = IX + INCX
-   10 CONTINUE
-      RETURN
+      IF (INCX.EQ.1) THEN
 *
 *        code for increment equal to 1
 *
-   20 DMAX = DABS(DX(1))
-      DO 30 I = 2,N
-          IF (DABS(DX(I)).LE.DMAX) GO TO 30
-          IDAMAX = I
-          DMAX = DABS(DX(I))
-   30 CONTINUE
+         DMAX = DABS(DX(1))
+         DO I = 2,N
+            IF (DABS(DX(I)).GT.DMAX) THEN
+               IDAMAX = I
+               DMAX = DABS(DX(I))
+            END IF
+         END DO
+      ELSE
+*
+*        code for increment not equal to 1
+*
+         IX = 1
+         DMAX = DABS(DX(1))
+         IX = IX + INCX
+         DO I = 2,N
+            IF (DABS(DX(IX)).GT.DMAX) THEN
+               IDAMAX = I
+               DMAX = DABS(DX(IX))
+            END IF
+            IX = IX + INCX
+         END DO
+      END IF
      RETURN
      END
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-      INTEGER FUNCTION ILA_LEN_TRIM(SUBNAM)
-C
-C  -- LAPACK auxiliary routine (version 3.1) --
-C     Univ. of Tennessee, Univ. of California Berkeley and NAG Ltd..
-C     October 2006
-C
-C     .. Scalar Arguments ..
-      CHARACTER*(*) SUBNAM
-C     ..
-C
-C  Purpose
-C  =======
-C
-C  ILA_LEN_TRIM is called from testing and timing routines to remove
-C  trailing spaces from its argument.  It is included in the library
-C  for possible use within a user's XERBLA error-handing routine.
-C
-C  Arguments
-C  =========
-C
-C  SUBNAM  (input) CHARACTER*(*)
-C          Provides the string.
-C
-C  RETURN VALUE:  INTEGER
-C          = N > 0 : The location of the last non-blank.
-C          = 0     : The entire string is blank.
-C
-C     .. Local Scalars ..
-      INTEGER I
-C     ..
-C     .. Intrinsic Functions ..
-      INTRINSIC LEN
-C     ..
-
-      DO I = LEN(SUBNAM),1,-1
-          IF (SUBNAM(I:I).NE.' ') THEN
-              ILA_LEN_TRIM = I
-              RETURN
-          END IF
-      END DO
-      ILA_LEN_TRIM = 0
-      END
@@ -1,4 +1,61 @@
+*> \brief \b ISAMAX
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       INTEGER FUNCTION ISAMAX(N,SX,INCX)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       INTEGER INCX,N
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       REAL SX(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>    ISAMAX finds the index of the first element having maximum absolute value.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2015
+*
+*> \ingroup aux_blas
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
+*>     modified 3/93 to return if incx .le. 0.
+*>     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      INTEGER FUNCTION ISAMAX(N,SX,INCX)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level1 routine (version 3.6.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2015
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      INTEGER INCX,N
 *     ..
@@ -6,14 +63,7 @@
      REAL SX(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*     finds the index of element having max. absolute value.
-*     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
-*     modified 3/93 to return if incx .le. 0.
-*     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Local Scalars ..
      REAL SMAX
@@ -26,28 +76,31 @@
      IF (N.LT.1 .OR. INCX.LE.0) RETURN
      ISAMAX = 1
      IF (N.EQ.1) RETURN
-      IF (INCX.EQ.1) GO TO 20
-*
-*        code for increment not equal to 1
-*
-      IX = 1
-      SMAX = ABS(SX(1))
-      IX = IX + INCX
-      DO 10 I = 2,N
-          IF (ABS(SX(IX)).LE.SMAX) GO TO 5
-          ISAMAX = I
-          SMAX = ABS(SX(IX))
-    5     IX = IX + INCX
-   10 CONTINUE
-      RETURN
+      IF (INCX.EQ.1) THEN
 *
 *        code for increment equal to 1
 *
-   20 SMAX = ABS(SX(1))
-      DO 30 I = 2,N
-          IF (ABS(SX(I)).LE.SMAX) GO TO 30
-          ISAMAX = I
-          SMAX = ABS(SX(I))
-   30 CONTINUE
+         SMAX = ABS(SX(1))
+         DO I = 2,N
+            IF (ABS(SX(I)).GT.SMAX) THEN
+               ISAMAX = I
+               SMAX = ABS(SX(I))
+            END IF
+         END DO
+      ELSE
+*
+*        code for increment not equal to 1
+*
+         IX = 1
+         SMAX = ABS(SX(1))
+         IX = IX + INCX
+         DO I = 2,N
+            IF (ABS(SX(IX)).GT.SMAX) THEN
+               ISAMAX = I
+               SMAX = ABS(SX(IX))
+            END IF
+            IX = IX + INCX
+         END DO
+      END IF
      RETURN
      END
@@ -1,22 +1,72 @@
+*> \brief \b IZAMAX
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       INTEGER FUNCTION IZAMAX(N,ZX,INCX)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       INTEGER INCX,N
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX*16 ZX(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>    IZAMAX finds the index of the first element having maximum |Re(.)| + |Im(.)|
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2015
+*
+*> \ingroup aux_blas
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>     jack dongarra, 1/15/85.
+*>     modified 3/93 to return if incx .le. 0.
+*>     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      INTEGER FUNCTION IZAMAX(N,ZX,INCX)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level1 routine (version 3.6.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2015
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      INTEGER INCX,N
 *     ..
 *     .. Array Arguments ..
-      DOUBLE COMPLEX ZX(*)
+      COMPLEX*16 ZX(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*     finds the index of element having max. absolute value.
-*     jack dongarra, 1/15/85.
-*     modified 3/93 to return if incx .le. 0.
-*     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Local Scalars ..
-      DOUBLE PRECISION SMAX
+      DOUBLE PRECISION DMAX
      INTEGER I,IX
 *     ..
 *     .. External Functions ..
@@ -27,28 +77,31 @@
      IF (N.LT.1 .OR. INCX.LE.0) RETURN
      IZAMAX = 1
      IF (N.EQ.1) RETURN
-      IF (INCX.EQ.1) GO TO 20
-*
-*        code for increment not equal to 1
-*
-      IX = 1
-      SMAX = DCABS1(ZX(1))
-      IX = IX + INCX
-      DO 10 I = 2,N
-          IF (DCABS1(ZX(IX)).LE.SMAX) GO TO 5
-          IZAMAX = I
-          SMAX = DCABS1(ZX(IX))
-    5     IX = IX + INCX
-   10 CONTINUE
-      RETURN
+      IF (INCX.EQ.1) THEN
 *
 *        code for increment equal to 1
 *
-   20 SMAX = DCABS1(ZX(1))
-      DO 30 I = 2,N
-          IF (DCABS1(ZX(I)).LE.SMAX) GO TO 30
-          IZAMAX = I
-          SMAX = DCABS1(ZX(I))
-   30 CONTINUE
+         DMAX = DCABS1(ZX(1))
+         DO I = 2,N
+            IF (DCABS1(ZX(I)).GT.DMAX) THEN
+               IZAMAX = I
+               DMAX = DCABS1(ZX(I))
+            END IF
+         END DO
+      ELSE
+*
+*        code for increment not equal to 1
+*
+         IX = 1
+         DMAX = DCABS1(ZX(1))
+         IX = IX + INCX
+         DO I = 2,N
+            IF (DCABS1(ZX(IX)).GT.DMAX) THEN
+               IZAMAX = I
+               DMAX = DCABS1(ZX(IX))
+            END IF
+            IX = IX + INCX
+         END DO
+      END IF
      RETURN
      END
@@ -1,27 +1,67 @@
+*> \brief \b LSAME
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       LOGICAL FUNCTION LSAME(CA,CB)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       CHARACTER CA,CB
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> LSAME returns .TRUE. if CA is the same letter as CB regardless of
+*> case.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] CA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          CA is CHARACTER*1
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] CB
+*> \verbatim
+*>          CB is CHARACTER*1
+*>          CA and CB specify the single characters to be compared.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup aux_blas
+*
+*  =====================================================================
      LOGICAL FUNCTION LSAME(CA,CB)
 *
-*  -- LAPACK auxiliary routine (version 3.1) --
-*     Univ. of Tennessee, Univ. of California Berkeley and NAG Ltd..
-*     November 2006
+*  -- Reference BLAS level1 routine (version 3.1) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
 *
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      CHARACTER CA,CB
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  LSAME returns .TRUE. if CA is the same letter as CB regardless of
-*  case.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  =========
-*
-*  CA      (input) CHARACTER*1
-*
-*  CB      (input) CHARACTER*1
-*          CA and CB specify the single characters to be compared.
-*
 * =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Intrinsic Functions ..
@@ -1,4 +1,62 @@
+*> \brief \b SASUM
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       REAL FUNCTION SASUM(N,SX,INCX)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       INTEGER INCX,N
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       REAL SX(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>    SASUM takes the sum of the absolute values.
+*>    uses unrolled loops for increment equal to one.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup single_blas_level1
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
+*>     modified 3/93 to return if incx .le. 0.
+*>     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      REAL FUNCTION SASUM(N,SX,INCX)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level1 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      INTEGER INCX,N
 *     ..
@@ -6,17 +64,8 @@
      REAL SX(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
+*  =====================================================================
 *
-*     takes the sum of the absolute values.
-*     uses unrolled loops for increment equal to one.
-*     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
-*     modified 3/93 to return if incx .le. 0.
-*     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
-*
-*
-
 *     .. Local Scalars ..
      REAL STEMP
      INTEGER I,M,MP1,NINCX
@@ -27,33 +76,37 @@
      SASUM = 0.0e0
      STEMP = 0.0e0
      IF (N.LE.0 .OR. INCX.LE.0) RETURN
-      IF (INCX.EQ.1) GO TO 20
-*
-*        code for increment not equal to 1
-*
-      NINCX = N*INCX
-      DO 10 I = 1,NINCX,INCX
-          STEMP = STEMP + ABS(SX(I))
-   10 CONTINUE
-      SASUM = STEMP
-      RETURN
-*
+      IF (INCX.EQ.1) THEN
 *        code for increment equal to 1
 *
 *
 *        clean-up loop
 *
-   20 M = MOD(N,6)
-      IF (M.EQ.0) GO TO 40
-      DO 30 I = 1,M
-          STEMP = STEMP + ABS(SX(I))
-   30 CONTINUE
-      IF (N.LT.6) GO TO 60
-   40 MP1 = M + 1
-      DO 50 I = MP1,N,6
-          STEMP = STEMP + ABS(SX(I)) + ABS(SX(I+1)) + ABS(SX(I+2)) +
-     +            ABS(SX(I+3)) + ABS(SX(I+4)) + ABS(SX(I+5))
-   50 CONTINUE
-   60 SASUM = STEMP
+         M = MOD(N,6)
+         IF (M.NE.0) THEN
+            DO I = 1,M
+               STEMP = STEMP + ABS(SX(I))
+            END DO
+            IF (N.LT.6) THEN
+               SASUM = STEMP
+               RETURN
+            END IF
+         END IF
+         MP1 = M + 1
+         DO I = MP1,N,6
+            STEMP = STEMP + ABS(SX(I)) + ABS(SX(I+1)) +
+     $              ABS(SX(I+2)) + ABS(SX(I+3)) +
+     $              ABS(SX(I+4)) + ABS(SX(I+5))
+         END DO
+      ELSE
+*
+*        code for increment not equal to 1
+*
+         NINCX = N*INCX
+         DO I = 1,NINCX,INCX
+            STEMP = STEMP + ABS(SX(I))
+         END DO
+      END IF
+      SASUM = STEMP
      RETURN
      END
@@ -1,4 +1,62 @@
+*> \brief \b SAXPY
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE SAXPY(N,SA,SX,INCX,SY,INCY)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       REAL SA
+*       INTEGER INCX,INCY,N
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       REAL SX(*),SY(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>    SAXPY constant times a vector plus a vector.
+*>    uses unrolled loops for increments equal to one.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup single_blas_level1
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
+*>     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE SAXPY(N,SA,SX,INCX,SY,INCY)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level1 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      REAL SA
      INTEGER INCX,INCY,N
@@ -7,14 +65,7 @@
      REAL SX(*),SY(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*     SAXPY constant times a vector plus a vector.
-*     uses unrolled loop for increments equal to one.
-*     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
-*     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Local Scalars ..
      INTEGER I,IX,IY,M,MP1
@@ -24,39 +75,41 @@
 *     ..
      IF (N.LE.0) RETURN
      IF (SA.EQ.0.0) RETURN
-      IF (INCX.EQ.1 .AND. INCY.EQ.1) GO TO 20
-*
-*        code for unequal increments or equal increments
-*          not equal to 1
-*
-      IX = 1
-      IY = 1
-      IF (INCX.LT.0) IX = (-N+1)*INCX + 1
-      IF (INCY.LT.0) IY = (-N+1)*INCY + 1
-      DO 10 I = 1,N
-          SY(IY) = SY(IY) + SA*SX(IX)
-          IX = IX + INCX
-          IY = IY + INCY
-   10 CONTINUE
-      RETURN
+      IF (INCX.EQ.1 .AND. INCY.EQ.1) THEN
 *
 *        code for both increments equal to 1
 *
 *
 *        clean-up loop
 *
-   20 M = MOD(N,4)
-      IF (M.EQ.0) GO TO 40
-      DO 30 I = 1,M
-          SY(I) = SY(I) + SA*SX(I)
-   30 CONTINUE
-      IF (N.LT.4) RETURN
-   40 MP1 = M + 1
-      DO 50 I = MP1,N,4
-          SY(I) = SY(I) + SA*SX(I)
-          SY(I+1) = SY(I+1) + SA*SX(I+1)
-          SY(I+2) = SY(I+2) + SA*SX(I+2)
-          SY(I+3) = SY(I+3) + SA*SX(I+3)
-   50 CONTINUE
+         M = MOD(N,4)
+         IF (M.NE.0) THEN
+            DO I = 1,M
+               SY(I) = SY(I) + SA*SX(I)
+            END DO
+         END IF
+         IF (N.LT.4) RETURN
+         MP1 = M + 1
+         DO I = MP1,N,4
+            SY(I) = SY(I) + SA*SX(I)
+            SY(I+1) = SY(I+1) + SA*SX(I+1)
+            SY(I+2) = SY(I+2) + SA*SX(I+2)
+            SY(I+3) = SY(I+3) + SA*SX(I+3)
+         END DO
+      ELSE
+*
+*        code for unequal increments or equal increments
+*          not equal to 1
+*
+         IX = 1
+         IY = 1
+         IF (INCX.LT.0) IX = (-N+1)*INCX + 1
+         IF (INCY.LT.0) IY = (-N+1)*INCY + 1
+         DO I = 1,N
+          SY(IY) = SY(IY) + SA*SX(IX)
+          IX = IX + INCX
+          IY = IY + INCY
+         END DO
+      END IF
      RETURN
      END
@@ -1,12 +1,53 @@
+*> \brief \b SCABS1
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       REAL FUNCTION SCABS1(Z)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX Z
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> SCABS1 computes |Re(.)| + |Im(.)| of a complex number
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2015
+*
+*> \ingroup single_blas_level1
+*
+*  =====================================================================
      REAL FUNCTION SCABS1(Z)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level1 routine (version 3.6.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2015
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      COMPLEX Z
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  SCABS1 computes absolute value of a complex number
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Intrinsic Functions ..
      INTRINSIC ABS,AIMAG,REAL
@@ -1,4 +1,62 @@
+*> \brief \b SCASUM
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       REAL FUNCTION SCASUM(N,CX,INCX)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       INTEGER INCX,N
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX CX(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>    SCASUM takes the sum of the (|Re(.)| + |Im(.)|)'s of a complex vector and
+*>    returns a single precision result.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2015
+*
+*> \ingroup single_blas_level1
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
+*>     modified 3/93 to return if incx .le. 0.
+*>     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      REAL FUNCTION SCASUM(N,CX,INCX)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level1 routine (version 3.6.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2015
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      INTEGER INCX,N
 *     ..
@@ -6,15 +64,7 @@
      COMPLEX CX(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*     takes the sum of the absolute values of a complex vector and
-*     returns a single precision result.
-*     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
-*     modified 3/93 to return if incx .le. 0.
-*     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Local Scalars ..
      REAL STEMP
@@ -26,22 +76,22 @@
      SCASUM = 0.0e0
      STEMP = 0.0e0
      IF (N.LE.0 .OR. INCX.LE.0) RETURN
-      IF (INCX.EQ.1) GO TO 20
-*
-*        code for increment not equal to 1
-*
-      NINCX = N*INCX
-      DO 10 I = 1,NINCX,INCX
-          STEMP = STEMP + ABS(REAL(CX(I))) + ABS(AIMAG(CX(I)))
-   10 CONTINUE
-      SCASUM = STEMP
-      RETURN
+      IF (INCX.EQ.1) THEN
 *
 *        code for increment equal to 1
 *
-   20 DO 30 I = 1,N
-          STEMP = STEMP + ABS(REAL(CX(I))) + ABS(AIMAG(CX(I)))
-   30 CONTINUE
+         DO I = 1,N
+            STEMP = STEMP + ABS(REAL(CX(I))) + ABS(AIMAG(CX(I)))
+         END DO
+      ELSE
+*
+*        code for increment not equal to 1
+*
+         NINCX = N*INCX
+         DO I = 1,NINCX,INCX
+            STEMP = STEMP + ABS(REAL(CX(I))) + ABS(AIMAG(CX(I)))
+         END DO
+      END IF
      SCASUM = STEMP
      RETURN
      END
@@ -1,4 +1,64 @@
+*> \brief \b SCNRM2
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       REAL FUNCTION SCNRM2(N,X,INCX)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       INTEGER INCX,N
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       COMPLEX X(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> SCNRM2 returns the euclidean norm of a vector via the function
+*> name, so that
+*>
+*>    SCNRM2 := sqrt( x**H*x )
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup single_blas_level1
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  -- This version written on 25-October-1982.
+*>     Modified on 14-October-1993 to inline the call to CLASSQ.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Nag Ltd.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      REAL FUNCTION SCNRM2(N,X,INCX)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level1 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      INTEGER INCX,N
 *     ..
@@ -6,20 +66,7 @@
      COMPLEX X(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  SCNRM2 returns the euclidean norm of a vector via the function
-*  name, so that
-*
-*     SCNRM2 := sqrt( conjg( x' )*x )
-*
-*
-*
-*  -- This version written on 25-October-1982.
-*     Modified on 14-October-1993 to inline the call to CLASSQ.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Nag Ltd.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Parameters ..
      REAL ONE,ZERO
@@ -1,4 +1,61 @@
+*> \brief \b SCOPY
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE SCOPY(N,SX,INCX,SY,INCY)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       INTEGER INCX,INCY,N
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       REAL SX(*),SY(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>    SCOPY copies a vector, x, to a vector, y.
+*>    uses unrolled loops for increments equal to 1.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup single_blas_level1
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
+*>     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE SCOPY(N,SX,INCX,SY,INCY)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level1 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      INTEGER INCX,INCY,N
 *     ..
@@ -6,14 +63,7 @@
      REAL SX(*),SY(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*     copies a vector, x, to a vector, y.
-*     uses unrolled loops for increments equal to 1.
-*     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
-*     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Local Scalars ..
      INTEGER I,IX,IY,M,MP1
@@ -22,42 +72,44 @@
      INTRINSIC MOD
 *     ..
      IF (N.LE.0) RETURN
-      IF (INCX.EQ.1 .AND. INCY.EQ.1) GO TO 20
-*
-*        code for unequal increments or equal increments
-*          not equal to 1
-*
-      IX = 1
-      IY = 1
-      IF (INCX.LT.0) IX = (-N+1)*INCX + 1
-      IF (INCY.LT.0) IY = (-N+1)*INCY + 1
-      DO 10 I = 1,N
-          SY(IY) = SX(IX)
-          IX = IX + INCX
-          IY = IY + INCY
-   10 CONTINUE
-      RETURN
+      IF (INCX.EQ.1 .AND. INCY.EQ.1) THEN
 *
 *        code for both increments equal to 1
 *
 *
 *        clean-up loop
 *
-   20 M = MOD(N,7)
-      IF (M.EQ.0) GO TO 40
-      DO 30 I = 1,M
-          SY(I) = SX(I)
-   30 CONTINUE
-      IF (N.LT.7) RETURN
-   40 MP1 = M + 1
-      DO 50 I = MP1,N,7
-          SY(I) = SX(I)
-          SY(I+1) = SX(I+1)
-          SY(I+2) = SX(I+2)
-          SY(I+3) = SX(I+3)
-          SY(I+4) = SX(I+4)
-          SY(I+5) = SX(I+5)
-          SY(I+6) = SX(I+6)
-   50 CONTINUE
+         M = MOD(N,7)
+         IF (M.NE.0) THEN
+            DO I = 1,M
+               SY(I) = SX(I)
+            END DO
+            IF (N.LT.7) RETURN
+         END IF   
+         MP1 = M + 1
+         DO I = MP1,N,7
+            SY(I) = SX(I)
+            SY(I+1) = SX(I+1)
+            SY(I+2) = SX(I+2)
+            SY(I+3) = SX(I+3)
+            SY(I+4) = SX(I+4)
+            SY(I+5) = SX(I+5)
+            SY(I+6) = SX(I+6)
+         END DO
+      ELSE      
+*
+*        code for unequal increments or equal increments
+*          not equal to 1
+*
+         IX = 1
+         IY = 1
+         IF (INCX.LT.0) IX = (-N+1)*INCX + 1
+         IF (INCY.LT.0) IY = (-N+1)*INCY + 1
+         DO I = 1,N
+            SY(IY) = SX(IX)
+            IX = IX + INCX
+            IY = IY + INCY
+         END DO
+      END IF
      RETURN
      END
@@ -1,4 +1,61 @@
+*> \brief \b SDOT
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       REAL FUNCTION SDOT(N,SX,INCX,SY,INCY)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       INTEGER INCX,INCY,N
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       REAL SX(*),SY(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>    SDOT forms the dot product of two vectors.
+*>    uses unrolled loops for increments equal to one.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup single_blas_level1
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
+*>     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      REAL FUNCTION SDOT(N,SX,INCX,SY,INCY)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level1 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      INTEGER INCX,INCY,N
 *     ..
@@ -6,16 +63,8 @@
      REAL SX(*),SY(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
+*  =====================================================================
 *
-*     forms the dot product of two vectors.
-*     uses unrolled loops for increments equal to one.
-*     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
-*     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
-*
-*
-
 *     .. Local Scalars ..
      REAL STEMP
      INTEGER I,IX,IY,M,MP1
@@ -26,39 +75,43 @@
      STEMP = 0.0e0
      SDOT = 0.0e0
      IF (N.LE.0) RETURN
-      IF (INCX.EQ.1 .AND. INCY.EQ.1) GO TO 20
-*
-*        code for unequal increments or equal increments
-*          not equal to 1
-*
-      IX = 1
-      IY = 1
-      IF (INCX.LT.0) IX = (-N+1)*INCX + 1
-      IF (INCY.LT.0) IY = (-N+1)*INCY + 1
-      DO 10 I = 1,N
-          STEMP = STEMP + SX(IX)*SY(IY)
-          IX = IX + INCX
-          IY = IY + INCY
-   10 CONTINUE
-      SDOT = STEMP
-      RETURN
+      IF (INCX.EQ.1 .AND. INCY.EQ.1) THEN
 *
 *        code for both increments equal to 1
 *
 *
 *        clean-up loop
 *
-   20 M = MOD(N,5)
-      IF (M.EQ.0) GO TO 40
-      DO 30 I = 1,M
-          STEMP = STEMP + SX(I)*SY(I)
-   30 CONTINUE
-      IF (N.LT.5) GO TO 60
-   40 MP1 = M + 1
-      DO 50 I = MP1,N,5
+         M = MOD(N,5)
+         IF (M.NE.0) THEN
+            DO I = 1,M
+               STEMP = STEMP + SX(I)*SY(I)
+            END DO
+            IF (N.LT.5) THEN
+               SDOT=STEMP
+            RETURN
+            END IF
+         END IF
+         MP1 = M + 1
+         DO I = MP1,N,5
          STEMP = STEMP + SX(I)*SY(I) + SX(I+1)*SY(I+1) +
-     +            SX(I+2)*SY(I+2) + SX(I+3)*SY(I+3) + SX(I+4)*SY(I+4)
-   50 CONTINUE
-   60 SDOT = STEMP
+     $            SX(I+2)*SY(I+2) + SX(I+3)*SY(I+3) + SX(I+4)*SY(I+4)
+         END DO
+      ELSE
+*
+*        code for unequal increments or equal increments
+*          not equal to 1
+*
+         IX = 1
+         IY = 1
+         IF (INCX.LT.0) IX = (-N+1)*INCX + 1
+         IF (INCY.LT.0) IY = (-N+1)*INCY + 1
+         DO I = 1,N
+            STEMP = STEMP + SX(IX)*SY(IY)
+            IX = IX + INCX
+            IY = IY + INCY
+         END DO
+      END IF
+      SDOT = STEMP
      RETURN
      END
@@ -1,4 +1,150 @@
+*> \brief \b SDSDOT
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       REAL FUNCTION SDSDOT(N,SB,SX,INCX,SY,INCY)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       REAL SB
+*       INTEGER INCX,INCY,N
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       REAL SX(*),SY(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*    PURPOSE
+*    =======
+*  
+*    Compute the inner product of two vectors with extended
+*    precision accumulation.
+*  
+*    Returns S.P. result with dot product accumulated in D.P.
+*    SDSDOT = SB + sum for I = 0 to N-1 of SX(LX+I*INCX)*SY(LY+I*INCY),
+*    where LX = 1 if INCX .GE. 0, else LX = 1+(1-N)*INCX, and LY is
+*    defined in a similar way using INCY.
+*  
+*    AUTHOR
+*    ======
+*    Lawson, C. L., (JPL), Hanson, R. J., (SNLA),
+*    Kincaid, D. R., (U. of Texas), Krogh, F. T., (JPL)
+*  
+*    ARGUMENTS 
+*    =========
+*  
+*    N      (input) INTEGER
+*           number of elements in input vector(s)
+*  
+*    SB     (input) REAL
+*           single precision scalar to be added to inner product
+*  
+*    SX     (input) REAL array, dimension (N)
+*           single precision vector with N elements
+*  
+*    INCX   (input) INTEGER
+*           storage spacing between elements of SX
+*  
+*    SY     (input) REAL array, dimension (N)
+*           single precision vector with N elements
+*  
+*    INCY   (input) INTEGER
+*           storage spacing between elements of SY
+*  
+*    SDSDOT (output) REAL
+*           single precision dot product (SB if N .LE. 0)
+*  
+*    Further Details
+*    ===============
+*  
+*    REFERENCES
+*  
+*    C. L. Lawson, R. J. Hanson, D. R. Kincaid and F. T.
+*    Krogh, Basic linear algebra subprograms for Fortran
+*    usage, Algorithm No. 539, Transactions on Mathematical
+*    Software 5, 3 (September 1979), pp. 308-323.
+*  
+*    REVISION HISTORY  (YYMMDD)
+*        
+*    791001  DATE WRITTEN
+*    890531  Changed all specific intrinsics to generic.  (WRB)
+*    890831  Modified array declarations.  (WRB)
+*    890831  REVISION DATE from Version 3.2
+*    891214  Prologue converted to Version 4.0 format.  (BAB)
+*    920310  Corrected definition of LX in DESCRIPTION.  (WRB)
+*    920501  Reformatted the REFERENCES section.  (WRB)
+*    070118  Reformat to LAPACK coding style
+*  
+*    =====================================================================
+*  
+*       .. Local Scalars ..
+*       DOUBLE PRECISION DSDOT
+*       INTEGER I,KX,KY,NS
+*       ..
+*       .. Intrinsic Functions ..
+*       INTRINSIC DBLE
+*       ..
+*       DSDOT = SB
+*       IF (N.LE.0) THEN
+*          SDSDOT = DSDOT
+*          RETURN
+*       END IF   
+*       IF (INCX.EQ.INCY .AND. INCX.GT.0) THEN
+*  
+*       Code for equal and positive increments.
+*  
+*          NS = N*INCX
+*          DO I = 1,NS,INCX
+*             DSDOT = DSDOT + DBLE(SX(I))*DBLE(SY(I))
+*          END DO
+*       ELSE
+*  
+*       Code for unequal or nonpositive increments.
+*  
+*          KX = 1
+*          KY = 1
+*          IF (INCX.LT.0) KX = 1 + (1-N)*INCX
+*          IF (INCY.LT.0) KY = 1 + (1-N)*INCY
+*          DO I = 1,N
+*             DSDOT = DSDOT + DBLE(SX(KX))*DBLE(SY(KY))
+*             KX = KX + INCX
+*             KY = KY + INCY
+*          END DO
+*       END IF
+*       SDSDOT = DSDOT
+*       RETURN
+*       END
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup single_blas_level1
+*
+*  =====================================================================
      REAL FUNCTION SDSDOT(N,SB,SX,INCX,SY,INCY)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level1 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      REAL SB
      INTEGER INCX,INCY,N
@@ -47,8 +193,10 @@
 *  SDSDOT (output) REAL
 *         single precision dot product (SB if N .LE. 0)
 *
+*  Further Details
+*  ===============
+*
 *  REFERENCES
-*  ==========
 *
 *  C. L. Lawson, R. J. Hanson, D. R. Kincaid and F. T.
 *  Krogh, Basic linear algebra subprograms for Fortran
@@ -56,7 +204,6 @@
 *  Software 5, 3 (September 1979), pp. 308-323.
 *
 *  REVISION HISTORY  (YYMMDD)
-*  ==========================
 *      
 *  791001  DATE WRITTEN
 *  890531  Changed all specific intrinsics to generic.  (WRB)
@@ -77,29 +224,32 @@
      INTRINSIC DBLE
 *     ..
      DSDOT = SB
-      IF (N.LE.0) GO TO 30
-      IF (INCX.EQ.INCY .AND. INCX.GT.0) GO TO 40
-*
-*     Code for unequal or nonpositive increments.
-*
-      KX = 1
-      KY = 1
-      IF (INCX.LT.0) KX = 1 + (1-N)*INCX
-      IF (INCY.LT.0) KY = 1 + (1-N)*INCY
-      DO 10 I = 1,N
-          DSDOT = DSDOT + DBLE(SX(KX))*DBLE(SY(KY))
-          KX = KX + INCX
-          KY = KY + INCY
-   10 CONTINUE
-   30 SDSDOT = DSDOT
-      RETURN
+      IF (N.LE.0) THEN
+         SDSDOT = DSDOT
+         RETURN
+      END IF   
+      IF (INCX.EQ.INCY .AND. INCX.GT.0) THEN
 *
 *     Code for equal and positive increments.
 *
-   40 NS = N*INCX
-      DO 50 I = 1,NS,INCX
-          DSDOT = DSDOT + DBLE(SX(I))*DBLE(SY(I))
-   50 CONTINUE
+         NS = N*INCX
+         DO I = 1,NS,INCX
+            DSDOT = DSDOT + DBLE(SX(I))*DBLE(SY(I))
+         END DO
+      ELSE
+*
+*     Code for unequal or nonpositive increments.
+*
+         KX = 1
+         KY = 1
+         IF (INCX.LT.0) KX = 1 + (1-N)*INCX
+         IF (INCY.LT.0) KY = 1 + (1-N)*INCY
+         DO I = 1,N
+            DSDOT = DSDOT + DBLE(SX(KX))*DBLE(SY(KY))
+            KX = KX + INCX
+            KY = KY + INCY
+         END DO
+      END IF
      SDSDOT = DSDOT
      RETURN
      END
@@ -1,4 +1,195 @@
+*> \brief \b SGBMV
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE SGBMV(TRANS,M,N,KL,KU,ALPHA,A,LDA,X,INCX,BETA,Y,INCY)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       REAL ALPHA,BETA
+*       INTEGER INCX,INCY,KL,KU,LDA,M,N
+*       CHARACTER TRANS
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       REAL A(LDA,*),X(*),Y(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> SGBMV  performs one of the matrix-vector operations
+*>
+*>    y := alpha*A*x + beta*y,   or   y := alpha*A**T*x + beta*y,
+*>
+*> where alpha and beta are scalars, x and y are vectors and A is an
+*> m by n band matrix, with kl sub-diagonals and ku super-diagonals.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] TRANS
+*> \verbatim
+*>          TRANS is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as
+*>           follows:
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'   y := alpha*A*x + beta*y.
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'T' or 't'   y := alpha*A**T*x + beta*y.
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'C' or 'c'   y := alpha*A**T*x + beta*y.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] M
+*> \verbatim
+*>          M is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, M specifies the number of rows of the matrix A.
+*>           M must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix A.
+*>           N must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] KL
+*> \verbatim
+*>          KL is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, KL specifies the number of sub-diagonals of the
+*>           matrix A. KL must satisfy  0 .le. KL.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] KU
+*> \verbatim
+*>          KU is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, KU specifies the number of super-diagonals of the
+*>           matrix A. KU must satisfy  0 .le. KU.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] ALPHA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          ALPHA is REAL
+*>           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] A
+*> \verbatim
+*>          A is REAL array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
+*>           Before entry, the leading ( kl + ku + 1 ) by n part of the
+*>           array A must contain the matrix of coefficients, supplied
+*>           column by column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in
+*>           row ( ku + 1 ) of the array, the first super-diagonal
+*>           starting at position 2 in row ku, the first sub-diagonal
+*>           starting at position 1 in row ( ku + 2 ), and so on.
+*>           Elements in the array A that do not correspond to elements
+*>           in the band matrix (such as the top left ku by ku triangle)
+*>           are not referenced.
+*>           The following program segment will transfer a band matrix
+*>           from conventional full matrix storage to band storage:
+*>
+*>                 DO 20, J = 1, N
+*>                    K = KU + 1 - J
+*>                    DO 10, I = MAX( 1, J - KU ), MIN( M, J + KL )
+*>                       A( K + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
+*>              10    CONTINUE
+*>              20 CONTINUE
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDA is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
+*>           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
+*>           ( kl + ku + 1 ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] X
+*> \verbatim
+*>          X is REAL array of DIMENSION at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ) when TRANS = 'N' or 'n'
+*>           and at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ) otherwise.
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the
+*>           vector x.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCX
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCX is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           X. INCX must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] BETA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          BETA is REAL
+*>           On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta. When BETA is
+*>           supplied as zero then Y need not be set on input.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] Y
+*> \verbatim
+*>          Y is REAL array of DIMENSION at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ) when TRANS = 'N' or 'n'
+*>           and at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ) otherwise.
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the
+*>           vector y. On exit, Y is overwritten by the updated vector y.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCY
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCY is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           Y. INCY must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2015
+*
+*> \ingroup single_blas_level2
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 2 Blas routine.
+*>  The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE SGBMV(TRANS,M,N,KL,KU,ALPHA,A,LDA,X,INCX,BETA,Y,INCY)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level2 routine (version 3.6.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2015
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      REAL ALPHA,BETA
      INTEGER INCX,INCY,KL,KU,LDA,M,N
@@ -8,121 +199,7 @@
      REAL A(LDA,*),X(*),Y(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  SGBMV  performs one of the matrix-vector operations
-*
-*     y := alpha*A*x + beta*y,   or   y := alpha*A'*x + beta*y,
-*
-*  where alpha and beta are scalars, x and y are vectors and A is an
-*  m by n band matrix, with kl sub-diagonals and ku super-diagonals.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  TRANS  - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as
-*           follows:
-*
-*              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'   y := alpha*A*x + beta*y.
-*
-*              TRANS = 'T' or 't'   y := alpha*A'*x + beta*y.
-*
-*              TRANS = 'C' or 'c'   y := alpha*A'*x + beta*y.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  M      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, M specifies the number of rows of the matrix A.
-*           M must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix A.
-*           N must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  KL     - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, KL specifies the number of sub-diagonals of the
-*           matrix A. KL must satisfy  0 .le. KL.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  KU     - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, KU specifies the number of super-diagonals of the
-*           matrix A. KU must satisfy  0 .le. KU.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  ALPHA  - REAL            .
-*           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  A      - REAL             array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
-*           Before entry, the leading ( kl + ku + 1 ) by n part of the
-*           array A must contain the matrix of coefficients, supplied
-*           column by column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in
-*           row ( ku + 1 ) of the array, the first super-diagonal
-*           starting at position 2 in row ku, the first sub-diagonal
-*           starting at position 1 in row ( ku + 2 ), and so on.
-*           Elements in the array A that do not correspond to elements
-*           in the band matrix (such as the top left ku by ku triangle)
-*           are not referenced.
-*           The following program segment will transfer a band matrix
-*           from conventional full matrix storage to band storage:
-*
-*                 DO 20, J = 1, N
-*                    K = KU + 1 - J
-*                    DO 10, I = MAX( 1, J - KU ), MIN( M, J + KL )
-*                       A( K + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
-*              10    CONTINUE
-*              20 CONTINUE
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  LDA    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
-*           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
-*           ( kl + ku + 1 ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  X      - REAL             array of DIMENSION at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ) when TRANS = 'N' or 'n'
-*           and at least
-*           ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ) otherwise.
-*           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the
-*           vector x.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  INCX   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           X. INCX must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  BETA   - REAL            .
-*           On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta. When BETA is
-*           supplied as zero then Y need not be set on input.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  Y      - REAL             array of DIMENSION at least
-*           ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ) when TRANS = 'N' or 'n'
-*           and at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ) otherwise.
-*           Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the
-*           vector y. On exit, Y is overwritten by the updated vector y.
-*
-*  INCY   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           Y. INCY must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 2 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
-*     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Parameters ..
      REAL ONE,ZERO
@@ -235,33 +312,29 @@
          JX = KX
          IF (INCY.EQ.1) THEN
              DO 60 J = 1,N
-                  IF (X(JX).NE.ZERO) THEN
-                      TEMP = ALPHA*X(JX)
-                      K = KUP1 - J
-                      DO 50 I = MAX(1,J-KU),MIN(M,J+KL)
-                          Y(I) = Y(I) + TEMP*A(K+I,J)
-   50                 CONTINUE
-                  END IF
+                  TEMP = ALPHA*X(JX)
+                  K = KUP1 - J
+                  DO 50 I = MAX(1,J-KU),MIN(M,J+KL)
+                      Y(I) = Y(I) + TEMP*A(K+I,J)
+   50             CONTINUE
                  JX = JX + INCX
   60         CONTINUE
          ELSE
              DO 80 J = 1,N
-                  IF (X(JX).NE.ZERO) THEN
-                      TEMP = ALPHA*X(JX)
-                      IY = KY
-                      K = KUP1 - J
-                      DO 70 I = MAX(1,J-KU),MIN(M,J+KL)
-                          Y(IY) = Y(IY) + TEMP*A(K+I,J)
-                          IY = IY + INCY
-   70                 CONTINUE
-                  END IF
+                  TEMP = ALPHA*X(JX)
+                  IY = KY
+                  K = KUP1 - J
+                  DO 70 I = MAX(1,J-KU),MIN(M,J+KL)
+                      Y(IY) = Y(IY) + TEMP*A(K+I,J)
+                      IY = IY + INCY
+   70             CONTINUE
                  JX = JX + INCX
                  IF (J.GT.KU) KY = KY + INCY
   80         CONTINUE
          END IF
      ELSE
 *
-*        Form  y := alpha*A'*x + y.
+*        Form  y := alpha*A**T*x + y.
 *
          JY = KY
          IF (INCX.EQ.1) THEN
@@ -1,4 +1,197 @@
+*> \brief \b SGEMM
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE SGEMM(TRANSA,TRANSB,M,N,K,ALPHA,A,LDA,B,LDB,BETA,C,LDC)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       REAL ALPHA,BETA
+*       INTEGER K,LDA,LDB,LDC,M,N
+*       CHARACTER TRANSA,TRANSB
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       REAL A(LDA,*),B(LDB,*),C(LDC,*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> SGEMM  performs one of the matrix-matrix operations
+*>
+*>    C := alpha*op( A )*op( B ) + beta*C,
+*>
+*> where  op( X ) is one of
+*>
+*>    op( X ) = X   or   op( X ) = X**T,
+*>
+*> alpha and beta are scalars, and A, B and C are matrices, with op( A )
+*> an m by k matrix,  op( B )  a  k by n matrix and  C an m by n matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] TRANSA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          TRANSA is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, TRANSA specifies the form of op( A ) to be used in
+*>           the matrix multiplication as follows:
+*>
+*>              TRANSA = 'N' or 'n',  op( A ) = A.
+*>
+*>              TRANSA = 'T' or 't',  op( A ) = A**T.
+*>
+*>              TRANSA = 'C' or 'c',  op( A ) = A**T.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] TRANSB
+*> \verbatim
+*>          TRANSB is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, TRANSB specifies the form of op( B ) to be used in
+*>           the matrix multiplication as follows:
+*>
+*>              TRANSB = 'N' or 'n',  op( B ) = B.
+*>
+*>              TRANSB = 'T' or 't',  op( B ) = B**T.
+*>
+*>              TRANSB = 'C' or 'c',  op( B ) = B**T.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] M
+*> \verbatim
+*>          M is INTEGER
+*>           On entry,  M  specifies  the number  of rows  of the  matrix
+*>           op( A )  and of the  matrix  C.  M  must  be at least  zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry,  N  specifies the number  of columns of the matrix
+*>           op( B ) and the number of columns of the matrix C. N must be
+*>           at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] K
+*> \verbatim
+*>          K is INTEGER
+*>           On entry,  K  specifies  the number of columns of the matrix
+*>           op( A ) and the number of rows of the matrix op( B ). K must
+*>           be at least  zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] ALPHA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          ALPHA is REAL
+*>           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] A
+*> \verbatim
+*>          A is REAL array of DIMENSION ( LDA, ka ), where ka is
+*>           k  when  TRANSA = 'N' or 'n',  and is  m  otherwise.
+*>           Before entry with  TRANSA = 'N' or 'n',  the leading  m by k
+*>           part of the array  A  must contain the matrix  A,  otherwise
+*>           the leading  k by m  part of the array  A  must contain  the
+*>           matrix A.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDA is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
+*>           in the calling (sub) program. When  TRANSA = 'N' or 'n' then
+*>           LDA must be at least  max( 1, m ), otherwise  LDA must be at
+*>           least  max( 1, k ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] B
+*> \verbatim
+*>          B is REAL array of DIMENSION ( LDB, kb ), where kb is
+*>           n  when  TRANSB = 'N' or 'n',  and is  k  otherwise.
+*>           Before entry with  TRANSB = 'N' or 'n',  the leading  k by n
+*>           part of the array  B  must contain the matrix  B,  otherwise
+*>           the leading  n by k  part of the array  B  must contain  the
+*>           matrix B.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDB
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDB is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared
+*>           in the calling (sub) program. When  TRANSB = 'N' or 'n' then
+*>           LDB must be at least  max( 1, k ), otherwise  LDB must be at
+*>           least  max( 1, n ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] BETA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          BETA is REAL
+*>           On entry,  BETA  specifies the scalar  beta.  When  BETA  is
+*>           supplied as zero then C need not be set on input.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] C
+*> \verbatim
+*>          C is REAL array of DIMENSION ( LDC, n ).
+*>           Before entry, the leading  m by n  part of the array  C must
+*>           contain the matrix  C,  except when  beta  is zero, in which
+*>           case C need not be set on entry.
+*>           On exit, the array  C  is overwritten by the  m by n  matrix
+*>           ( alpha*op( A )*op( B ) + beta*C ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDC
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDC is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDC specifies the first dimension of C as declared
+*>           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   LDC  must  be  at  least
+*>           max( 1, m ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2015
+*
+*> \ingroup single_blas_level3
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 3 Blas routine.
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 8-February-1989.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory.
+*>     Iain Duff, AERE Harwell.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE SGEMM(TRANSA,TRANSB,M,N,K,ALPHA,A,LDA,B,LDB,BETA,C,LDC)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level3 routine (version 3.6.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2015
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      REAL ALPHA,BETA
      INTEGER K,LDA,LDB,LDC,M,N
@@ -8,125 +201,7 @@
      REAL A(LDA,*),B(LDB,*),C(LDC,*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  SGEMM  performs one of the matrix-matrix operations
-*
-*     C := alpha*op( A )*op( B ) + beta*C,
-*
-*  where  op( X ) is one of
-*
-*     op( X ) = X   or   op( X ) = X',
-*
-*  alpha and beta are scalars, and A, B and C are matrices, with op( A )
-*  an m by k matrix,  op( B )  a  k by n matrix and  C an m by n matrix.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  TRANSA - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, TRANSA specifies the form of op( A ) to be used in
-*           the matrix multiplication as follows:
-*
-*              TRANSA = 'N' or 'n',  op( A ) = A.
-*
-*              TRANSA = 'T' or 't',  op( A ) = A'.
-*
-*              TRANSA = 'C' or 'c',  op( A ) = A'.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  TRANSB - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, TRANSB specifies the form of op( B ) to be used in
-*           the matrix multiplication as follows:
-*
-*              TRANSB = 'N' or 'n',  op( B ) = B.
-*
-*              TRANSB = 'T' or 't',  op( B ) = B'.
-*
-*              TRANSB = 'C' or 'c',  op( B ) = B'.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  M      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry,  M  specifies  the number  of rows  of the  matrix
-*           op( A )  and of the  matrix  C.  M  must  be at least  zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry,  N  specifies the number  of columns of the matrix
-*           op( B ) and the number of columns of the matrix C. N must be
-*           at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  K      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry,  K  specifies  the number of columns of the matrix
-*           op( A ) and the number of rows of the matrix op( B ). K must
-*           be at least  zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  ALPHA  - REAL            .
-*           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  A      - REAL             array of DIMENSION ( LDA, ka ), where ka is
-*           k  when  TRANSA = 'N' or 'n',  and is  m  otherwise.
-*           Before entry with  TRANSA = 'N' or 'n',  the leading  m by k
-*           part of the array  A  must contain the matrix  A,  otherwise
-*           the leading  k by m  part of the array  A  must contain  the
-*           matrix A.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  LDA    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
-*           in the calling (sub) program. When  TRANSA = 'N' or 'n' then
-*           LDA must be at least  max( 1, m ), otherwise  LDA must be at
-*           least  max( 1, k ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  B      - REAL             array of DIMENSION ( LDB, kb ), where kb is
-*           n  when  TRANSB = 'N' or 'n',  and is  k  otherwise.
-*           Before entry with  TRANSB = 'N' or 'n',  the leading  k by n
-*           part of the array  B  must contain the matrix  B,  otherwise
-*           the leading  n by k  part of the array  B  must contain  the
-*           matrix B.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  LDB    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared
-*           in the calling (sub) program. When  TRANSB = 'N' or 'n' then
-*           LDB must be at least  max( 1, k ), otherwise  LDB must be at
-*           least  max( 1, n ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  BETA   - REAL            .
-*           On entry,  BETA  specifies the scalar  beta.  When  BETA  is
-*           supplied as zero then C need not be set on input.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  C      - REAL             array of DIMENSION ( LDC, n ).
-*           Before entry, the leading  m by n  part of the array  C must
-*           contain the matrix  C,  except when  beta  is zero, in which
-*           case C need not be set on entry.
-*           On exit, the array  C  is overwritten by the  m by n  matrix
-*           ( alpha*op( A )*op( B ) + beta*C ).
-*
-*  LDC    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDC specifies the first dimension of C as declared
-*           in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   LDC  must  be  at  least
-*           max( 1, m ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 3 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 8-February-1989.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory.
-*     Iain Duff, AERE Harwell.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. External Functions ..
      LOGICAL LSAME
@@ -236,17 +311,15 @@
   60                 CONTINUE
                  END IF
                  DO 80 L = 1,K
-                      IF (B(L,J).NE.ZERO) THEN
-                          TEMP = ALPHA*B(L,J)
-                          DO 70 I = 1,M
-                              C(I,J) = C(I,J) + TEMP*A(I,L)
-   70                     CONTINUE
-                      END IF
+                      TEMP = ALPHA*B(L,J)
+                      DO 70 I = 1,M
+                          C(I,J) = C(I,J) + TEMP*A(I,L)
+   70                 CONTINUE
   80             CONTINUE
   90         CONTINUE
          ELSE
 *
-*           Form  C := alpha*A'*B + beta*C
+*           Form  C := alpha*A**T*B + beta*C
 *
              DO 120 J = 1,N
                  DO 110 I = 1,M
@@ -265,7 +338,7 @@
      ELSE
          IF (NOTA) THEN
 *
-*           Form  C := alpha*A*B' + beta*C
+*           Form  C := alpha*A*B**T + beta*C
 *
              DO 170 J = 1,N
                  IF (BETA.EQ.ZERO) THEN
@@ -278,17 +351,15 @@
  140                 CONTINUE
                  END IF
                  DO 160 L = 1,K
-                      IF (B(J,L).NE.ZERO) THEN
-                          TEMP = ALPHA*B(J,L)
-                          DO 150 I = 1,M
-                              C(I,J) = C(I,J) + TEMP*A(I,L)
-  150                     CONTINUE
-                      END IF
+                      TEMP = ALPHA*B(J,L)
+                      DO 150 I = 1,M
+                          C(I,J) = C(I,J) + TEMP*A(I,L)
+  150                 CONTINUE
  160             CONTINUE
  170         CONTINUE
          ELSE
 *
-*           Form  C := alpha*A'*B' + beta*C
+*           Form  C := alpha*A**T*B**T + beta*C
 *
              DO 200 J = 1,N
                  DO 190 I = 1,M
@@ -1,4 +1,166 @@
+*> \brief \b SGEMV
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE SGEMV(TRANS,M,N,ALPHA,A,LDA,X,INCX,BETA,Y,INCY)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       REAL ALPHA,BETA
+*       INTEGER INCX,INCY,LDA,M,N
+*       CHARACTER TRANS
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       REAL A(LDA,*),X(*),Y(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> SGEMV  performs one of the matrix-vector operations
+*>
+*>    y := alpha*A*x + beta*y,   or   y := alpha*A**T*x + beta*y,
+*>
+*> where alpha and beta are scalars, x and y are vectors and A is an
+*> m by n matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] TRANS
+*> \verbatim
+*>          TRANS is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as
+*>           follows:
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'   y := alpha*A*x + beta*y.
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'T' or 't'   y := alpha*A**T*x + beta*y.
+*>
+*>              TRANS = 'C' or 'c'   y := alpha*A**T*x + beta*y.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] M
+*> \verbatim
+*>          M is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, M specifies the number of rows of the matrix A.
+*>           M must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix A.
+*>           N must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] ALPHA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          ALPHA is REAL
+*>           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] A
+*> \verbatim
+*>          A is REAL array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
+*>           Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array A must
+*>           contain the matrix of coefficients.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDA is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
+*>           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
+*>           max( 1, m ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] X
+*> \verbatim
+*>          X is REAL array of DIMENSION at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ) when TRANS = 'N' or 'n'
+*>           and at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ) otherwise.
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the
+*>           vector x.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCX
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCX is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           X. INCX must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] BETA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          BETA is REAL
+*>           On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta. When BETA is
+*>           supplied as zero then Y need not be set on input.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] Y
+*> \verbatim
+*>          Y is REAL array of DIMENSION at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ) when TRANS = 'N' or 'n'
+*>           and at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ) otherwise.
+*>           Before entry with BETA non-zero, the incremented array Y
+*>           must contain the vector y. On exit, Y is overwritten by the
+*>           updated vector y.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCY
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCY is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           Y. INCY must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2015
+*
+*> \ingroup single_blas_level2
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 2 Blas routine.
+*>  The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE SGEMV(TRANS,M,N,ALPHA,A,LDA,X,INCX,BETA,Y,INCY)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level2 routine (version 3.6.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2015
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      REAL ALPHA,BETA
      INTEGER INCX,INCY,LDA,M,N
@@ -8,96 +170,7 @@
      REAL A(LDA,*),X(*),Y(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  SGEMV  performs one of the matrix-vector operations
-*
-*     y := alpha*A*x + beta*y,   or   y := alpha*A'*x + beta*y,
-*
-*  where alpha and beta are scalars, x and y are vectors and A is an
-*  m by n matrix.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  TRANS  - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as
-*           follows:
-*
-*              TRANS = 'N' or 'n'   y := alpha*A*x + beta*y.
-*
-*              TRANS = 'T' or 't'   y := alpha*A'*x + beta*y.
-*
-*              TRANS = 'C' or 'c'   y := alpha*A'*x + beta*y.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  M      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, M specifies the number of rows of the matrix A.
-*           M must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix A.
-*           N must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  ALPHA  - REAL            .
-*           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  A      - REAL             array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
-*           Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array A must
-*           contain the matrix of coefficients.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  LDA    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
-*           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
-*           max( 1, m ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  X      - REAL             array of DIMENSION at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ) when TRANS = 'N' or 'n'
-*           and at least
-*           ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ) otherwise.
-*           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the
-*           vector x.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  INCX   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           X. INCX must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  BETA   - REAL            .
-*           On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta. When BETA is
-*           supplied as zero then Y need not be set on input.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  Y      - REAL             array of DIMENSION at least
-*           ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ) when TRANS = 'N' or 'n'
-*           and at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ) otherwise.
-*           Before entry with BETA non-zero, the incremented array Y
-*           must contain the vector y. On exit, Y is overwritten by the
-*           updated vector y.
-*
-*  INCY   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           Y. INCY must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 2 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
-*     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Parameters ..
      REAL ONE,ZERO
@@ -205,30 +278,26 @@
          JX = KX
          IF (INCY.EQ.1) THEN
              DO 60 J = 1,N
-                  IF (X(JX).NE.ZERO) THEN
-                      TEMP = ALPHA*X(JX)
-                      DO 50 I = 1,M
-                          Y(I) = Y(I) + TEMP*A(I,J)
-   50                 CONTINUE
-                  END IF
+                  TEMP = ALPHA*X(JX)
+                  DO 50 I = 1,M
+                      Y(I) = Y(I) + TEMP*A(I,J)
+   50             CONTINUE
                  JX = JX + INCX
   60         CONTINUE
          ELSE
              DO 80 J = 1,N
-                  IF (X(JX).NE.ZERO) THEN
-                      TEMP = ALPHA*X(JX)
-                      IY = KY
-                      DO 70 I = 1,M
-                          Y(IY) = Y(IY) + TEMP*A(I,J)
-                          IY = IY + INCY
-   70                 CONTINUE
-                  END IF
+                  TEMP = ALPHA*X(JX)
+                  IY = KY
+                  DO 70 I = 1,M
+                      Y(IY) = Y(IY) + TEMP*A(I,J)
+                      IY = IY + INCY
+   70             CONTINUE
                  JX = JX + INCX
   80         CONTINUE
          END IF
      ELSE
 *
-*        Form  y := alpha*A'*x + y.
+*        Form  y := alpha*A**T*x + y.
 *
          JY = KY
          IF (INCX.EQ.1) THEN
@@ -1,4 +1,140 @@
+*> \brief \b SGER
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE SGER(M,N,ALPHA,X,INCX,Y,INCY,A,LDA)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       REAL ALPHA
+*       INTEGER INCX,INCY,LDA,M,N
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       REAL A(LDA,*),X(*),Y(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> SGER   performs the rank 1 operation
+*>
+*>    A := alpha*x*y**T + A,
+*>
+*> where alpha is a scalar, x is an m element vector, y is an n element
+*> vector and A is an m by n matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] M
+*> \verbatim
+*>          M is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, M specifies the number of rows of the matrix A.
+*>           M must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix A.
+*>           N must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] ALPHA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          ALPHA is REAL
+*>           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] X
+*> \verbatim
+*>          X is REAL array of dimension at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the m
+*>           element vector x.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCX
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCX is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           X. INCX must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] Y
+*> \verbatim
+*>          Y is REAL array of dimension at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the n
+*>           element vector y.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCY
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCY is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           Y. INCY must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] A
+*> \verbatim
+*>          A is REAL array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
+*>           Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array A must
+*>           contain the matrix of coefficients. On exit, A is
+*>           overwritten by the updated matrix.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDA is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
+*>           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
+*>           max( 1, m ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup single_blas_level2
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 2 Blas routine.
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE SGER(M,N,ALPHA,X,INCX,Y,INCY,A,LDA)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level2 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      REAL ALPHA
      INTEGER INCX,INCY,LDA,M,N
@@ -7,75 +143,7 @@
      REAL A(LDA,*),X(*),Y(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  SGER   performs the rank 1 operation
-*
-*     A := alpha*x*y' + A,
-*
-*  where alpha is a scalar, x is an m element vector, y is an n element
-*  vector and A is an m by n matrix.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  M      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, M specifies the number of rows of the matrix A.
-*           M must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix A.
-*           N must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  ALPHA  - REAL            .
-*           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  X      - REAL             array of dimension at least
-*           ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the m
-*           element vector x.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  INCX   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           X. INCX must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  Y      - REAL             array of dimension at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the n
-*           element vector y.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  INCY   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           Y. INCY must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  A      - REAL             array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
-*           Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array A must
-*           contain the matrix of coefficients. On exit, A is
-*           overwritten by the updated matrix.
-*
-*  LDA    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
-*           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
-*           max( 1, m ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 2 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
-*     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Parameters ..
      REAL ZERO
@@ -1,4 +1,64 @@
+*> \brief \b SNRM2
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       REAL FUNCTION SNRM2(N,X,INCX)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       INTEGER INCX,N
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       REAL X(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> SNRM2 returns the euclidean norm of a vector via the function
+*> name, so that
+*>
+*>    SNRM2 := sqrt( x'*x ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup single_blas_level1
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  -- This version written on 25-October-1982.
+*>     Modified on 14-October-1993 to inline the call to SLASSQ.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Nag Ltd.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      REAL FUNCTION SNRM2(N,X,INCX)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level1 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      INTEGER INCX,N
 *     ..
@@ -6,21 +66,7 @@
      REAL X(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  SNRM2 returns the euclidean norm of a vector via the function
-*  name, so that
-*
-*     SNRM2 := sqrt( x'*x ).
-*
-*  Further Details
-*  ===============
-*
-*  -- This version written on 25-October-1982.
-*     Modified on 14-October-1993 to inline the call to SLASSQ.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Nag Ltd.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Parameters ..
      REAL ONE,ZERO
@@ -1,4 +1,61 @@
+*> \brief \b SROT
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE SROT(N,SX,INCX,SY,INCY,C,S)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       REAL C,S
+*       INTEGER INCX,INCY,N
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       REAL SX(*),SY(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>    applies a plane rotation.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup single_blas_level1
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
+*>     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE SROT(N,SX,INCX,SY,INCY,C,S)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level1 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      REAL C,S
      INTEGER INCX,INCY,N
@@ -7,48 +64,38 @@
      REAL SX(*),SY(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
+*  =====================================================================
 *
-*     applies a plane rotation.
-*
-*  Further Details
-*  ===============
-*
-*     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
-*     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
-*
-*
-
 *     .. Local Scalars ..
      REAL STEMP
      INTEGER I,IX,IY
 *     ..
      IF (N.LE.0) RETURN
-      IF (INCX.EQ.1 .AND. INCY.EQ.1) GO TO 20
+      IF (INCX.EQ.1 .AND. INCY.EQ.1) THEN
+*
+*       code for both increments equal to 1
+*
+         DO I = 1,N
+            STEMP = C*SX(I) + S*SY(I)
+            SY(I) = C*SY(I) - S*SX(I)
+            SX(I) = STEMP
+         END DO
+      ELSE
 *
 *       code for unequal increments or equal increments not equal
 *         to 1
 *
-      IX = 1
-      IY = 1
-      IF (INCX.LT.0) IX = (-N+1)*INCX + 1
-      IF (INCY.LT.0) IY = (-N+1)*INCY + 1
-      DO 10 I = 1,N
-          STEMP = C*SX(IX) + S*SY(IY)
-          SY(IY) = C*SY(IY) - S*SX(IX)
-          SX(IX) = STEMP
-          IX = IX + INCX
-          IY = IY + INCY
-   10 CONTINUE
-      RETURN
-*
-*       code for both increments equal to 1
-*
-   20 DO 30 I = 1,N
-          STEMP = C*SX(I) + S*SY(I)
-          SY(I) = C*SY(I) - S*SX(I)
-          SX(I) = STEMP
-   30 CONTINUE
+         IX = 1
+         IY = 1
+         IF (INCX.LT.0) IX = (-N+1)*INCX + 1
+         IF (INCY.LT.0) IY = (-N+1)*INCY + 1
+         DO I = 1,N
+            STEMP = C*SX(IX) + S*SY(IY)
+            SY(IY) = C*SY(IY) - S*SX(IX)
+            SX(IX) = STEMP
+            IX = IX + INCX
+            IY = IY + INCY
+         END DO
+      END IF
      RETURN
      END
@@ -1,14 +1,61 @@
+*> \brief \b SROTG
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE SROTG(SA,SB,C,S)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       REAL C,S,SA,SB
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>    SROTG construct givens plane rotation.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup single_blas_level1
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE SROTG(SA,SB,C,S)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level1 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      REAL C,S,SA,SB
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*     construct givens plane rotation.
-*     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Local Scalars ..
      REAL R,ROE,SCALE,Z
@@ -19,20 +66,21 @@
      ROE = SB
      IF (ABS(SA).GT.ABS(SB)) ROE = SA
      SCALE = ABS(SA) + ABS(SB)
-      IF (SCALE.NE.0.0) GO TO 10
-      C = 1.0
-      S = 0.0
-      R = 0.0
-      Z = 0.0
-      GO TO 20
-   10 R = SCALE*SQRT((SA/SCALE)**2+ (SB/SCALE)**2)
-      R = SIGN(1.0,ROE)*R
-      C = SA/R
-      S = SB/R
-      Z = 1.0
-      IF (ABS(SA).GT.ABS(SB)) Z = S
-      IF (ABS(SB).GE.ABS(SA) .AND. C.NE.0.0) Z = 1.0/C
-   20 SA = R
+      IF (SCALE.EQ.0.0) THEN
+         C = 1.0
+         S = 0.0
+         R = 0.0
+         Z = 0.0
+      ELSE
+         R = SCALE*SQRT((SA/SCALE)**2+ (SB/SCALE)**2)
+         R = SIGN(1.0,ROE)*R
+         C = SA/R
+         S = SB/R
+         Z = 1.0
+         IF (ABS(SA).GT.ABS(SB)) Z = S
+         IF (ABS(SB).GE.ABS(SA) .AND. C.NE.0.0) Z = 1.0/C
+      END IF
+      SA = R
      SB = Z
      RETURN
      END
@@ -1,56 +1,116 @@
+*> \brief \b SROTM
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE SROTM(N,SX,INCX,SY,INCY,SPARAM)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       INTEGER INCX,INCY,N
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       REAL SPARAM(5),SX(*),SY(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>    APPLY THE MODIFIED GIVENS TRANSFORMATION, H, TO THE 2 BY N MATRIX
+*>
+*>    (SX**T) , WHERE **T INDICATES TRANSPOSE. THE ELEMENTS OF SX ARE IN
+*>    (SX**T)
+*>
+*>    SX(LX+I*INCX), I = 0 TO N-1, WHERE LX = 1 IF INCX .GE. 0, ELSE
+*>    LX = (-INCX)*N, AND SIMILARLY FOR SY USING USING LY AND INCY.
+*>    WITH SPARAM(1)=SFLAG, H HAS ONE OF THE FOLLOWING FORMS..
+*>
+*>    SFLAG=-1.E0     SFLAG=0.E0        SFLAG=1.E0     SFLAG=-2.E0
+*>
+*>      (SH11  SH12)    (1.E0  SH12)    (SH11  1.E0)    (1.E0  0.E0)
+*>    H=(          )    (          )    (          )    (          )
+*>      (SH21  SH22),   (SH21  1.E0),   (-1.E0 SH22),   (0.E0  1.E0).
+*>    SEE  SROTMG FOR A DESCRIPTION OF DATA STORAGE IN SPARAM.
+*>
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>         number of elements in input vector(s)
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] SX
+*> \verbatim
+*>          SX is REAL array, dimension N
+*>         double precision vector with N elements
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCX
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCX is INTEGER
+*>         storage spacing between elements of SX
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] SY
+*> \verbatim
+*>          SY is REAL array, dimension N
+*>         double precision vector with N elements
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCY
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCY is INTEGER
+*>         storage spacing between elements of SY
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] SPARAM
+*> \verbatim
+*>          SPARAM is REAL array, dimension 5
+*>     SPARAM(1)=SFLAG
+*>     SPARAM(2)=SH11
+*>     SPARAM(3)=SH21
+*>     SPARAM(4)=SH12
+*>     SPARAM(5)=SH22
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup single_blas_level1
+*
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE SROTM(N,SX,INCX,SY,INCY,SPARAM)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level1 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      INTEGER INCX,INCY,N
 *     ..
 *     .. Array Arguments ..
-      REAL SPARAM(5),SX(1),SY(1)
+      REAL SPARAM(5),SX(*),SY(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*     APPLY THE MODIFIED GIVENS TRANSFORMATION, H, TO THE 2 BY N MATRIX
-*
-*     (SX**T) , WHERE **T INDICATES TRANSPOSE. THE ELEMENTS OF SX ARE IN
-*     (DX**T)
-*
-*     SX(LX+I*INCX), I = 0 TO N-1, WHERE LX = 1 IF INCX .GE. 0, ELSE
-*     LX = (-INCX)*N, AND SIMILARLY FOR SY USING USING LY AND INCY.
-*     WITH SPARAM(1)=SFLAG, H HAS ONE OF THE FOLLOWING FORMS..
-*
-*     SFLAG=-1.E0     SFLAG=0.E0        SFLAG=1.E0     SFLAG=-2.E0
-*
-*       (SH11  SH12)    (1.E0  SH12)    (SH11  1.E0)    (1.E0  0.E0)
-*     H=(          )    (          )    (          )    (          )
-*       (SH21  SH22),   (SH21  1.E0),   (-1.E0 SH22),   (0.E0  1.E0).
-*     SEE  SROTMG FOR A DESCRIPTION OF DATA STORAGE IN SPARAM.
-*
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  =========
-*
-*  N      (input) INTEGER
-*         number of elements in input vector(s)
-*
-*  SX     (input/output) REAL array, dimension N
-*         double precision vector with 5 elements
-*
-*  INCX   (input) INTEGER
-*         storage spacing between elements of SX
-*
-*  SY     (input/output) REAL array, dimension N
-*         double precision vector with N elements
-*
-*  INCY   (input) INTEGER
-*         storage spacing between elements of SY
-*
-*  SPARAM (input/output)  REAL array, dimension 5
-*     SPARAM(1)=SFLAG
-*     SPARAM(2)=SH11
-*     SPARAM(3)=SH21
-*     SPARAM(4)=SH12
-*     SPARAM(5)=SH22
-*
 *  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Local Scalars ..
@@ -62,87 +122,82 @@
 *     ..
 *
      SFLAG = SPARAM(1)
-      IF (N.LE.0 .OR. (SFLAG+TWO.EQ.ZERO)) GO TO 140
-      IF (.NOT. (INCX.EQ.INCY.AND.INCX.GT.0)) GO TO 70
+      IF (N.LE.0 .OR. (SFLAG+TWO.EQ.ZERO)) RETURN
+      IF (INCX.EQ.INCY.AND.INCX.GT.0) THEN
 *
-      NSTEPS = N*INCX
-      IF (SFLAG) 50,10,30
-   10 CONTINUE
-      SH12 = SPARAM(4)
-      SH21 = SPARAM(3)
-      DO 20 I = 1,NSTEPS,INCX
-          W = SX(I)
-          Z = SY(I)
-          SX(I) = W + Z*SH12
-          SY(I) = W*SH21 + Z
-   20 CONTINUE
-      GO TO 140
-   30 CONTINUE
-      SH11 = SPARAM(2)
-      SH22 = SPARAM(5)
-      DO 40 I = 1,NSTEPS,INCX
-          W = SX(I)
-          Z = SY(I)
-          SX(I) = W*SH11 + Z
-          SY(I) = -W + SH22*Z
-   40 CONTINUE
-      GO TO 140
-   50 CONTINUE
-      SH11 = SPARAM(2)
-      SH12 = SPARAM(4)
-      SH21 = SPARAM(3)
-      SH22 = SPARAM(5)
-      DO 60 I = 1,NSTEPS,INCX
-          W = SX(I)
-          Z = SY(I)
-          SX(I) = W*SH11 + Z*SH12
-          SY(I) = W*SH21 + Z*SH22
-   60 CONTINUE
-      GO TO 140
-   70 CONTINUE
-      KX = 1
-      KY = 1
-      IF (INCX.LT.0) KX = 1 + (1-N)*INCX
-      IF (INCY.LT.0) KY = 1 + (1-N)*INCY
+         NSTEPS = N*INCX
+         IF (SFLAG.LT.ZERO) THEN
+            SH11 = SPARAM(2)
+            SH12 = SPARAM(4)
+            SH21 = SPARAM(3)
+            SH22 = SPARAM(5)
+            DO I = 1,NSTEPS,INCX
+               W = SX(I)
+               Z = SY(I)
+               SX(I) = W*SH11 + Z*SH12
+               SY(I) = W*SH21 + Z*SH22
+            END DO
+         ELSE IF (SFLAG.EQ.ZERO) THEN
+            SH12 = SPARAM(4)
+            SH21 = SPARAM(3)
+            DO I = 1,NSTEPS,INCX
+               W = SX(I)
+               Z = SY(I)
+               SX(I) = W + Z*SH12
+               SY(I) = W*SH21 + Z
+            END DO
+         ELSE
+            SH11 = SPARAM(2)
+            SH22 = SPARAM(5)
+            DO I = 1,NSTEPS,INCX
+               W = SX(I)
+               Z = SY(I)
+               SX(I) = W*SH11 + Z
+               SY(I) = -W + SH22*Z
+            END DO
+         END IF
+      ELSE
+         KX = 1
+         KY = 1
+         IF (INCX.LT.0) KX = 1 + (1-N)*INCX
+         IF (INCY.LT.0) KY = 1 + (1-N)*INCY
 *
-      IF (SFLAG) 120,80,100
-   80 CONTINUE
-      SH12 = SPARAM(4)
-      SH21 = SPARAM(3)
-      DO 90 I = 1,N
-          W = SX(KX)
-          Z = SY(KY)
-          SX(KX) = W + Z*SH12
-          SY(KY) = W*SH21 + Z
-          KX = KX + INCX
-          KY = KY + INCY
-   90 CONTINUE
-      GO TO 140
-  100 CONTINUE
-      SH11 = SPARAM(2)
-      SH22 = SPARAM(5)
-      DO 110 I = 1,N
-          W = SX(KX)
-          Z = SY(KY)
-          SX(KX) = W*SH11 + Z
-          SY(KY) = -W + SH22*Z
-          KX = KX + INCX
-          KY = KY + INCY
-  110 CONTINUE
-      GO TO 140
-  120 CONTINUE
-      SH11 = SPARAM(2)
-      SH12 = SPARAM(4)
-      SH21 = SPARAM(3)
-      SH22 = SPARAM(5)
-      DO 130 I = 1,N
-          W = SX(KX)
-          Z = SY(KY)
-          SX(KX) = W*SH11 + Z*SH12
-          SY(KY) = W*SH21 + Z*SH22
-          KX = KX + INCX
-          KY = KY + INCY
-  130 CONTINUE
-  140 CONTINUE
+         IF (SFLAG.LT.ZERO) THEN
+            SH11 = SPARAM(2)
+            SH12 = SPARAM(4)
+            SH21 = SPARAM(3)
+            SH22 = SPARAM(5)
+            DO I = 1,N
+               W = SX(KX)
+               Z = SY(KY)
+               SX(KX) = W*SH11 + Z*SH12
+               SY(KY) = W*SH21 + Z*SH22
+               KX = KX + INCX
+               KY = KY + INCY
+            END DO
+         ELSE IF (SFLAG.EQ.ZERO) THEN
+            SH12 = SPARAM(4)
+            SH21 = SPARAM(3)
+            DO I = 1,N
+               W = SX(KX)
+               Z = SY(KY)
+               SX(KX) = W + Z*SH12
+               SY(KY) = W*SH21 + Z
+               KX = KX + INCX
+               KY = KY + INCY
+            END DO
+         ELSE
+             SH11 = SPARAM(2)
+             SH22 = SPARAM(5)
+             DO I = 1,N
+                W = SX(KX)
+                Z = SY(KY)
+                SX(KX) = W*SH11 + Z
+                SY(KY) = -W + SH22*Z
+                KX = KX + INCX
+                KY = KY + INCY
+            END DO
+         END IF
+      END IF
      RETURN
      END
@@ -1,4 +1,100 @@
+*> \brief \b SROTMG
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE SROTMG(SD1,SD2,SX1,SY1,SPARAM)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       REAL SD1,SD2,SX1,SY1
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       REAL SPARAM(5)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>    CONSTRUCT THE MODIFIED GIVENS TRANSFORMATION MATRIX H WHICH ZEROS
+*>    THE SECOND COMPONENT OF THE 2-VECTOR  (SQRT(SD1)*SX1,SQRT(SD2)*>    SY2)**T.
+*>    WITH SPARAM(1)=SFLAG, H HAS ONE OF THE FOLLOWING FORMS..
+*>
+*>    SFLAG=-1.E0     SFLAG=0.E0        SFLAG=1.E0     SFLAG=-2.E0
+*>
+*>      (SH11  SH12)    (1.E0  SH12)    (SH11  1.E0)    (1.E0  0.E0)
+*>    H=(          )    (          )    (          )    (          )
+*>      (SH21  SH22),   (SH21  1.E0),   (-1.E0 SH22),   (0.E0  1.E0).
+*>    LOCATIONS 2-4 OF SPARAM CONTAIN SH11,SH21,SH12, AND SH22
+*>    RESPECTIVELY. (VALUES OF 1.E0, -1.E0, OR 0.E0 IMPLIED BY THE
+*>    VALUE OF SPARAM(1) ARE NOT STORED IN SPARAM.)
+*>
+*>    THE VALUES OF GAMSQ AND RGAMSQ SET IN THE DATA STATEMENT MAY BE
+*>    INEXACT.  THIS IS OK AS THEY ARE ONLY USED FOR TESTING THE SIZE
+*>    OF SD1 AND SD2.  ALL ACTUAL SCALING OF DATA IS DONE USING GAM.
+*>
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in,out] SD1
+*> \verbatim
+*>          SD1 is REAL
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] SD2
+*> \verbatim
+*>          SD2 is REAL
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] SX1
+*> \verbatim
+*>          SX1 is REAL
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] SY1
+*> \verbatim
+*>          SY1 is REAL
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] SPARAM
+*> \verbatim
+*>          SPARAM is REAL array, dimension 5
+*>     SPARAM(1)=SFLAG
+*>     SPARAM(2)=SH11
+*>     SPARAM(3)=SH21
+*>     SPARAM(4)=SH12
+*>     SPARAM(5)=SH22
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup single_blas_level1
+*
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE SROTMG(SD1,SD2,SX1,SY1,SPARAM)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level1 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      REAL SD1,SD2,SX1,SY1
 *     ..
@@ -6,54 +102,11 @@
      REAL SPARAM(5)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*     CONSTRUCT THE MODIFIED GIVENS TRANSFORMATION MATRIX H WHICH ZEROS
-*     THE SECOND COMPONENT OF THE 2-VECTOR  (SQRT(SD1)*SX1,SQRT(SD2)*
-*     SY2)**T.
-*     WITH SPARAM(1)=SFLAG, H HAS ONE OF THE FOLLOWING FORMS..
-*
-*     SFLAG=-1.E0     SFLAG=0.E0        SFLAG=1.E0     SFLAG=-2.E0
-*
-*       (SH11  SH12)    (1.E0  SH12)    (SH11  1.E0)    (1.E0  0.E0)
-*     H=(          )    (          )    (          )    (          )
-*       (SH21  SH22),   (SH21  1.E0),   (-1.E0 SH22),   (0.E0  1.E0).
-*     LOCATIONS 2-4 OF SPARAM CONTAIN SH11,SH21,SH12, AND SH22
-*     RESPECTIVELY. (VALUES OF 1.E0, -1.E0, OR 0.E0 IMPLIED BY THE
-*     VALUE OF SPARAM(1) ARE NOT STORED IN SPARAM.)
-*
-*     THE VALUES OF GAMSQ AND RGAMSQ SET IN THE DATA STATEMENT MAY BE
-*     INEXACT.  THIS IS OK AS THEY ARE ONLY USED FOR TESTING THE SIZE
-*     OF SD1 AND SD2.  ALL ACTUAL SCALING OF DATA IS DONE USING GAM.
-*
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  =========
-*
-*
-*  SD1    (input/output) REAL
-*
-*  SD2    (input/output) REAL
-*
-*  SX1    (input/output) REAL
-*
-*  SY1    (input) REAL
-*
-*
-*  SPARAM (input/output)  REAL array, dimension 5
-*     SPARAM(1)=SFLAG
-*     SPARAM(2)=SH11
-*     SPARAM(3)=SH21
-*     SPARAM(4)=SH12
-*     SPARAM(5)=SH22
-*
 *  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Local Scalars ..
      REAL GAM,GAMSQ,ONE,RGAMSQ,SFLAG,SH11,SH12,SH21,SH22,SP1,SP2,SQ1,
-     +     SQ2,STEMP,SU,TWO,ZERO
-      INTEGER IGO
+     $     SQ2,STEMP,SU,TWO,ZERO
 *     ..
 *     .. Intrinsic Functions ..
      INTRINSIC ABS
@@ -64,145 +117,135 @@
      DATA GAM,GAMSQ,RGAMSQ/4096.E0,1.67772E7,5.96046E-8/
 *     ..

-      IF (.NOT.SD1.LT.ZERO) GO TO 10
-*       GO ZERO-H-D-AND-SX1..
-      GO TO 60
-   10 CONTINUE
-*     CASE-SD1-NONNEGATIVE
-      SP2 = SD2*SY1
-      IF (.NOT.SP2.EQ.ZERO) GO TO 20
-      SFLAG = -TWO
-      GO TO 260
-*     REGULAR-CASE..
-   20 CONTINUE
-      SP1 = SD1*SX1
-      SQ2 = SP2*SY1
-      SQ1 = SP1*SX1
+      IF (SD1.LT.ZERO) THEN
+*        GO ZERO-H-D-AND-SX1..
+         SFLAG = -ONE
+         SH11 = ZERO
+         SH12 = ZERO
+         SH21 = ZERO
+         SH22 = ZERO
 *
-      IF (.NOT.ABS(SQ1).GT.ABS(SQ2)) GO TO 40
-      SH21 = -SY1/SX1
-      SH12 = SP2/SP1
+         SD1 = ZERO
+         SD2 = ZERO
+         SX1 = ZERO
+      ELSE
+*        CASE-SD1-NONNEGATIVE
+         SP2 = SD2*SY1
+         IF (SP2.EQ.ZERO) THEN
+            SFLAG = -TWO
+            SPARAM(1) = SFLAG
+            RETURN
+         END IF 
+*        REGULAR-CASE..
+         SP1 = SD1*SX1
+         SQ2 = SP2*SY1
+         SQ1 = SP1*SX1
 *
-      SU = ONE - SH12*SH21
+         IF (ABS(SQ1).GT.ABS(SQ2)) THEN
+            SH21 = -SY1/SX1
+            SH12 = SP2/SP1
 *
-      IF (.NOT.SU.LE.ZERO) GO TO 30
-*         GO ZERO-H-D-AND-SX1..
-      GO TO 60
-   30 CONTINUE
-      SFLAG = ZERO
-      SD1 = SD1/SU
-      SD2 = SD2/SU
-      SX1 = SX1*SU
-*         GO SCALE-CHECK..
-      GO TO 100
-   40 CONTINUE
-      IF (.NOT.SQ2.LT.ZERO) GO TO 50
-*         GO ZERO-H-D-AND-SX1..
-      GO TO 60
-   50 CONTINUE
-      SFLAG = ONE
-      SH11 = SP1/SP2
-      SH22 = SX1/SY1
-      SU = ONE + SH11*SH22
-      STEMP = SD2/SU
-      SD2 = SD1/SU
-      SD1 = STEMP
-      SX1 = SY1*SU
-*         GO SCALE-CHECK
-      GO TO 100
-*     PROCEDURE..ZERO-H-D-AND-SX1..
-   60 CONTINUE
-      SFLAG = -ONE
-      SH11 = ZERO
-      SH12 = ZERO
-      SH21 = ZERO
-      SH22 = ZERO
+            SU = ONE - SH12*SH21
 *
-      SD1 = ZERO
-      SD2 = ZERO
-      SX1 = ZERO
-*         RETURN..
-      GO TO 220
-*     PROCEDURE..FIX-H..
-   70 CONTINUE
-      IF (.NOT.SFLAG.GE.ZERO) GO TO 90
+           IF (SU.GT.ZERO) THEN
+             SFLAG = ZERO
+             SD1 = SD1/SU
+             SD2 = SD2/SU
+             SX1 = SX1*SU
+           END IF
+         ELSE
+
+            IF (SQ2.LT.ZERO) THEN
+*              GO ZERO-H-D-AND-SX1..
+               SFLAG = -ONE
+               SH11 = ZERO
+               SH12 = ZERO
+               SH21 = ZERO
+               SH22 = ZERO
 *
-      IF (.NOT.SFLAG.EQ.ZERO) GO TO 80
-      SH11 = ONE
-      SH22 = ONE
-      SFLAG = -ONE
-      GO TO 90
-   80 CONTINUE
-      SH21 = -ONE
-      SH12 = ONE
-      SFLAG = -ONE
-   90 CONTINUE
-      GO TO IGO(120,150,180,210)
-*     PROCEDURE..SCALE-CHECK
-  100 CONTINUE
-  110 CONTINUE
-      IF (.NOT.SD1.LE.RGAMSQ) GO TO 130
-      IF (SD1.EQ.ZERO) GO TO 160
-      ASSIGN 120 TO IGO
-*              FIX-H..
-      GO TO 70
-  120 CONTINUE
-      SD1 = SD1*GAM**2
-      SX1 = SX1/GAM
-      SH11 = SH11/GAM
-      SH12 = SH12/GAM
-      GO TO 110
-  130 CONTINUE
-  140 CONTINUE
-      IF (.NOT.SD1.GE.GAMSQ) GO TO 160
-      ASSIGN 150 TO IGO
-*              FIX-H..
-      GO TO 70
-  150 CONTINUE
-      SD1 = SD1/GAM**2
-      SX1 = SX1*GAM
-      SH11 = SH11*GAM
-      SH12 = SH12*GAM
-      GO TO 140
-  160 CONTINUE
-  170 CONTINUE
-      IF (.NOT.ABS(SD2).LE.RGAMSQ) GO TO 190
-      IF (SD2.EQ.ZERO) GO TO 220
-      ASSIGN 180 TO IGO
-*              FIX-H..
-      GO TO 70
-  180 CONTINUE
-      SD2 = SD2*GAM**2
-      SH21 = SH21/GAM
-      SH22 = SH22/GAM
-      GO TO 170
-  190 CONTINUE
-  200 CONTINUE
-      IF (.NOT.ABS(SD2).GE.GAMSQ) GO TO 220
-      ASSIGN 210 TO IGO
-*              FIX-H..
-      GO TO 70
-  210 CONTINUE
-      SD2 = SD2/GAM**2
-      SH21 = SH21*GAM
-      SH22 = SH22*GAM
-      GO TO 200
-  220 CONTINUE
-      IF (SFLAG) 250,230,240
-  230 CONTINUE
-      SPARAM(3) = SH21
-      SPARAM(4) = SH12
-      GO TO 260
-  240 CONTINUE
-      SPARAM(2) = SH11
-      SPARAM(5) = SH22
-      GO TO 260
-  250 CONTINUE
-      SPARAM(2) = SH11
-      SPARAM(3) = SH21
-      SPARAM(4) = SH12
-      SPARAM(5) = SH22
-  260 CONTINUE
+               SD1 = ZERO
+               SD2 = ZERO
+               SX1 = ZERO
+            ELSE
+               SFLAG = ONE
+               SH11 = SP1/SP2
+               SH22 = SX1/SY1
+               SU = ONE + SH11*SH22
+               STEMP = SD2/SU
+               SD2 = SD1/SU
+               SD1 = STEMP
+               SX1 = SY1*SU
+            END IF
+         END IF
+
+*     PROCESURE..SCALE-CHECK
+         IF (SD1.NE.ZERO) THEN
+            DO WHILE ((SD1.LE.RGAMSQ) .OR. (SD1.GE.GAMSQ))
+               IF (SFLAG.EQ.ZERO) THEN
+                  SH11 = ONE
+                  SH22 = ONE
+                  SFLAG = -ONE
+               ELSE
+                  SH21 = -ONE
+                  SH12 = ONE
+                  SFLAG = -ONE
+               END IF
+               IF (SD1.LE.RGAMSQ) THEN
+                  SD1 = SD1*GAM**2
+                  SX1 = SX1/GAM
+                  SH11 = SH11/GAM
+                  SH12 = SH12/GAM
+               ELSE
+                  SD1 = SD1/GAM**2
+                  SX1 = SX1*GAM
+                  SH11 = SH11*GAM
+                  SH12 = SH12*GAM
+               END IF
+            ENDDO
+         END IF
+  
+         IF (SD2.NE.ZERO) THEN
+            DO WHILE ( (ABS(SD2).LE.RGAMSQ) .OR. (ABS(SD2).GE.GAMSQ) )
+               IF (SFLAG.EQ.ZERO) THEN
+                  SH11 = ONE
+                  SH22 = ONE
+                  SFLAG = -ONE
+               ELSE
+                  SH21 = -ONE
+                  SH12 = ONE
+                  SFLAG = -ONE
+               END IF
+               IF (ABS(SD2).LE.RGAMSQ) THEN
+                  SD2 = SD2*GAM**2
+                  SH21 = SH21/GAM
+                  SH22 = SH22/GAM
+               ELSE
+                  SD2 = SD2/GAM**2
+                  SH21 = SH21*GAM
+                  SH22 = SH22*GAM
+               END IF      
+            END DO
+         END IF
+     
+      END IF
+
+      IF (SFLAG.LT.ZERO) THEN
+         SPARAM(2) = SH11
+         SPARAM(3) = SH21
+         SPARAM(4) = SH12
+         SPARAM(5) = SH22
+      ELSE IF (SFLAG.EQ.ZERO) THEN
+         SPARAM(3) = SH21
+         SPARAM(4) = SH12 
+      ELSE
+         SPARAM(2) = SH11
+         SPARAM(5) = SH22
+      END IF
+
      SPARAM(1) = SFLAG
      RETURN
      END
+      
+     
+     
+     
@@ -1,4 +1,194 @@
+*> \brief \b SSBMV
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE SSBMV(UPLO,N,K,ALPHA,A,LDA,X,INCX,BETA,Y,INCY)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       REAL ALPHA,BETA
+*       INTEGER INCX,INCY,K,LDA,N
+*       CHARACTER UPLO
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       REAL A(LDA,*),X(*),Y(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*> SSBMV  performs the matrix-vector  operation
+*>
+*>    y := alpha*A*x + beta*y,
+*>
+*> where alpha and beta are scalars, x and y are n element vectors and
+*> A is an n by n symmetric band matrix, with k super-diagonals.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Arguments:
+*  ==========
+*
+*> \param[in] UPLO
+*> \verbatim
+*>          UPLO is CHARACTER*1
+*>           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower
+*>           triangular part of the band matrix A is being supplied as
+*>           follows:
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   The upper triangular part of A is
+*>                                  being supplied.
+*>
+*>              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   The lower triangular part of A is
+*>                                  being supplied.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] N
+*> \verbatim
+*>          N is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
+*>           N must be at least zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] K
+*> \verbatim
+*>          K is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, K specifies the number of super-diagonals of the
+*>           matrix A. K must satisfy  0 .le. K.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] ALPHA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          ALPHA is REAL
+*>           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] A
+*> \verbatim
+*>          A is REAL array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
+*>           Before entry with UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the leading ( k + 1 )
+*>           by n part of the array A must contain the upper triangular
+*>           band part of the symmetric matrix, supplied column by
+*>           column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row
+*>           ( k + 1 ) of the array, the first super-diagonal starting at
+*>           position 2 in row k, and so on. The top left k by k triangle
+*>           of the array A is not referenced.
+*>           The following program segment will transfer the upper
+*>           triangular part of a symmetric band matrix from conventional
+*>           full matrix storage to band storage:
+*>
+*>                 DO 20, J = 1, N
+*>                    M = K + 1 - J
+*>                    DO 10, I = MAX( 1, J - K ), J
+*>                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
+*>              10    CONTINUE
+*>              20 CONTINUE
+*>
+*>           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the leading ( k + 1 )
+*>           by n part of the array A must contain the lower triangular
+*>           band part of the symmetric matrix, supplied column by
+*>           column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row 1 of
+*>           the array, the first sub-diagonal starting at position 1 in
+*>           row 2, and so on. The bottom right k by k triangle of the
+*>           array A is not referenced.
+*>           The following program segment will transfer the lower
+*>           triangular part of a symmetric band matrix from conventional
+*>           full matrix storage to band storage:
+*>
+*>                 DO 20, J = 1, N
+*>                    M = 1 - J
+*>                    DO 10, I = J, MIN( N, J + K )
+*>                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
+*>              10    CONTINUE
+*>              20 CONTINUE
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] LDA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          LDA is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
+*>           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
+*>           ( k + 1 ).
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] X
+*> \verbatim
+*>          X is REAL array of DIMENSION at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the
+*>           vector x.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCX
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCX is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           X. INCX must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] BETA
+*> \verbatim
+*>          BETA is REAL
+*>           On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in,out] Y
+*> \verbatim
+*>          Y is REAL array of DIMENSION at least
+*>           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ).
+*>           Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the
+*>           vector y. On exit, Y is overwritten by the updated vector y.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*> \param[in] INCY
+*> \verbatim
+*>          INCY is INTEGER
+*>           On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of
+*>           Y. INCY must not be zero.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup single_blas_level2
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>  Level 2 Blas routine.
+*>  The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0
+*>
+*>  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
+*>     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
+*>     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
+*>     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE SSBMV(UPLO,N,K,ALPHA,A,LDA,X,INCX,BETA,Y,INCY)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level2 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      REAL ALPHA,BETA
      INTEGER INCX,INCY,K,LDA,N
@@ -8,125 +198,7 @@
      REAL A(LDA,*),X(*),Y(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*  SSBMV  performs the matrix-vector  operation
-*
-*     y := alpha*A*x + beta*y,
-*
-*  where alpha and beta are scalars, x and y are n element vectors and
-*  A is an n by n symmetric band matrix, with k super-diagonals.
-*
-*  Arguments
-*  ==========
-*
-*  UPLO   - CHARACTER*1.
-*           On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower
-*           triangular part of the band matrix A is being supplied as
-*           follows:
-*
-*              UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   The upper triangular part of A is
-*                                  being supplied.
-*
-*              UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   The lower triangular part of A is
-*                                  being supplied.
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  N      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A.
-*           N must be at least zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  K      - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, K specifies the number of super-diagonals of the
-*           matrix A. K must satisfy  0 .le. K.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  ALPHA  - REAL            .
-*           On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  A      - REAL             array of DIMENSION ( LDA, n ).
-*           Before entry with UPLO = 'U' or 'u', the leading ( k + 1 )
-*           by n part of the array A must contain the upper triangular
-*           band part of the symmetric matrix, supplied column by
-*           column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row
-*           ( k + 1 ) of the array, the first super-diagonal starting at
-*           position 2 in row k, and so on. The top left k by k triangle
-*           of the array A is not referenced.
-*           The following program segment will transfer the upper
-*           triangular part of a symmetric band matrix from conventional
-*           full matrix storage to band storage:
-*
-*                 DO 20, J = 1, N
-*                    M = K + 1 - J
-*                    DO 10, I = MAX( 1, J - K ), J
-*                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
-*              10    CONTINUE
-*              20 CONTINUE
-*
-*           Before entry with UPLO = 'L' or 'l', the leading ( k + 1 )
-*           by n part of the array A must contain the lower triangular
-*           band part of the symmetric matrix, supplied column by
-*           column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row 1 of
-*           the array, the first sub-diagonal starting at position 1 in
-*           row 2, and so on. The bottom right k by k triangle of the
-*           array A is not referenced.
-*           The following program segment will transfer the lower
-*           triangular part of a symmetric band matrix from conventional
-*           full matrix storage to band storage:
-*
-*                 DO 20, J = 1, N
-*                    M = 1 - J
-*                    DO 10, I = J, MIN( N, J + K )
-*                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
-*              10    CONTINUE
-*              20 CONTINUE
-*
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  LDA    - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
-*           in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least
-*           ( k + 1 ).
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  X      - REAL             array of DIMENSION at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the
-*           vector x.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  INCX   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           X. INCX must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  BETA   - REAL            .
-*           On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*  Y      - REAL             array of DIMENSION at least
-*           ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ).
-*           Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the
-*           vector y. On exit, Y is overwritten by the updated vector y.
-*
-*  INCY   - INTEGER.
-*           On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of
-*           Y. INCY must not be zero.
-*           Unchanged on exit.
-*
-*
-*  Level 2 Blas routine.
-*
-*  -- Written on 22-October-1986.
-*     Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab.
-*     Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office.
-*     Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.
-*     Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Parameters ..
      REAL ONE,ZERO
@@ -1,4 +1,63 @@
+*> \brief \b SSCAL
+*
+*  =========== DOCUMENTATION ===========
+*
+* Online html documentation available at 
+*            http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/ 
+*
+*  Definition:
+*  ===========
+*
+*       SUBROUTINE SSCAL(N,SA,SX,INCX)
+* 
+*       .. Scalar Arguments ..
+*       REAL SA
+*       INTEGER INCX,N
+*       ..
+*       .. Array Arguments ..
+*       REAL SX(*)
+*       ..
+*  
+*
+*> \par Purpose:
+*  =============
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>    scales a vector by a constant.
+*>    uses unrolled loops for increment equal to 1.
+*> \endverbatim
+*
+*  Authors:
+*  ========
+*
+*> \author Univ. of Tennessee 
+*> \author Univ. of California Berkeley 
+*> \author Univ. of Colorado Denver 
+*> \author NAG Ltd. 
+*
+*> \date November 2011
+*
+*> \ingroup single_blas_level1
+*
+*> \par Further Details:
+*  =====================
+*>
+*> \verbatim
+*>
+*>     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
+*>     modified 3/93 to return if incx .le. 0.
+*>     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
+*> \endverbatim
+*>
+*  =====================================================================
      SUBROUTINE SSCAL(N,SA,SX,INCX)
+*
+*  -- Reference BLAS level1 routine (version 3.4.0) --
+*  -- Reference BLAS is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee,    --
+*  -- Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..--
+*     November 2011
+*
 *     .. Scalar Arguments ..
      REAL SA
      INTEGER INCX,N
@@ -7,15 +66,7 @@
      REAL SX(*)
 *     ..
 *
-*  Purpose
-*  =======
-*
-*     scales a vector by a constant.
-*     uses unrolled loops for increment equal to 1.
-*     jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.
-*     modified 3/93 to return if incx .le. 0.
-*     modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)
-*
+*  =====================================================================
 *
 *     .. Local Scalars ..
      INTEGER I,M,MP1,NINCX
@@ -24,34 +75,36 @@
      INTRINSIC MOD
 *     ..
      IF (N.LE.0 .OR. INCX.LE.0) RETURN
-      IF (INCX.EQ.1) GO TO 20
-*
-*        code for increment not equal to 1
-*
-      NINCX = N*INCX
-      DO 10 I = 1,NINCX,INCX
-          SX(I) = SA*SX(I)
-   10 CONTINUE
-      RETURN
+      IF (INCX.EQ.1) THEN
 *
 *        code for increment equal to 1
 *
 *
 *        clean-up loop
 *
-   20 M = MOD(N,5)
-      IF (M.EQ.0) GO TO 40
-      DO 30 I = 1,M
-          SX(I) = SA*SX(I)
-   30 CONTINUE
-      IF (N.LT.5) RETURN
-   40 MP1 = M + 1
-      DO 50 I = MP1,N,5
-          SX(I) = SA*SX(I)
-          SX(I+1) = SA*SX(I+1)
-          SX(I+2) = SA*SX(I+2)
-          SX(I+3) = SA*SX(I+3)
-          SX(I+4) = SA*SX(I+4)
-   50 CONTINUE
+         M = MOD(N,5)
+         IF (M.NE.0) THEN
+            DO I = 1,M
+               SX(I) = SA*SX(I)
+            END DO
+            IF (N.LT.5) RETURN
+         END IF
+         MP1 = M + 1
+         DO I = MP1,N,5
+            SX(I) = SA*SX(I)
+            SX(I+1) = SA*SX(I+1)
+            SX(I+2) = SA*SX(I+2)
+            SX(I+3) = SA*SX(I+3)
+            SX(I+4) = SA*SX(I+4)
+         END DO
+      ELSE
+*
+*        code for increment not equal to 1
+*
+         NINCX = N*INCX
+         DO I = 1,NINCX,INCX
+            SX(I) = SA*SX(I)
+         END DO
+      END IF
      RETURN
      END
--- a/Show More
+++ b/Show More